"IDC expects growth to remain strong in the emerging markets over the next two years," said Phuong Hang, program manager, Worldwide Hardcopy Peripheral Trackers. "We anticipate that in emerging markets vendors will continue to broaden their product lines into new market segments, especially those that take advantage of the anticipated digital document communications business. This may include related products such as educational facilities, digital display devices, and collaborative computing tools."

Technology Highlights

-- Inkjet devices captured 62% of overall hardcopy shipments in the first quarter of 2012, down 1 point from a year ago, while laser devices increased 1 point to 35% over the same time period. Both emerging and mature markets experienced negative year-over-year growth in inkjet and laser technologies.

-- The first quarter of 2012 marks the third consecutive quarter where color laser outperformed monochrome laser in terms of year-over-year growth, with more than 1.9 million units shipped for a 7% gain and resulting in 19% share. Likewise, the color laser segment in both emerging and mature markets saw better year-over-year results than monochrome laser. Overall, monochrome laser remains the dominant sub-technology, accounting for 81% share of the total laser market.

Vendor Highlights

-- Despite a year-over-year decline of 12% in shipments, HP remains the global market leader with 40.3% share. As the market evolves, HP's strategy is to commit to its high volume businesses and focus on driving cost reductions and synergies across similar business units. By unifying marketing across PSG and IPG, as well as across the company overall, HP will not only improve efficiency but also enable marketing to have a greater impact on HP's business success.

-- Epson ended the quarter in a statistical tie* with Canon for the number 2 position in the global hardcopy market with more than 4.6 million units shipped. The vendor grew 6.6% year over year and captured 16.2% share in the worldwide market. Epson enjoyed 18% year-over-year growth in mature markets compared to --4% growth in emerging markets.

-- Canon also captured 16.2% worldwide market share in 1Q12 on 4.6 million units shipped, resulting in a statistical tie* with Epson for the number 2 position. Canon's total shipments declined 13.5% year over year, the worst results among the top 5, due to double-digit decrease in mature markets.

-- Brother ended the quarter in the number 4 position with shipments of nearly 1.8 million units and year-over-year growth of 0.7%. Brother's performance was largely due to double-digit gains in emerging markets.

-- Samsung rounded out the top 5 vendors worldwide with shipments of slightly more than 1.7 million units resulting in market share of 6.1% for the quarter.

        
        Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year
        Growth, First Quarter 2012
        --------------------------------------------------------------
         Vendors       1Q12 Unit    1Q12 Market   1Q11 Unit    1Q11 Market   1Q12/1Q11
                       Shipments       Share      Shipments       Share       Growth
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         1. HP        11,496,859       40.3%     13,065,314       42.5%       -12.0%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         2. Epson*     4,624,245       16.2%      4,336,816       14.1%        6.6%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         2. Canon*     4,619,706       16.2%      5,341,706       17.4%       -13.5%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         4. Brother    1,797,352       6.3%       1,785,705       5.8%         0.7%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         5. Samsung    1,742,391       6.1%       1,831,526       6.0%         -4.9%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         Others        4,223,907       14.8%      4,410,604       14.3%        -4.2%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
         Total        28,504,460      100.0%     30,771,671      100.0%        -7.4%
        -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
        Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, May
        2012
        

* Notes:

-- IDC declares a statistical tie in the worldwide hardcopy peripherals market when there is less than one tenth of one percent difference in the shipments of two or more vendors.

-- IDC tracks A2-A4 devices in the Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals

-- Hardcopy Peripherals include single-function printers, printer-based multifunctional systems (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Data for all vendors are reported for calendar periods.

In addition to the table above, a graphic showing comparative market shares for inkjet and laser devices in emerging and mature markets over the previous four quarters is available at IDC.com. The chart is intended for public use in online news articles and social media. Instructions on how to embed this graphic can be found by viewing this press release on IDC.com.

        
        U.S. Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year
        Growth, First Quarter 2012
        ------------------------------------------------------------
         Vendors       1Q12 Unit   1Q12 Market   1Q11 Unit   1Q11 Market   1Q12/1Q11
                       Shipments      Share      Shipments      Share       Growth
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         1. HP         2,812,200      50.9%      3,315,821      53.3%       -15.19%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         2. Canon       704,521       12.8%       841,099       13.5%       -16.24%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         3. Epson       618,987       11.2%       526,801       8.5%        17.50%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         4. Brother     319,673       5.8%        363,075       5.8%        -11.95%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         5. Kodak       301,858       5.5%        308,764       5.0%        -2.24%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         Others         763,941       13.8%       871,797       14.0%       -12.37%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
         Total         5,521,180     100.0%      6,227,357     100.0%       -11.34%
        -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
        Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, May
        2012
        

Notes:

-- IDC tracks A2-A4 devices in the Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals

-- Hardcopy Peripherals include single-function printers, printer-based multifunctional systems (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Data for all vendors are reported for calendar periods.

SOURCE: International Data Corporation

The new offerings include:

• A new HP Officejet printer, four new HP LaserJet printers and an HP Scanjet providing small and medium businesses (SMB) and enterprise customers professional-quality documents and fast print speeds, along with the ability to extend the office beyond its physical location.
• Ten new and enhanced workflow solutions, applications and security offerings to increase efficiency, improve business processes and help businesses control and secure information-management processes.
• HP Digital Workflow Integration Services, an extension of HP Managed Print Services, which deliver powerful solution capabilities resulting in access to information by integrating back-end systems for real-time business-process optimization, and providing customers a single point of contact to manage the engagement.

"HP is overhauling our entire line of MFPs and today begins an onslaught of intelligent new web-enabled, cloud-enabled and solutions-enabled printing devices that meet the evolving business needs of our customers," said Ron Coughlin, senior vice president and general manager, LaserJet and Enterprise Solutions, HP. "By combining the strength of an innovative product portfolio, cloud capabilities, industry-leading management tools and a broad range of solutions, HP can meet the unique information management, workflow and printing needs of the smallest SMB up to the largest enterprise better than anyone else."

Improve flexibility with new printing and scanning products
The HP Officejet 150 Mobile All-in-One is the world's first mobile all-in-one printer(1) and an ideal companion for business professionals who need a compact, durable solution for printing, scanning and copying while on the go. It features built-in wireless Bluetooth® for printing from select notebooks and smartphones, and a long-lasting lithium-ion battery that provides enough power to print up to 500 pages on a full charge.

The HP LaserJet Pro 400 M401 is HP's new web-connected mono single-function laser printer, and the HP LaserJet Pro 400 MFP M425 is the company's first web-connected mono laser multifunction printer (MFP). Both feature advanced connectivity that meets the expanding needs of fast-paced SMB environments, including support for all HP ePrint(2) solutions with new wireless direct capability, and support for Apple™ AirPrint(3) and Google CloudPrint, which allow employees to easily print from their smartphone or tablet from virtually anywhere.(2) In addition, the 3.5-inch touchscreen control panel allows users to manage print functions and access business applications directly from the device.

The high-quality color HP LaserJet Enterprise 500 color MFP M575 and the black-and-white HP LaserJet Enterprise 500 MFP M525 feature a larger 8-inch, full-color touchscreen with HP Quick Sets for one-touch workflows. HP Quick Sets include send-to options directly on the control panel and allow users to preview, edit and zoom images for accurate results. HP FutureSmart 2 firmware enables businesses to simplify software updates and centrally manage tasks across their entire fleet with HP Web Jetadmin. The MFPs also support HP ePrint,(2) Apple AirPrint(3) and Google CloudPrint. HP Auto-On/Auto-Off Technology automatically turns the printer off when not in use, resulting in reduced energy use.(4)

HP printers are designed to work with Original HP supplies as a finely tuned print system that delivers high-quality text and true-to-life color documents with every page printed. Designed for optimal performance with minimal environmental impact, Original HP supplies offer superior reliability, which reduces the need to reprint, and many cartridges are made from recycled plastic.

The HP Scanjet Enterprise 7000 s2 has a compact desktop design with HP Precision Feed and AccuPage technologies to offer flawless and efficient performance, while the ability to "Scan to Sharepoint" and "Scan to Cloud" extends its capabilities beyond the desktop.

Manage information with HP Workflow Solutions
New mobile printing solutions include HP ePrint Software,(5) which enables PC printing to HP ePrinters at home or at work, and to HP ePrint Public Print Locations (PPL) when workers are on the go. The new HP Printer Control app enables users to manage device settings and supplies, and print, copy and scan wirelessly to the new HP ePrint-enabled printers. HP ePrint App for Apple and BlackBerry® enhances and replaces the popular HP ePrint Home & Biz App to enable users to more easily print from a smartphone or tablet, and receive intelligent recommendations on where to send prints.(1) The Universal Email Address for HP ePrint PPLs allow HP's large PPL network to publish and promote a single email address for mobile print jobs. Any end user connected to the internet with an email-capable device can send a print job to the email address and retrieve the print job at any of the PPLs.

To simplify workflows, HP Capture and Route provides a cost-effective way to digitize information so customers can find and retrieve documents faster than ever before. The HP Capture and Route solution enables users to easily convert paper documents into a variety of digital formats -- including Microsoft® Word .doc and .docx, JPG, PDF, RTF and TIF -- making it one-button simple to route information where it is needed.

HP and Kofax Communication Server is a centralized communications platform designed to ensure reliable exchange of business-critical messages among applications, devices and people. Additionally, customers can identify, track and log senders and recipients of incoming and outgoing email, SMS, MMS, voice and fax.

To ease manageability of the printing infrastructure, HP Jetdirect 2700w USB Wireless Print Server provides high-speed wireless printing plus advanced enterprise-class security, enabling customers to place printers wherever needed, without wires,(6) while HP Web Jetadmin 10.3 provides enhanced performance, improved workflow management and additional device support for more control and ease of use. This fleet-management application is available at no additional cost, and is used for installing, configuring, troubleshooting and managing networked and PC-connected MFPs, printers and scanners.

Improve peace of mind with HP Security Solutions
Printing security is simplified with HP Imaging and Printing Security Center, an industry first in security management(7) that provides policy-based security for HP printing fleets, and now includes broader HP enterprise device support, enhanced fleet risk reporting, improved usability and HP Instant-On Security, which helps secure devices as soon as they are added to the network. The solution is now available for purchase through HP Managed Enterprise Solutions and HP Partner Document Solutions Specialists.

In addition, HP Access Control Printing Solutions has newly added features, including server-less pull printing, which can lower costs; dual-factor authentication, which adds an additional level to safeguard; and the ability to send jobs via email, which increases productivity. Now HP Access Control Printing Solutions are even easier to purchase via an Express or Professional bundle or modularly, and they offer secure print authentication and job accounting designed to help provide secure access to printing devices and information.

Pricing and availability(8)

• The HP Officejet 150 Mobile All-in-One is priced at $399 and is expected to begin shipping in June.
• The HP LaserJet Pro 400 M401n, M401dn and M401dw are priced $299, $399 and $499, respectively, and are expected to be available worldwide on June 1.
• The HP LaserJet Pro 400 MFP M425dn and M425dw are priced at $499 and $529, respectively, and are expected to be available worldwide on June 1.
• The HP LaserJet Enterprise 500 MFP M525dn is priced at $1,799. The HP LaserJet Enterprise 500 MFP M425f is priced at $2,099. Both are expected to be available worldwide on June 1.
• The HP LaserJet Enterprise 500 color MFP M575dn starts at $2,299. The HP LaserJet Enterprise 500 color MFP M575f is priced at $2,699. Both are expected to be available worldwide June 1.
• The HP Scanjet Enterprise 7000 s2 is priced at $1,099 and is available worldwide immediately.
• HP solutions and services pricing and availability varies by company size and region.

The new printer product line is a natural addition for the ink and toner retailer, as the company expands its offerings for its business customers. The new printers, made by Hewlett Packard and Canon, are available in Cartridge World stores for sale and/or through a new printer loaner program.

"Cartridge World is always looking for ways to expand service to our customers, and printers are a perfect complement to the printer cartridges we already offer," said Frank Case, President of Cartridge World North America. "Our goal is to provide a one-stop shop for our customers' printing needs. In addition to selling printers, many stores offer printer maintenance and recycling services, too."

Cartridge World makes it easy for local businesses and organizations to save up to 30-40 percent on printing costs by selling 100-percent guaranteed, remanufactured ink and toner cartridges, and offering special promotions throughout the year. With the company's "Switch & Save" promotion, business customers qualify for a free loaner printer when they sign a 12-month service agreement and purchase printer cartridges exclusively from their local Cartridge World store. Plus, if business customers purchase 24 cartridges, they can receive the printer for free. To participate in the free printer loaner program, call or visit your local Cartridge World store.

In addition, Cartridge World helps business customers save money by providing free delivery when placing orders (see store for details), and online customers can also receive free shipping with a $50 order.

With 600 stores across the U.S. and Canada, Cartridge World is the world's largest specialty retailer of ink and toner printer cartridges. In addition, Cartridge World supports various cartridge recycling programs. This includes programs that allow schools and local community organizations to raise funds by collecting empty printer cartridge. For more information about Cartridge World's programs and 100-percent guaranteed, eco-friendly ink and toner printer cartridges, visit www.CartridgeWorld.com , or call your local Cartridge World store.

Cartridge World is the leading ink and toner refilling retailer and franchisor in the $80 billion printer cartridge industry. Cartridge World stores offer customers a tremendous cost-saving alternative to buying new printer cartridges, offering a 30-40 percent discount over full-priced OEM cartridges. Cartridge World offers a 100-percent satisfaction guarantee. The company refills and remanufactures printer cartridges, using state-of-the-art processes and high quality inks and toners. Voted No.1 in the category by Entrepreneur Magazine, Cartridge World has more than 1,600 franchised retail locations in 50 countries. For more information about Cartridge World products or franchising opportunities, call (888) 99-REFILL or visit http://www.CartridgeWorld.com

SOURCE: Cartridge World

As the latest edition to the imageRUNNER ADVANCE product line, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4051/4045/4035/4025 models feature faster black & white output and color scan speeds, as well as the ability to accept a greater range of media than their predecessors. For greater productivity, the devices deliver printing speeds up to 51 pages-per-minute (ppm), 45 ppm, 35 ppm and 25 ppm, respectively. In addition, the devices all feature a 100-sheet capacity auto-duplex document feeder to easily convert paper documents to digital files.

"The introduction of these products into the Oce portfolio, combined with software and services, enables us to provide our customers with greater workplace efficiency," said John Reilly, President, Oce North America, Document Printing Systems. "This series completes our imageRUNNER ADVANCE device product portfolio, allowing customers to increase output, expand document management solutions and manage costs, whether they need a black & white or color device."

For streamlined document distribution and enhanced collaboration, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4000 Series allows users to quickly distribute scanned documents in full color or black & white to multiple network destinations, including email and internet fax addresses, as well as local mailboxes and servers. Files can also be stored in Advanced Box shared folders on the MFPs and accessed from multiple locations, including PCs and other networked imageRUNNER ADVANCE devices. To access and share files stored outside of the office, imageRUNNER ADVANCE devices can access files from Microsoft SharePoint Online and Google Docs cloud services through Canon Cloud Portal.

"We are pleased to offer the Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4000 Series to Oce customers," said Sam Yoshida, vice president and general manager, Marketing, Business Imaging Solutions Group, Canon U.S.A.  "The 4000 Series will provide a powerful tool with the latest technologies to help the small office and workgroup markets operate at their highest productivity levels."

For greater usability and convenience, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4000 Series features a full-color, 8.4" high-resolution touch screen user interface (UI). To support today's mobile workforce, an easily accessible USB port enables users to scan documents directly to USB devices and print from USB devices without connecting to a network. Further enhancing the user experience, customizable Main Menu keys provide convenient access to popular functions and the Quick Menu key simplifies workflows by providing users with one-touch access to commonly used jobs or functions.

In addition to enhanced features, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4000 Series continues to offer superb image quality with up to 1200 x 1200 dots-per-inch (dpi) print resolution. Also, Canon's fine-grained QF toner enables users to produce clear, smooth images with a high-quality finish.
Further enhancing usability and convenience, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4000 Series seamlessly integrates with a variety of software applications to improve office workflows. When combined with uniFLOW, which provides an administrator  with control over their entire fleet's output; eCopy ShareScan, an advanced document scanning solution that provides personalized scan workflows; or imageRUNNER ADVANCE Essentials software suite, which works in unison with imageRUNNER ADVANCE models to allow users to easily access, track, share and manage documents and files.

To allow users to save even more time and money, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4000 Series helps users increase their business productivity while decreasing their environmental impact. With the models, users can conserve energy and resources with Canon's RAPID Fusing Technology with an energy consumption of just 1 watt in Sleep mode.

Availability The Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE 4051/4045/4035/4025 models are available now from Oce direct sales offices. A variety of acquisition plans are available including sale, lease or rental. For more information, please visit www.oceusa.com.

About Oce Oce is one of the leading providers of document management and printing for professionals. The Oce offering includes office printing and copying systems, high speed digital production printers and wide format printing systems for both technical documentation and color display graphics. Oce is also a foremost supplier of document management outsourcing. Many of the Fortune Global 500 companies and leading commercial printers are Oce customers. The company was founded in 1877. With headquarters in Venlo, The Netherlands, Oce is active in over 100 countries and employs more than 20,000 people worldwide.  Oce North America is headquartered in Trumbull, CT, with additional business units in Chicago, IL and Boca Raton, FL. For more information, visit www.oce.com.

Oce and Canon: Stronger together In 2010 Oce joined the Canon Group of companies with headquarters in Tokyo, Japan, to create the global leader in the printing industry. Canon develops, manufactures and markets a growing line-up of copying machines, printers, cameras, optical and other products that meet a diverse range of customer needs. The Canon Group comprises over 198,000 employees worldwide. Global net sales in 2011 totaled USD 45.6 billion. Visit the Canon Inc. website at www.canon.com.

About Canon U.S.A., Inc. Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. With approximately $45.6 billion in global revenue, its parent company, Canon Inc. (NYSE:CAJ), ranks third overall in U.S. patents registered in 2011* and is one of Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies in 2012. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes. Canon U.S.A. is dedicated to its Kyosei philosophy of social and environmental responsibility. To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss.

*Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office. All referenced product names, and other marks, are trademarks of their respective owners.

SOURCE Oce North America

1. Network printers:  instead of having printers at every desktop, one printer can serve multiple users.  Vendors can offer this as a part of a service agreement while saving the user money.
2. Have the appropriate printer:  Buying printers that can accommodate larger paper cost more than the standard 8.5” x 11”.  Some companies buy larger printers in favor of versatility but how often will they really be using larger format prints
3. Replace fax machines:  Apart from the cost of paper, a dedicated phone line and call charges are associated with fax machines.  Email and electronic fax are easy replacements.
4. Double sided printing:  Opt for these printers in order to cut down paper costs.  True duplex printers can print two-sided documents without having the need to get up and turn the paper.
5. Pull-printing:  Users can send their print documents to a network printer where they can later on collect.  The documents will not print until the user logs in to collect the documents.  This allows users to plan their work more efficiently by printing documents at the same time.  Security of the documents is an added benefit, since only the user can print after logging in a code first.
6. New Apps:  The new generation of multi-function printers (MFP) include processors that allow the user to use different functions on the on-board screen, giving new meaning to multi-function.  For instance, a printer can have its own email address allowing the user to send files to it for printing.  Printers can also be cloud compatible where users can send documents from their mobile devices.
7. Security:  There is always a risk for network printers.  The answer is to encrypt the data and also employ authentication procedures for the users by using a log-in code, or through a card swipe.  This also helps monitor how many print jobs are done by each user.  Printing quotas can be set, and access to printer is controlled.
8. Outside Contract:  Sometimes it benefits to have printers on a contract agreement.  Depending on the agreement, it can include service, ink replacement and possibly even paper.  Typically, the user is charge per page printed, which is lower than having to buy ink or toner alone.
9. Managed Print Services (MPS):  To manage a fleet of printers is more costly than it is to contract with an MPS provider.  The MPS provider is able to monitor usage, costs, and suggest alternatives tailored to the company’s printing pattern that can benefit the company cost-wise.

-based on an article by Lamont Wood, www.computerworld.com, 05/08/12

Customers who are using the Versamark ink line can purchase their ink supply Directly from Collins.  The company “already has the sales and support infrastructure to be a direct supplier to Versamark customers.”  Collins has also opened a facility in Germany to supply the European market.

Meanwhile, Kodak has produced its own inks for the Versamark line, and customers can also buy their inks from Kodak.  Kodak is boosting its manufacturing at its Dayton, Ohio facility to serve the demand.

-based on an article by David Ward, www.printweek.com, 05/03/12

Being the largest printing exhibition in the world, two rival companies Landa and Xeikon are ready to duke it out to unveil their latest technology in digital printing.  Both companies are promising to have the latest and greatest in digital printing, to give offset printing a run for their money.

Until now, digital printers cannot deliver what offset printing can deliver, that is, “cost, quality and speed.”  They are also promising that the quality of the print will be as good as looking at your tablet.

Landa Corporation is using nanotechnology in his printers, using water-based Landa NanoInk that is also environmentally friendly, and the cartridges are recyclable.  Xeikon on the other hand will be unveiling its Trillium technology digital printers.

It will probably take another year for these two companies’ products to hit the market.  Until then, what they are promising remains to be seen.

-based on an article by Mark Piesing, www.guardian.com.uk, 05/03/12

Since its bankruptcy filing in January, the company said it has improved its liquidity and reduced costs.  For the quarter the company reports the following:

• Cash balance of $1.4 billion, up $500 million from year end 2011.  This is due to a $600 million financing it received as part of the Chapter 11 filing.
• Net loss of $366 million (-$1.35 per share) compared to $246 million (-$0.91 per share) the year prior.
• Revenue of $965 million, down 27% from $1.3 billion the year prior.  This is due to discontinuing its digital camera division, a $61 million tax refund agreement with intellectual property licenses, and a $122 million Korean withholding tax payout.
• Consumer business segment reports a loss of $163 million compared to $187 million the year prior.  This represents a revenue of $84 million profit year-over-year.
• Consumer business segment sales was $293 million compared to $514 million the year prior.
• Commercial business segment reports a loss of $64 million compared to $67 million the year prior.
• Commercial business segment sales totaled $672 million, down from $808 million the year prior.

Kodak’s Chairman and CEO Antonio Perez, said in a statement, “During the quarter, we took decisive steps – including filing for Chapter 11 and exiting unprofitable businesses – to accelerate our transformation and emerge in 2013 as a profitable, sustainable business.”

In its re-organization, Kodak eliminated 1,700 jobs all over the world, with 1,025 jobs in the US and Canada, and 675 jobs around the world.

The new printers are as follows:

Pixma E600

• All-in-one inkjet printer
• Fax security
• Integrated auto document feeder (ADF)
• Can print up to 800 pages costing 5 sen per page

Pixma MX897

• All-in-one inkjet printer
• 3-inch LCD screen
• Dual Function Panel (DFP) with large keys
• Canon Pixma Cloud Link
• Wi-fi enabled, networkable

Pixma MX517

• All-in-one inkjet printer
• Integrated auto document feeder (ADF)
• Dual Function Panel (DFP)
• Wi-fi enabled, networkable

Pixma MX377

• All-in-one inkjet printer
• Integrated auto document feeder (ADF)
• Dual Function Panel (DFP)

FAX L170

• Print, copy, fax
• Monochrome laser printer

first-to-market color cartridge series CE410A, CE411A, CE412A, and CE413A (HP #305A). (OEM alternative) for the HP LaserJet Pro 300/400 printer series: M351, M375, M400, M451, M475 printers. The HP LaserJet Pro series are new to the market and it includes all office functionalities in a compact printer: fast, high-quality printing, scanning, copying and faxing capabilities..

ILG’s Color OEM alternative cartridges are engineered to meet the highest  print standard in quality and performance using OEM benchmark. ILG manufactured color series enables dealers to deliver quality OEM alternative, reduce environmental impact and with substantial cost savings. ILG’s  OEM alternative series: CE410A black cartridge offers 2200 page yield, CE411 cyan, 412 yellow, and 413 magenta colors offering 2600 page yields, matching OEM.

ILG’s quality color cartridge line delivers exceptional quality, performance and value.

The first-to-market 410A color series feature the latest “Vibrant Color System”, an advance color cartridge manufacturing system utilized by ILG to meet the demanding color environment. This exclusive color system together with ILG’s stringent manufacturing standards are what make the ILG’s color cartridges superior in quality to other manufacturers color products.

“Our dealers demand quality and value and we’re giving them what they need, they also want new releases quickly at competitive pricing. ILG continues to lead the industry with innovative new color products, we are proud to be the first-to-market these HP OEM alternative products to our dealers allowing them to make sales and profits.

Our R & D team is pro-active and quick to develop high-demand new products. We analyze and study the market trends in order to be the first-to-market with high-demand products. Said, Joe Shulman, Sr. VP of Client Solutions.”

Today, ILG’s color products exceed over 200 SKUs, including exclusive JUMBO COLOR® products. In addition, ILG’s color cartridges are Color Certified™ under strict manufacturing guidelines. Certified cartridges must pass rigorous quality testing standards, including print performances, full life yield testing based on 5% page coverage, environmental testing and production run testing. These cartridges meet the demanding color requirement, and produce a consistent print consistency throughout the entire cartridge life.

ILG’s comprehensive stock management system allows same day shipping from our 5 nationwide distribution centers.

Headquartered in Woodland Hills, California, ILG’s courteous and consultative customer service representatives are available to take dealer orders as late as 5 p.m. (PST).

WEST CALDWELL, N.J., April 27, 2012 /PRNewswire via COMTEX/ -- Ricoh Americas Corporation today announced that Martin Brodigan has been named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ricoh Americas Corporation effective May 1, 2012. Brodigan will succeed Kevin Togashi, who is taking on a new role within Ricoh Group in Japan.

Brodigan brings over 20 years of experience at Ricoh to his new position as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Most recently, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for Ricoh Americas Corporation, overseeing all sales and service channels in the U.S., Canada and Latin America. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Ricoh Americas Corporation for two years since 2010, and was President and CEO of Ricoh's US operations from 2007 to 2010. He has also held assignments in Europe and Canada, and led Ricoh's global services business.

"Martin is a talented leader with a broad base of sales, operations and financial experience to lead Ricoh Americas Corporation going forward. His unwavering commitment to our customers, dealers and our employees, along with his knowledge of the industry and emerging market trends, will be a great asset as he leads this organization to continued success," stated Kevin Togashi, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ricoh Americas Corporation.

"I am both honored and excited to lead Ricoh Americas Corporation," said Brodigan. "Today Ricoh has one of the industry's broadest portfolios of products and services, a team of talented and experienced employees and a strong network of dealers. We have a compelling vision for the future and will continue to transform our business model to provide our customers with the integrated services, expertise and technology they need to help manage information and workflow throughout their organizations."

PALO ALTO, CA, May 01, 2012 (MARKETWIRE via COMTEX) -- HP and The UPS Store(R) franchise network today announced that more than 4,300 The UPS Store locations nationwide are now a part of the HP ePrint Public Print Locations(1) (PPL) network.

With approximately 80 percent of the U.S. population living within 10 miles of a The UPS Store location,(2) this solution provides convenient on-the-go print services to the small office/home office market and consumers, as well as to corporate "road warriors."

Customers can geolocate the nearest The UPS Store location and then submit a print job to receive a simple and secure retrieval code. Upon arrival at The UPS Store location, the customer provides the retrieval code to a store associate, who will print the documents. Users also can print documents multiple times over a seven-day period using the same secure retrieval code.

"By offering HP ePrint services through The UPS Store network, mobile workers now have the ability to be as productive on the road as they are in the office," said Bruce Dahlgren, senior vice president, Managed Enterprise Solutions, Printing and Personal Systems Group, HP. "HP ePrint is a great example of the cloud enabling customer-driven innovation for greater access to information, no matter where you are."

Currently, HP ePrint is available for more than 90 percent of the smartphone devices sold in the United States.(3) By downloading the HP ePrint Service application on a BlackBerry(R), iOS(TM) or Android(TM) smartphone or tablet, users can easily print emails, presentations, reports, travel documents and more to a local The UPS Store location.(4)

The HP ePrint Service application for smartphones and tablets is available for download at www.hp.com/go/eprintmobile .

"We recognize mobile professionals' demand for printing, and adding this service to The UPS Store network's existing print offerings helps us provide exceptional service to our small-business and on-the-go customers," said Bill Martin, vice president, Print Services, The UPS Store franchise network. "We are committed to helping our customers improve their productivity with the right mix of tools at their fingertips."

In addition to professional printing services, including color and black-and-white prints, large format, binding, lamination, finishing and folding, The UPS Store network offers a variety of services to help with the logistics of running a small business, including mailboxes with real street addresses, packing and shipping services, and notary and direct mail services.

HP's premier client event, HP Discover, takes place June 4-7 in Las Vegas.

About The UPS Store With more than 4,700 locations, The UPS Store and Mail Boxes Etc. network comprises the world's largest franchise system of retail shipping, postal, print and business service centers throughout the U.S., Puerto Rico and Canada. In the U.S. and Puerto Rico, The UPS Store and Mail Boxes Etc. locations are independently owned and operated by licensed franchisees of Mail Boxes Etc., Inc. (MBE), a UPS subsidiary. In Canada, locations are independently owned and operated by licensed franchisees of master licensee MBEC Communications, L.P. For additional information on The UPS Store, including information on franchise opportunities, visit www.theupsstore.com .

About HP HP creates new possibilities for technology to have a meaningful impact on people, businesses, governments and society. The world's largest technology company, HP brings together a portfolio that spans printing, personal computing, software, services and IT infrastructure to solve customer problems. More information about HP is available at http://www.hp.com .

(1) Usage of HP ePrint Public Print Locations requires internet- and email-capable smartphone or tablet with separately purchased wireless internet service, and the HP ePrint service app. Availability and cost of printing varies by location. A list of supported smartphone and tablet operating systems is available at www.hp.com/go/eprintmobile . (2) August 2010 Nielsen and The UPS Store. (3) Based on internal HP data. (4) Supports the following devices running iOS 4.2 or later: iPad, iPad 2, iPhone (3GS or later), iPod touch (third generation or later). Works with HP AirPrint-enabled printers and requires the printer be connected to the same network as the iOS device. Wireless performance is dependent upon physical environment and distance from the access point.

iPod is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.

Copyright 2012 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP, MBE, and its affiliates and franchisees shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.

SOURCE: HP

The Lexmark X740 Series and Lexmark C748 family are highlighted by intuitive 7-inch and 4.3-inch color touch screens, respectively, that provide tablet-like navigation. In fact, the models within the Lexmark C748 family are the first and only color laser printers under $1,000 to offer a color touch screen user interface1. These sophisticated touch screens are the gateway to several pre-loaded applications, such as Forms and Favorites and Scan to E-mail on the Lexmark X740 Series, and can also be tailored easily with additional time-saving solutions based on unique business or workgroup needs.

The Lexmark X740 Series and Lexmark C740 Series deliver high-quality color documents consistently from the first to the last page. Equipped standard with Lexmark Named Color Replacement, businesses can store pre-defined colors on the devices to ensure precise and consistent color matching for branded materials. Print jobs that might otherwise have to be outsourced and cost thousands can now be done internally with vibrant colors that meet the highest standard of accuracy.

For added productivity, all models within the Lexmark X740 Series and Lexmark C740 Series boast a maximum paper input capacity of 4,300 sheets, which is the highest paper capacity in these classes of devices2. Optional 550-sheet trays and 2,000-sheet high capacity trays allow users to load multiple paper types and further customize input options to meet specific printing needs.

The new MFPs and printers announced today are equipped with advanced, state-of-the-art security to help protect valuable corporate data. Authentication, authorization, audit logging and hard disk wiping3 are each offered as standard, out-of-the-box capabilities and do not require the purchase of additional data security kits.

Like the large workgroup and other mid-range workgroup devices in Lexmark’s product portfolio, the Lexmark X740 Series and Lexmark C740 Series are fully capable of being deployed in managed print services (MPS) engagements.

Supporting Quote:

“Lexmark’s innovative smart devices are a key vehicle in providing advanced features and unique bundles of end-to-end solutions to our customers,” said Marty Canning, Lexmark executive vice president and president of Imaging Solutions and Services. “Our customers can depend on these high-caliber products for a wide range of needs – from printing vibrant, customer-facing collateral and signage to advanced scanning in order to streamline heavy, paper-based activities such as employee onboarding, invoice processing and other key business processes.”

Supporting Resources:

• Lexmark X740 Series Color Laser MFP Brochure
• Lexmark C748 Family Color Laser Printer Brochure
• Lexmark C746 Family Color Laser Printer Brochure

So, it is best to weigh one's options here.  Save on refilled cartridges, but end up possibly re-printing, thus costing more by using extra paper and ink? Or buy an original and ensure the highest print quality each time?

- based on an article by Matthew Murray, www.extremetech.com, 04/24/12

The report is the result of a two-year Skills Formation Strategy by Printing Industries Association of Australia (Printing Industries) and Skills Queensland.

Printing Industries General Manager, Research and Development and State Manager Queensland Neal McLary said the report outlines recommendations to ensure the industry would have the workforce it needs for the future.

“The rapid introduction of digital technology – in particular digital presses, high level copying systems and wide format printers – is having a significant impact on the printing industry across Australia and the world,” he said.

“For the estimated 5000 printing companies in Australia this means an increasing need for workers with skills and experience across digital printing.

“It is important the industry has a co-ordinated approach to workforce development and training of its existing workforce and a plan to attract new entrants.

“With funding and support from Skills Queensland, we have conducted wide-ranging industry research and consultations to identify and implement short and longer term strategies to meet the skills and labour demands of digital printing.”

Skills Queensland Chief Executive Officer Rod Camm said today’s competitive labour market makes it critical for industries to be committed to workforce planning and to grow and skill their workforce in line with future demand and skill requirements.

“The advance of the digital economy is changing skills and labour demands across industries and creating new job opportunities as well as increasing the need to upskill existing workers to meet changing consumer demand,” he said.

“The printing industry is facing a rapidly changing skills environment and our investment of $240,000 has supported the industry and its leaders to formally research, discuss and address the common skills and workforce issues being faced and to develop a workforce development strategy to meet these challenges.”

“It is very encouraging that the industry, through the Printing Industries Association of Australia, has committed to owning the strategy in the long term and implementing recommendations across Australia.”

The final strategy report, Ensuring access to a trained and work-ready workforce for the printing industry, includes 25 individual recommended actions from new strategies to market the industry and its career and lifestyle opportunities through to the delivery of more relevant and contextualised training.

“We are working towards the two strategic objectives of attracting and retaining high calibre people and creating a training and education system which works with the industry,” Mr McLary said.

“To grow the workforce we need to not only sell the industry and the career opportunities available, but also make better use of the capabilities and resources of digital system suppliers to deliver training.”

Mr McLary said some of the recommended actions were already underway including those related to recognition of prior learning, use of vendor training as a potential pathway to qualifications and promoting a better understanding of the industry training package to ensure more relevant training and course selection.

Turning projections into profitability

• The latest addition to Xerox’s ProfitQuick® program, ezJob Estimation Tool (ezJET), helps printers learn how to easily quote print jobs and provide rationale for costs. A simplified version of the broader ProfitQuick tool, ezJET features capabilities such as more than one job per estimate, ability to export data, auto save, and full reporting capabilities. ProfitQuick tools are deployed in 19 regions worldwide, available in six languages and 15 currencies.

Expanding digital capabilities

• Automated Packaging Workshop Series, a business development service, helps customers build and grow a digital packaging business. Workshops include developing a marketing plan, selling variable data package printing and designing for digital packaging.

Building a winning portfolio

• A Sample Application CD Kit for the Xerox Color 550/560 Printer and Xerox 700i Digital Color Press is a collection of application files, including calendars, greeting cards, brochures and beauty shots. Printers can build a strong sample book – essential in growing and expanding business.

By using new publications focused on driving growth

• The Hints & Tips Design Advantage Guide is a refresher for printers to learn more about leveraging the latest digital design concepts. The guide provides hints and tips to generate new design ideas, applications to grow volume and a list of additional resources available.

• The Xerox Value-added Services white paper showcases Xerox services offerings along with success stories from customers around the world.

• A Roadmap to Evolving Your Business is a guide that provides steps on how to build a profitable digital business and operating model that aligns with the requirements of today’s marketplace.

Actionable Intelligence, the digital imaging industry’s leading source for news, analysis, and custom research, announces the publication of “Reseller Realities: Avoiding Patent Lawsuits and Infringing Cartridges.” The white paper, which is available free of charge at http://www.Action-Intell.com, provides crucial insights on how firms that market ink and toner cartridges for digital printers and copiers can steer clear of infringing products and avoid costly patent lawsuits.

“Making money by selling digital printers and consumables has never been more difficult than it is today,” says Charles Brewer, founder and president of Actionable Intelligence. Competition is fierce, he maintains, in the increasingly mature hardcopy industry. “To improve margins, more and more companies are opting to market cheap clones that blatantly infringe patents,” observes Mr. Brewer. As a result, hardware manufacturers are growing more litigious than ever. Mr. Brewer says he expects to see the number of patent lawsuits climb as more companies like IT service providers and other service organizations look to grow by entering the hardcopy space and maintaining printers.

Whether you are new to the industry or a veteran digital imaging supplies vendor, “Reseller Realities: Avoiding Patent Lawsuits and Infringing Cartridges” is a must-read. The report provides an overview of the key lawsuits shaping today’s digital consumables competitive landscape. It details recent legal actions initiated by Canon, Epson, Hewlett-Packard, and Lexmark and assesses the impact these cases have had on the defendants as well as the overall supplies industry. Actionable Intelligence’s most recent white paper also provides a lexicon of often-used industry jargon so resellers and others in the channel can understand the difference between brand-new cartridges, remanufactured products, and so-called “new builds” and recognize the risks associated with marketing each different type of product.

“Reseller Realities: Avoiding Patent Lawsuits and Infringing Cartridges” is currently available at http://www.Action-Intell.com.

HP topped the financial criteria in terms of “competitive pricing, product margin, SPIF’s and rebates, and increase in sales.”  The support category went to Lexmark, while HP claimed second place.

-based on an article by Edward J. Correia, www.crn.com, 04/24/12

New York, NY -- The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) recently issued a patent number for a modification of a printer cartridge’s “ ‘circuit holding structure’” which will allow it to hold a “ ‘replacement electronic circuit’” hence it could allow the cartridge to be used in a compatible printer.

This may indeed ruffle some feathers, as Static Control has been battling with Lexmark and Samsung in recent years over their cartridge structure and firmware. To this day on their website, Static Control has images for each company encouraging consumers to “ Say ‘No’ to Any Upgrade”.

More specifically, the patent which was obtained by Lynton Burchette and William E. Thacker, says that the process involves:

“‘replacing the electronic circuit with a replacement contact element; forming a replacement circuit holding area by removing at least a portion of the imaging cartridge; and attaching a processing unit to the imaging cartridge at the replacement circuit holding area, wherein the processing unit is communicatively connected to the replacement contact element.’”
This may lead to some interesting developments in third-party cartridge design. Lexmark denies the allegations that the chip which is part of Lexmark cartridges does not allow refilling. Lexmark has stated repeatedly that the only cartridges it blocks are those which are manufactured illegally.

Source: Castle Ink

LAS VEGAS, NV--(Marketwire - Apr 18, 2012) - imageSource Magazine today announced the nine businesses that received the magazine's 2012 Perfect Image Award for outstanding achievement in a specific category. The national awards were presented to representatives from each business selected, from the imageSource Live Theater on the Expo Floor at the ITEX National Expo & Conference, by imageSource Editor-in-Chief and ITEX Conference Director Sand Sinclair.

"We are extremely pleased with the well-deserved recognition that these dealers and resellers receive from being a recipient of an imageSource Perfect Image Award," said Sinclair. "The fact is there are multiple business professionals doing good business today, and those that are recognized as being outstanding in creating valuable programs, processes and services, is something to be highly acknowledged."

The imageSource Perfect Image Award recipients are selected from an impartial judging process based on a variety of factors and entry information acquired regarding a dealer's business model and performance. The judging process includes the imageSource/ITEX Advisory Council whose members are industry consultants, dealers, leading industry associations, and vendors, as well as Questex Media Group executives on the Council. Awards are merit-based and derived from a compilation scoring process.

imageSource Magazine's 2012 Perfect Image Award Recipients:

1. Dealer of the Year: Marco
2. Outstanding Sales Program: Flo-Tech
3. Outstanding Service Program: Thermocopy
4. Outstanding MPS Program: FlexPrint
5. Outstanding Customer Service Program: ProSource
6. Outstanding Marketing Campaign: Modern Office Methods
7. Outstanding Managed Services Program: Marco
8. Outstanding Use of Website Technology: Coordinated Business Systems
9. Outstanding IT Services Provider: Impact Networking

About imageSource Magazine
imageSource Magazine is a property of Questex Media Group LLC, a global diversified business-to-business integrated media and information provider, headquartered in Newton, MA. The company's media properties include over 100 print and digital media publications, 45 conferences, tradeshows and events, as well as a range of research, data and information products. In addition to imageSource Magazine, website and eNewsletters, Questex also produces ITEX National Expo & Conference (www.itexshow.com), the nation's largest event in the office solutions channel, and Solutions Summit (www.solutionssummit.net), an innovative, invitation-only, C-level event for the office solutions channel. For more information, visit www.questex.com.

SOURCE: ITEX National Expo & Conference

--Revenue of $5.5 billion up 1 percent, 2 percent constant currency

--Services revenue up 9 percent, 10 percent constant currency

Xerox

announced today first-quarter 2012 adjusted earnings per share of 23 cents, which excludes 4 cents related to the amortization of intangibles, resulting in GAAP EPS of 19 cents.

In the first quarter, total revenue of $5.5 billion was up 1 percent or 2 percent in constant currency. Revenue from the company's services business was up 10 percent, and revenue from its technology business was down 5 percent in constant currency. Growth in services was driven by a 13 percent increase in business process outsourcing and 7 percent growth in document outsourcing. Technology revenue, which represents the sale of document systems, supplies, technical service and financing of products, was impacted by the weak macro environment as well as clients' increasing shift to Xerox managed print services. Installs of Xerox products were up 7 percent in the first quarter, and the company continues to lead in worldwide equipment sale market share.

"Services now represents more than half of our total revenue and will continue to be the growth engine of our company as we expand our BPO offerings and strengthen our leadership in managed print services," said Ursula Burns, Xerox chairman and chief executive officer. "Our first-quarter results reflect the successful execution of our strategy: accelerate services, grow our install base of Xerox color products, and efficiently operate our business to deliver strong earnings and shareholder value."

As anticipated, overall margins were down in the quarter. First-quarter gross margin was 31 percent, and selling, administrative and general expenses were 19.4 percent of revenue. Operating margin of 8.5 percent was down 0.6 points from first-quarter 2011.

"Our business mix continues to change as we significantly scale our revenue in services and invest in growth through new offerings and long-term contracts," added Burns. "As a result, we see short-term pressure on margins that we will offset through cost reductions and operational improvements. We're accelerating top-line services growth that leads to solid bottom-line performance."

In line with expectations and cash flow seasonality, the company used $15 million in operating cash during the first quarter.

Xerox expects second-quarter 2012 GAAP earnings of 21 cents to 24 cents per share. Second-quarter adjusted EPS is expected to be 25 cents to 28 cents per share including 1 cent to 2 cents of restructuring.

The company reiterated its expectations for full-year 2012 GAAP earnings per share of 97 cents to $1.03. Including restructuring, Xerox continues to expect full-year adjusted earnings per share of $1.12 to $1.18. In addition, Xerox continues to expect full-year operating cash flow of $2 billion to $2.3 billion, and plans to repurchase $900 million to $1.1 billion in Xerox stock during the year.

KJ4B-Y (for water-based ink)
This product provides high-resolution printing combined with a print speed that is approximately 1.3 times faster than Kyocera's conventional products, by ejecting ink up to 40,000 times per second (at 40kHz drive frequency) from each ink nozzle, resulting in approximately 100 million drops per second from a printhead with 2,656 nozzles. This allows for higher-speed and higher-resolution printing for large-volume print jobs with individualized data, such as invoices and statements, in a short period of time using water-based ink suitable for paper printing.

KJ4A-B (for UV-curable ink)
This product provides high-resolution printing combined with a print speed that is approximately 1.5 times faster than Kyocera's conventional products, by ejecting ink up to 30,000 times per second (at 30kHz drive frequency) from each ink nozzle, resulting in approximately 80 million drops per second from a printhead with 2,656 nozzles. This allows high-speed and high-resolution printing for an increasing number of commercial products, such as label printing for plastic and glass bottles and containers using UV-curable ink that enables printing on non-absorbent materials including films and plastics.

Printing equipment manufacturers are aggressively developing new products in response to recent demands in commercial printing for smaller lot size, shorter delivery time, inventory reduction and variable printing^*2. Kyocera's KJ series high-speed and high-resolution printheads, including these new products, will contribute to the advancement of the printing industry.

Epson has affirmed its commitment to and long history of involvement with recycling initiatives by being the first major IT vendor to return its signed agreement with the Australia and New Zealand Recycling Platform Limited (ANZRP).

“Epson is pleased to be the first major vendor to complete and return its formal membership agreement, signifying our ongoing dedication to the goals and strategies of ANZRP,” said Garry Pearce, Epson’s  Environmental Manager.

“Epson has been at the forefront of a range of initiatives aimed at ensuring the IT industry maintains a high level of environmental responsibility, and is strongly committed to a whole-of-business approach to environmental initiatives and has been for many years. Epson was a founding member of the AIIA Environmental Special Interest Group for more than 10 years and continued that involvement and financial support as that SIG transformed itself into ANZRP,” Garry said.

“As one of the first to sign with ANZRP, Epson has shown true leadership and commitment to its environmental vision by being a long term supporter of sound product stewardship in the design, reuse and recycling of products. ANZRP is proud to be associated with companies that actively deliver on environmental outcomes and drive for change for the better,” said Carmel Dollisson, General Manager ANZRP.

“Key initiatives of Epson’s Environmental Vision 2050 include a 90% reduction in CO2 emissions across the product life cycle, and creating end-user products that have a longer service life and are ultimately returned to Epson,” said Garry.

“Those aims coincide with ANZRP’s vision of a community which collects, processes and safely recycles electronic waste for responsible environmental outcomes,” Garry said.

Epson was involved in the first RecycleIT! program (a pilot recycling hardware program run in western Sydney between November 2002 and March 2003) run by AIIA in conjunction with Resource NSW.

Epson is a founding partner of Byteback, a pilot end-of-life take back scheme for IT equipment in Victoria, a founding partner of Cartridges 4 Planet Ark, a national program for recycling laser and inkjet cartridges, and a signatory to the Australian Packaging Covenant.

Epson is the only IT vendor to run its own recycling programs for Pro Graphics ink cartridges and projector lamps, and has won Green Globe Awards for its energy efficient projects.

ANZRP evolved from the joint work of the AIIA Environmental Special Interest Group (ESIG) members being 13 major IT brands and the PSA (Product Stewardship Association formed by CESA) representing the major TV brands. This group played a significant role in the formation of the Product Stewardship Act and Regulations and in the development of the Interim Industry Standard. ANZRP's establishment has been funded by the AIIA ESIG members and has their full support.

Like the large workgroup and other mid-range workgroup devices in Lexmark's product portfolio, the Lexmark X740 Series and Lexmark C740 Series are fully capable of being deployed in managed print services (MPS) engagements.

Supporting Quote:

"Lexmark's innovative smart devices are a key vehicle in providing advanced features and unique bundles of end-to-end solutions to our customers," said Marty Canning, Lexmark executive vice president and president of Imaging Solutions and Services. "Our customers can depend on these high-caliber products for a wide range of needs - from printing vibrant, customer-facing collateral and signage to advanced scanning in order to streamline heavy, paper-based activities such as employee onboarding, invoice processing and other key business processes."

Supporting Resources:

Lexmark X740 Series Color Laser MFP Brochure

Lexmark C748 Family Color Laser Printer Brochure

Lexmark C746 Family Color Laser Printer Brochure

About Lexmark

Lexmark International, Inc. /quotes/zigman/131011/quotes/nls/lxk LXK -0.31% provides businesses of all sizes with a broad range of printing and imaging products, software, solutions and services that help customers to print less and save more. Perceptive Software, a stand-alone software business within Lexmark, is a leading provider of process and content management software that helps organizations fuel greater operational efficiency. In 2011, Lexmark sold products in more than 170 countries and reported more than $4 billion in revenue.

To learn more about Lexmark, please visit www.lexmark.com . For more information on Perceptive Software, please visit www.perceptivesoftware.com .

For more information on Lexmark, see the Lexmark Facebook page and follow us on Twitter.

For more information about Perceptive Software, please visit the company's Facebook and Twitter profiles.

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

All prices, features, specifications and capabilities are subject to change without notice.

    (1) The Lexmark C748 family class consists of network ready A4 color electrophotographic printers between $700 and $1,000 street price.
        (2) The Lexmark X748 Series class consists of network ready A4 color electrophotographic MFPs between $2,000 and $3,000 street price. The Lexmark C748 family class consists of network ready A4 color electrophotographic printers between $700 and $1,000 street price.The Lexmark C746 family class consists of network ready A4 electrophotographic printers between $500 and $700 street price.
        (3) A hard disk is not standard on the Lexmark C740 Series, but may be purchased as an aftermarket option.

UK’s Cartridge World confirms that two franchisees have left the franchise to start companies of their own.  Urmston and Pudsey are the two franchisees that have left and are now going by a new name; they are Manchester and Most Office Supplies, respectively.

The change took effect on April 1, 2012 for Most Office Supplies, while Manchester Cartridges changed their name on April 5, 2012.

Manchester Cartridges prides itself of its reputation in the industry for over ten years, and it promises to be a more service oriented company, offering same-day delivery for orders within the Manchester area.

On the other hand, Cartridge World sales have grown due to the Cartridge World Business Direct model the company has employed.  With the additional funding it received in 2011, the company plans to improve on its consumer offering both on product and service that will prove valuable to the consumer and its franchisees.

“Cartridge World is the UK’s leading printer cartridge specialist, with over 200 UK business franchises and 1,600 worldwide and remains at the forefront of cartridge retailing. We pride ourselves on our excellent product, service and value delivery to our customers delivered through the franchisee. We will continue to work constructively with our franchisees for the joint benefit of our customer, our franchise owners and Cartridge World.”

Research firm Context released its latest data on all-in-one inkjet printer sales. Here is a brief summary:

Regional Stats:

• UK – up 15% in Q4 2011 compared to Q4 2010
• France -  up 11% in Q4 2011 compared to Q4 2010
• Western Europe oveall  was up 1.5% in Q4 2011 compared to Q4 2010.  However, the whole year of 2011 was down 2%.

OEM Stats:

• Canon – up 3% in Q4 2011 compared to Q4 2010
• Epson – 16% in Q4 2011 compared to Q4 2010
• HP continued to lead the pack in Q4 2011 compared to Q4 2010.

An Auckland, New Zealand based company, Toner Recycling (TRC) has found an innovative way to recycle toner cartridges.  While there is always an application for plastics and metals, toner waste has been pretty much a dead end, until now.  With a commitment to put as little as possible back to the landfill, TRC owner, Wayne Grieve collaborated with Otaki based company Enviropaints to find a use for leftover toner.  After many trials, Enviropaints was able to use toner waste (which is polymer based) as a material suitable for commercial outdoor paints.  The new recycled paint can be used on buildings, fencing, and in a variety of ways, such as covering graffiti, among other applications.

Enviropaints General Manager Peter Reid is very excited about this innovation which makes them the first in the world to come up with this product out of toner waste.  "We are able to use the various toner colors to their maximum advantage, and have achieved our goal of creating a new-life paint through innovation. This of course has definite cost savings on our raw material, resulting in a sharper price to the end user without affecting the quality," said Reid.

Improving U.S. economy spurs new and replacement purchases

MOBERLY, Mo., Apr 13, 2012 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- In remarks leading up to next week’s ITEX Expo & Conference in Las Vegas, GE Capital’s Office Imaging team noted that total OI industry unit shipments are expected to grow 3% this year, with the fastest-growing industry segment being value-added devices paired with services and supplies. Sales of color office imaging devices are showing more modest growth, while sales of black-and-white ones are declining.

The two major types of value-added programs, basic print services (BPS) and managed print services (MPS), are expected to grow strongly through 2015. BPS refers to basic print services plus usage assessment, reporting and optimization. MPS encompasses multi-function devices, service and supplies, which are typically packaged together as multi-year contacts with consolidated fleet billing and remote monitoring.

“The improving economic environment in the U.S. is likely to spur businesses to make new and replacement equipment purchases,” said Glen Clark, vice president and general manager of GE Capital’s Office Imaging business. “As MPS in particular continues to grow strongly, vendors are also expanding into adjacent IT services to offer end-users a one-stop shop.”

Clark will be speaking at the MPS Strategy Forum during next week’s ITEX event. On April 19, 1 PM-1:50 PM, Clark will share strategies to help dealers evaluate revenue opportunities, including cost allocation and the impact of servicing the product. He will also provide best practices for developing an annual business operating rhythm that maximizes growth while minimizing risk.

About GE Capital, Equipment Finance

GE Capital’s Equipment Finance business serves more than 30,000 dealers in North America and reaches nearly 300,000 businesses across the U.S. through original equipment manufacturers and dealers. We offer expertise in 25+ industries, providing financing programs designed to fit each one’s unique dynamics. In 2011, we provided approx. $50 billion in funding, up 7.5% from 2010.

GE Capital, Office Imaging is a leading provider of innovative financing solutions including leases and loans to manufacturers, dealers and end-user businesses to help drive cost efficiencies and top-line growth. Its customizable financing solutions and full-service support help dealers and customers take advantage of their MPS opportunities and “think beyond the copier.”

In addition to smart financing, GE Capital provides the knowledge and expertise to help customers go farther and do more. After more than 20 years in the office equipment industry, we continue to invest in digital tools to help dealers manage their portfolios, speed decision-making and streamline the sales process -- all with an eye toward helping them succeed. Our online credit decisioning system, LeasingSource, typically provides credit approvals in less than one minute. That’s because we’re not just bankers, we’re builders.

GE Capital offers consumers and businesses around the globe an array of financial products and services. For more information, visit www.gecapital.com or follow company news via Twitter (@GECapital).

GE GE +1.15%  works on things that matter. The best people and the best technologies taking on the toughest challenges. Finding solutions in energy, health and home, transportation and finance. Building, powering, moving and curing the world. Not just imagining. Doing. GE works. For more information, visit the company's website at www.ge.com .

SOURCE: GE Capital

, a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation, today announced it has acquired privately-held Metrics Sistemas de Informacao ("Metrics"). Metrics is a leader in ERP (MIS) systems for the printing and packaging industries in Latin America. While financial terms of the transaction were not disclosed, the acquisition is not expected to be material to EFI's 2012 results.

"The addition of Metrics's high-caliber team and the extensive customer base they have built in South and Central America combined with EFI's software portfolio will allow us to provide a higher value proposition to customers, along with creating a platform for EFI to introduce our unique digital eco-system to the region," said Guy Gecht, CEO of EFI. "Latin America is a vibrant market with exciting growth opportunities for the entire EFI portfolio ranging from our Fiery(R) workflow, to our cloud and customer-hosted ERP software, all the way to our industrial inkjet production printers."

Metrics is based in Sao Paulo, Brazil. Over the past 14 years, the company has built a base of more than 250 customers in Brazil and Latin America. Metrics, under the leadership of Osmar Barbosa, co-founder and CEO of Metrics, will become part of EFI's software applications portfolio. EFI intends to integrate support and operation of Metrics into the existing Business Software organization, while continuing to enhance the product offerings.

"Metrics is excited to join the world-class team of EFI employees and become the centerpiece of EFI's strategic focus and investment in Latin America," said Barbosa, who is now general manager of EFI Business Software, Latin America. "Our customers will now have access to an extensive portfolio of industry-leading technology, with more options to grow their business, while continuing to receive the same high-level of support and attention they are accustomed to."

About EFI

EFI ( www.efi.com ) is a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation. EFI's award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. EFI's robust product portfolio includes Fiery digital color print servers; VUTEk superwide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks; Rastek UV wide-format inkjet printers; Jetrion industrial inkjet printing systems; print production workflow and management information software; and corporate printing solutions.

The Electronics For Imaging, Inc. logo is available at http://www.globenewswire.com/newsroom/prs/?pkgid=7332

Safe Harbor for Forward Looking Statements

Certain statements in this press release are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Statements in this press release that could be deemed forward-looking statements include, but are not necessarily limited to, statements regarding EFI's goals regarding its customer offerings; growth opportunities for the entire EFI portfolio; introduction of our product portfolio in Latin America; EFI's integration of Metrics; and any statements or assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.

Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual future results to differ materially, or cause a material adverse impact on our results. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not necessarily limited to, unforeseen expenses; the difficulty of aligning expense levels with revenue; management's ability to forecast revenues, expenses and earnings; any world-wide financial and economic difficulties and downturns; adverse tax-related matters such as tax audits, changes in our effective tax rate or new tax legislative proposals; the unpredictability of development schedules and commercialization of our OEM partners' products and declines or delays in demand for our related products; changes in the mix of products sold; the uncertainty of market acceptance of new product introductions; intense competition in each of our businesses, including competition from products developed by EFI's customers; challenge of managing asset levels, including inventory and variations in inventory levels; the uncertainty of continued success in technological advances; the challenges of obtaining timely, efficient and quality product manufacturing and components supplying; litigation involving intellectual property rights or other related matters; our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses; and any other risk factors that may be included from time to time in the Company's SEC reports.

The statements in this press release are made as of the date of this press release. EFI undertakes no obligation to update information contained in this press release. For further information regarding risks and uncertainties associated with EFI's businesses, please refer to the section entitled "Risk Factors" in the Company's SEC filings, including, but not limited to, its annual report on Form 10-K and its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, copies of which may be obtained by contacting EFI's Investor Relations Department by phone at 650-357-3828 or by email at investor.relations@efi.com or EFI's Investor Relations website at www.efi.com .

NOTE TO EDITORS: The EFI logo, Fiery, VUTEk, and Jetrion are registered trademarks of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. in the U.S. and/or certain other countries. EFI and Rastek are trademarks of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. in the U.S. and/or certain other countries. All other terms and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners, and are hereby acknowledged.

This news release was distributed by GlobeNewswire, www.globenewswire.com

SOURCE: Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

For many years we have demonstrated our commitment to providing environmental sustainability and economic advantages for our partners and customers through our extended-life products and advanced software technology.

More recently, due to the spread of mobile network devices and cloud computing, there is a growing need for document equipment which enables our customers to connect with document workflows regardless of place or time.

In the rapidly evolving business document environment, our role is to offer broad-ranging document Solutions that expand the usability of documents and enhance their value to the business. Our ultimate goal is to support our customers’ businesses by improving the efficiency of their document workflows.

In April 2012, we took a new step forward, changing our name to “KYOCERA Document Solutions,” to reflect our aim to become a company that strongly supports our customers’ businesses by offering document Solutions that embrace the whole document workflow. In doing so, we will enhance our mobility as a global company and increase our value as a business partner.

- based on an article by Hadra Ahmen, www.allafrica.com, 04/08/12

Premium Print Plc, has plans underway to expand its current operations, to build a factory for its growing cartridge re-manufacturing business.  Currently, Premium Print is renting a space in the Nazreth Building on Haile Gebrselassie Street, producing 200 cartridges monthly.  The new factory is expected to bring up that number to about 3,000 cartridges per month.

A subsidiary of EC Solutions Ltd., a UK-based company, Premium Print imports empty cartridges from Europe and the US, to be re-manufactured for the Ethiopian market.  With the new factory, they are planning to supply other East African countries.

Ethiopia used to import cartridges.  Premium Print is the first local company to produce re-manufactured cartridges at affordable prices.

- based on an article by Fleur Doidge, www.channelweb.co.uk, 04/10/12

Neil Dingley assumes the position of MD as former MD Yuki Kobayashi heads back to Japan. “I have every confidence he will take the UK business to the next level,” said Kobayashi.

Despite the global economic environment, Dingley is happy to report that business is strong in the managed print and document offerings.  "Our vision of developing long-term, mutually beneficial partnerships with our customers and strategic partners is making real progress," Dingley said.

In addition, a newly created position, Director of Strategic Business Expansion will be headed by Keiji Masamoto, and will be reporting directly to Dingley.  Masamoto comes from its Japan operations where he headed Global Account Development.  Mark Lloyd holds his position as Director of Indirect Sales.

• HP LaserJet Pro 100 color MFP M175
• HP LaserJet Pro 200 color MFP
• HP LaserJet M275 Enterprise 600 M603DN

By having web-enabled printers, small and medium sized businesses are able to accept cloud printing.  This also makes HP the leader in responding to current trends and developments in the market, according to Rita Panambunan, LaserJet/Commercial Solutions & Channel Director, Imaging & Printing Group HP Indonesia.

• SFP (single function printer) – sold 37,510 inkjet units, down 17.1% QoQ and down 16.7% YoY.
• MFP (multi-function printer) – sold 112,804 units, down 10.1% QoQ and down 8.8% YoY.
• Total SFP & MFP – sold 150,314 units, down 11.9% QoQ and down 10.9% YoY.

Inkjet MFPs represented 75% of all inkjet sales, and out of that, 40% are models with facsimile capabilities.

The slowdown in sales can be attributed to seasonal factors, according to the IDC.  The increasing trend of smart phones and other mobile devices and applications available, also affected the demand for printing making it less of a necessity, according to Joey Yen, Senior Market Analyst of peripherals, IDC Taiwan.

-based on an article by Avanti Kumar, www.mis-asia.com, 04/05/12

The International Data Corporation (IDC), Malaysia just released its latest data on hardcopy peripherals (HCP) for 2011:

• Overall HCP up by 6.7%, representing 1,276,000 units compared to 1,196,000 units from 2010.
• Laser MFP up by 52.2%
• Laser SFP up by 4.1%
• Overall Inkjet printers grew 7.7% YoY, which is 67.3% of the overall HCP market representing 858,000 units
• Inkjet MFP up by 18.5% YoY, which is 77% of the total inkjet market
• Inkjet SFP down by 17.5%, which is 23% of the total inkjet market

According to Donovan Low, Associate Market Analyst IDC Malaysia, sales of multi-function devices are up in the last few years due to the small difference in price against a single function printer.  With a difference of only about RM100 (US$32), the trend will continue toward MFPs.  However, on the other hand, due to the global economy and a lower household spending forecast for Malaysia, the IDC expects the market to slow down to a 4.5% growth in 2012.

LEATHERHEAD, UK and AKRON, OH, USA - April 2, 2012 - Smithers unveiled today Smithers Pira, a global testing, consulting and information services business. Previously known as Pira International and now fully integrated with The Smithers Group, Smithers Pira is the worldwide authority on the packaging, paper and print industry supply chains.

Jim Dowey, President of Smithers Pira commented, "Our goal was to make it easy for clients to understand the connection to Smithers and at the same time retain the industry wide recognition of Pira International. Having the Smithers Group, a global independent technology based services organization, behind us is big plus for our clients. Smithers Pira in being part of the Smithers family is able to align with other Smithers companies to leverage resources when projects extend across multiple expertise areas."

Pira International has been part of the Smithers organization for over a year, with the acquisition occurring in late 2010. After first focusing on the goal of retaining all clients during the transition, Smithers Pira is now positioned to grow and build upon a diverse testing, consulting and information service offering.

Established in 1930, Smithers Pira provides strategic and technical consulting, testing, intelligence and events to help clients gain market insights, identify opportunities, evaluate product performance and manage compliance.

Combining industry experience with state of the art laboratory testing and simulation facilities, Smithers Pira Testing delivers tangible solutions for clients in the packaging, paper and print industry supply chains. Expertise encompasses chemical migration, materials selection, packaging conversion and performance in distribution and use.

Smithers Pira Not Alone In Announcing ChangesSmithers Pira is one of the technology-based companies that comprise The Smithers Group. Growth and expansion are driving changes within other parts of Smithers. Today Smithers announced a new brand. Smithers Apex, previously IntertechPira, is a global business that provides events, market research, publications and strategic and technical consulting to an expanding list of high growth industries including the home and personal care and photonics industries. Also today, Smithers Rapra announced an expanded scope, with testing and contract research services now supported by a broad information offering, all built around a core expertise in polymers and polymer related materials.

About Smithers Pira

Smithers Pira is the worldwide authority on packaging, paper and print industry supply chains. Established in 1930, the company provides strategic and technical consulting, testing, intelligence and events to help clients gain market insights, identify opportunities, evaluate product performance and manage compliance.
For more information, visit www.smitherspira.com

About The Smithers Group:

Headquartered in Akron, Ohio, The Smithers Group includes Smithers Pira, Smithers Rapra, Smithers Apex, Smithers Viscient, Smithers Pharma Services, and Smithers Quality Assessments. Each Smithers Group company provides technology-based services focused on a defined market. As a group the diversity of market sectors and technologies provides stability and a platform for long term growth. By integrating science, technology and business expertise, Smithers goal is to add value throughout the life cycle of our clients' products, by utilizing testing, consulting, information and compliance services. All Smithers companies are known by their

Media Contacts:

Europe Rebecca Leigh
rleigh@smithers.com +44 (0)1372 802207

North America David L. Schwarz
dschwarz@smithers.com +1 (330) 762-7441

InfoTrends’ recently announced the completion of a new multi-client study addressing critical issues surrounding digital front-ends (DFEs) – an important component of a digital print workflow.

InfoTrends’ recently announced the completion of a new multi-client study addressing critical issues surrounding digital front-ends (DFEs) – an important component of a digital print workflow. Digital Front-Ends: Understanding Customer Requirements and Market Dynamics is designed to help DFE vendors, RIP technology providers, digital print manufacturers, workflow management vendors, or other companies that have an interest in DFEs to navigate this market and develop products and solutions that make their customers operate more effectively and efficiently.

Based on an extensive analysis of Web surveys for 585 U.S.-based print service providers, InfoTrends uncovered key buying behaviors for DFEs.

Ease-of-Use, Output Quality, and Performance Speed are Top Three Buying Criteria

Understanding buying behavior is important for vendors to assess the attractiveness of its DFE for their customers. InfoTrends asked PSPs to rank their top 10 reasons for purchasing a DFE. Price, often a top buying consideration, was not one for PSPs buying a DFE. The top three reasons were ease-of-use, output quality and consistency, and performance/ripping speed.

Interestingly enough (even considering that most respondents assume a non-technical, executive role), price occupies the seventh spot after familiarity with the interface, reputation of the brand, and the feature set of the DFE. This seems to suggest that respondents are willing to pay a premium for stability, high performance, and top-notch support from vendors.

To listen to more study highlights download the InfoCast.

Digital Front-Ends: Understanding Customer Requirements and Market Dynamics aims to provide insights in the DFE market by providing market share by duty cycle, speed breakdown, vendor and environments. Understanding customer requirements, combined with actual share data is an important mechanism to identify and justify future product investment decisions.

This study is available for immediate purchase. For more information, contact Scott Phinney at +1 781 616 2123 or e-mail scott_phinney@infotrends.com.

Research firm Gartner released the latest data on printer’s market share.  By now, we all know that with the advent of smart phones and tablets, sales have proven to be slow for most printer manufacturers.  Still, printer companies are optimistic as people are looking for printer services.

Overall, printer sales in India are down 5.9% in the printer, copier and multi-functional printers.  That’s 6.41 lakh units for Q4 2011. In comparison, India shipped 6.81 units in Q4 2010.

Among the brand names HP leads with 53% market share, Canon 21.8%, Epson 9.8%, and Samsung 7.9%.  HP’s high mark is actually a loss of 2.7%, compared to Q4 2010.

In the A4 MFP category, HP stands at 52.2% market share, Canon 20.6%, Epson, 10.9%, and Samsung 8.6%

In the A3 flatbed copier MFP category, Canon captured 24.7%, Ricoh 19.4%, Konica Minolta 15.1%, and Xerox 11%

Inkjet printers are down by 35.6% compared to Q4 2010.  HP’s market share in this category is down to 61% compared to 71% in Q4 2010.  Epson gained market share by 16.7% capturing 31% market share. Canon has 8% market share which is a 34% decline from Q4 2010.

-based on an article from India Times, http://economictimes.indiatimes.com, 03/29/12

Printer sales in Australia and New Zealand for 2011 remained the same, compared to that of 2010, with 2.6 million units sold.  The reason for the slow sales can be attributed to the earthquake in New Zealand and Japan, and the overall global economic crisis, and the impending carbon tax in Australia.

"This was further compounded by device model transition activities, a strong Australian dollar, natural disasters in Thailand, and aggressive price competition among vendors" said IDC Market Analyst, Arunachalam Muthiah.

Another IDC Market Analyst, Cheryl Looi, commented, “We expect multifunction inkjet printers and colour lasers to drive printer sales in 2012. Aggressive price competition and more product refreshes will definitely continue as print vendors attempt to increase market share, ultimately benefiting end users."

The IDC also believes that printer vendors will start to recover in the first quarter of 2012 and expects an overall increase of 5% in sales.

-based on an article from Voxy News, www.voxy.co.nz, 03/29/12

-based on an article by Lynn Haber, www.mpsconnect.com, 03/23/12

With web pages, blogs, and social media, and e-books, there is less need to print. People are choosing carefully what to print. Online storage solutions, and note-taking apps have also contributed to the decline in printing. Cloud-based printing allows us to print only what we need, when we need it.

On the other hand, people are still printing photos, whether at home, on-line or at stores. Posters are still getting printed, and online book publishing companies such as Fast Pencil make it easy for anybody to self-publish their own book. Blog2Print is another company that allows you publish your favorite blog posts into book form.

The decline in printing will hopefully help our forests to slowly re-generate, until we really go paperless.

-based on an article by Steve Woods, www.technorati.com, 03/25/12

by Steve Woods, March 25, 2012

From 1991 to 2010 – recycled a total of 389 million laser toner and ink cartridges equivalent to about 441 million pounds

• 2010 – recycled a total of 69 million laser toner and ink cartridges equivalent to about 46 million pounds
• 2010 – recycled 18 million laser cartridges equivalent to about 41 million pounds
• 2010 – recylcled 50 million laser cartridges equivalent to about 4 million pounds

To participate in this recycling program, go to www.hp.com/recycle to order the appropriate boxes for the cartridges you want to recycle. Free return envelopes, labels and postage are available at this website.

-based on an article by Peter Nalika, http://news.idg.no, 03/27/12

-based on an article by Chris Cheesman, www.amateurphotographer.co.uk, 03/27/12

Nobuyuki Sugano, Director in Charge of the Chinese market expects the market for multi-function color printers to grow to 21.2% in 2012, that is, 40,000 units total output compared to last year’s 33,000 units.

-based on an article by Kazuaki Nagata, www.japantimes.co.jp, 03/27/12

Canon is the country’s leader in digital imaging since it has a broad range of products, from cameras, video, printers and copiers. Canon Philippines also accounts for 25% of the Canon’s total business in the ASEAN (Assoc. of Southeast Asian Nations); and with the recent acquisition of the Dutch printer manufacturing company OCE, Canon’s product line will expand, offering commercial digital printers that can produce 4,000 copies per minute. Canon acquired OCE in 2010, and owns 99% of the company.

-based on an article by Bernie Cahiles-Magkilat, www.mb.com.ph, 03/23/12

The agreement between Kodak and Phoenix Ink includes on-site support, on-site repair, preventative maintenance check-ups and upgrades. Within the terms of the agreement, Kodak will provide next-day or two-day response for all service requests. "Phoenix Ink's kiosks provide retailers a way to offer customers convenience and cost savings," said David Scanlan, President, Phoenix Ink. "Kodak provides technical expertise, responsive service, proven experience and nationwide coverage. We strive to provide operational excellence, and Kodak helps us achieve that goal."

"Kodak's support for Phoenix Ink leverages our heritage of service in the retail market, expanding our participation in the marketplace beyond photo kiosks into this exciting new space of consumer self-serve kiosks and at the same time enables Phoenix Ink to focus on its core business," said Kathy Clas, Kodak's Director of Multi-Vendor Services, Enterprise Services & Solutions. "Kodak's proven experience in kiosk management paired with a broad background in multi-vendor service for the enterprise, from digital display to storage devices, allows us to create a world-class experience for Phoenix Ink's customers."

Kodak is a global advisor and provider of integrated services to help companies transform and optimize their businesses. Through a network of service professionals in more than 120 countries, Kodak provides technical, professional, consulting and managed services to enable customers to focus on growing their businesses,maximizing productivity, and more effectively managing risks. All KODAK Products and Software are backed by KODAK Service and Support. To learn more, please visit www.graphics.kodak.com .

As a wholesale distributor for West Point Products, DDSI will stock premium replacement toner, color toner, and inkjet cartridges and will also have access to their full line of products and services.

DDSI Announces Automated Recycling Program: DDSI is committed to preventing pollution, minimizing environmental impact and minimizing their customers' time spent in the process. They will take back any brand of ink, toner or electronics and offer applicable credit for future purchases. DDSI has developed an online portal for resellers to link directly to their website. Resellers now have the ability to offer a recycling program to their customers with no administration process.

This new relationship with West Point Products contributes to DDSI’s strategy to increase the breadth of its imaging product offering. DDSI currently offers HP, Brother, Canon, and Lexmark products amongst other OEM brands. Kevin Donovan, Director of Product Marketing at DDSI, was pleased to introduce the new relationship with West Point Products, stating, “We feel this strategic partnership is mutually beneficial to both West Point Products and DDSI.

The value stems from DDSI logistics capabilities coupled with the outstanding quality and performance of West Point Products. DDSI will also be introducing new services, including an automated recycling program to help its customers offer innovative environmental solutions.”

About Dexxxon Digital Storage, Inc.: DDSI is a wholesale distributor of removable storage media, office technology products, related equipment, accessories and services. DDSI provides real-time services, industry knowledge, and customized value-add offerings that help customers and suppliers grow their businesses. DDSI emphasizes the sale of high-quality, internationally-known, name-brand product lines. HP, IBM, Sony, Quantum, Imation, Fellowes, Memorex, Maxell, Verbatim, EMTEC, TDK, Fuji, and now West Point Products are a few of the major brands offered. This year DDSI is celebrating its 26th year of dedication to its customers.

Cartridge World offers three simple recycling programs:

-- Cartridge World offers a printer cartridge recycling and fundraising program in which parents raise money for their local participating school by dropping off empty cartridges at the school. In exchange for the empty cartridges, Cartridge World will pay the school based on the quantity collected.

-- Cartridge World provides drop-off recycling boxes for businesses, organizations and schools to collect empty cartridges.

-- Customers may also recycle their empty ink and toner cartridges at any Cartridge World store.

Laser cartridges that are not recycled have a significant impact on the planet, taking up to 450 years to decompose. Plus, every remanufactured laser cartridge saves nearly 2.5 pounds of metal and plastic waste from being deposited in landfills."Cartridge World has a long standing commitment to recycling. Keeping printer cartridges out of overloaded landfills is a simple way to make a significant impact," said Frank Case, President of Cartridge World North America. "Less than 10 percent of all ink and toner cartridges used in homes and offices are recycled.

Cartridge World's recycling programs are a win/win for everyone. We'll encourage recycling at our 600 stores until it becomes second nature in every community." Cartridge World makes recycling easy by providing recycle boxes to community organizations, schools and offices and picking them up when they are filled.

To participate in a recycling program, call your local Cartridge World store. For special offers and more information about Cartridge World's 100-percent guaranteed, eco-friendly ink and toner products, visit www.CartridgeWorld.com .

Business customers receive free delivery when placing orders (see store for details). Online customers can also receive free shipping with a $50 order. Cartridge World is the leading ink and toner refilling retailer and franchisor in the $80 billion printer cartridge industry.

Cartridge World stores offer customers a tremendous cost-saving alternative to buying new printer cartridges, offering a 30-40 percent discount over full-priced OEM cartridges. Cartridge World offers a 100-percent satisfaction guarantee. The company refills and remanufactures printer cartridges, using state-of-the-art processes and high quality inks and toners. Voted No.1 in the category by Entrepreneur Magazine, Cartridge World has more than 1,700 franchised retail locations in 50 countries.

For more information call (888) 99-REFILL or visit http://www.CartridgeWorld.com

Contact: Thomas McLaughlin Director of Marketing 815-321-4400 tmclaughlin@cartridgeworld.com

Jennifer Jaacks Fishman PR 847-945-1300 Ext. 262 jjaacks@fishmanpr.com

“We are excited to work with Google on the addition of this connectivity feature on our PIXMA printers,” said Yuichi Ishizuka, executive vice president and general manager, Imaging Technologies & Communications Group, Canon U.S.A. “In today’s world, we understand that consumers are always interested in additional connectivity options to print their important photos and documents and we are more than happy to be able to deliver this new feature to our users today.”

"We designed the Google Cloud Print service to make it easy to print to a home or work printer directly from any app or device that you use every day," said Mike Jazayeri, Product Management Director at Google. "It's exciting to see that the latest range of Canon printers are Google Cloud Print ready, offering people a seamless printing experience."

For further details on Google Cloud Print™ and the compatible PIXMA printers, please visit www.usa.canon.com/cloudprint

“Biobased products are composed wholly or significantly of biological ingredients—waste streams and renewable plant, animal, marine, or forestry materials. From natural pet foods and bio-based paint, to soy ink and toner, these companies are creating jobs in Ohio’s small towns and rural communities, and generating a link between agriculture and manufacturing.”

This is a new sector that can be explored in the printing industry. It helps the environment by sourcing a renewable source of raw material, like soy. Soy is abundant in America, it will help promote jobs in rural America, and it supports President Obama’s recent Presidential Memorandum to procure bio-based products for the federal government and its agencies.

-based on an article by Gary Truitt, www.hoosieragtoday.com, 03/16/12 Posted on 16 March 2012 by Gary Truitt

InteliCoat Technologies has announced the continued expansion of its sales team with the addition of Tommy Le as Western Regional Sales Manager. As part of the InteliCoat Technologies sales team, Tommy will provide additional support for InteliCoat dealers on the West Coast, including CA, OR, WA, ID, NV, UT, AZ, NM, CO, WY and MT.

Le has extensive experience in the digital imaging community with the past six years focused on selling and servicing digital wide-format imaging equipment, software and supplies. He is also factory trained and certified on many different printers and RIP software with thousands of hours of field time logged. Le's valued first-hand experience uniquely equips him to aid dealers and resellers with the sale of InteliCoat's Magic, Magiclée, and Museo Fine Art products.

"As we strive to improve customer service and regain a strong inventory position, it is critical for InteliCoat to employ well-regarded industry veterans like Tommy to act as resources to our valued customers, dealers and suppliers," said Ed McCarron, Director of Sales and Marketing at InteliCoat. "Tommy's proven sales strategy of selling the customer a complete solution, combined with his first-hand experience, uniquely position him to maximize opportunities – making us excited to welcome him to the InteliCoat team."

"I am thrilled to join InteliCoat because the company not only produces excellent media, but its products span so many different printing platforms and applications," added Le. "My experience with wide-format imaging equipment, software and supplies gives me a unique perspective and understanding of customer issues and desires. I look forward to applying my value add sales mentality to grow and support the partnership between InteliCoat and our dealers on the West Coast."

One of the key factors contributing to this market growth is the increasing demand for all-in-one printers. The Global Printer market has also been witnessing growing preference for printers with customized capabilities. However, the impact of increasing online transactions could pose a challenge to the growth of this market.

The report also includes a discussion of the key vendors operating in this market. The scope of this report includes the market for all types of printers including inkjet, laser and 3D printers across end-user segments.

The markets that are not covered in this report are as follows:

- Any support, maintenance, services that are offered for/with printers;
- Components that are used in building/manufacturing/production of printers;
- Cartridges, toners and any other product/service required for the functioning of the printers.

Key vendors dominating this market space include Brother Industries Ltd., Canon Inc., Hewlett-Packard Development Company L.P., Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., and Seiko Epson Corp. Commenting on the report, an analyst from TechNavio's Hardware team said, The rapid growth of emerging markets is leading to an exponential rise in various business activities in these markets. The rapid increase in activity in end-user segments such as BFSI, Manufacturing, IT/ITES, Public sector and Private sector in the emerging markets is driving the demand for printers and related equipment in emerging markets.

According to the report, with the introduction of high-definition images, the demand for printers that support the reproduction of high-definition pictures has increased.

In order to meet this demand, printer manufacturers are introducing high-resolution printers so that photographers and advertisement agencies can reproduce the same effects in hardcopy.

For more information visit http://www.researchandmarkets.com/research/720b5a28/global_printer_mar Read more here: http://www.sunherald.com/2012/03/22/3834696/research-and-markets-global-printer.html#storylink=cpy

Using very quick (only nanoseconds long) pulses of green laser, the toner is vaporized from the paper without damaging the paper. The result is a perfectly re-usable, undamaged paper.

This new technology is yet to be incorporated into a copier or printer. Since the laser used for erasing is hotter than what is used for printing, further research and developments need to be made.

-based on an article by Duncan Graham-Rowe, www.technologyreview.com, 03/13/12

In reaction to the common myths that have been profiling compatible toners, Swap Ink says that consumers have been misled. The myths are far from the truth as compatible toner cartridges seem to have quite the list of real advantages. The Federal Trade Commission makes it illegal for companies to mislead their customers into thinking they can only use their brand of products to go with other products within their brand. For example, Brother is not allowed to say that consumers may only use OEM Brother toner products with their printers. Matter of fact, most people do not use OEM (original equipment manufacturer) toner refills anymore for their printer. They are choosing the more affordable and equally as reliable versions of them—compatible and refurbished toner refills.

Swap Ink is devoted to supporting remanufactured toners. The company’s online store offers refurbished toner refills in all the top brands including HP, Canon, Dell, Lexmark, Brother, Sharp, Epson and Xerox. By having discount refill options for hundreds of printer models, Swap Ink hopes to spread the use of compatible and refurbished toners. Not only are they more economical, but they have helped businesses and consumers take huge steps towards practicing an environmentally friendly lifestyle. The refill cartridges sold at

SwapInk.com are made from recycled parts and therefore play a significant role in reducing landfill waste and the use of nonrenewable resources. This is why businesses and high traffic print users are especially encouraged to make the change to compatible toner products. Swap Ink says that one of the main concern potential buyers have about refurbished toners is their level of performance. They automatically associate quality with quantity—the cheaper the printer ink, the less quality print performance. However, refurbished toners are actually made to meet or exceed the quality of OEM products. They are ultrasonically cleaned, electronically tested, refilled with the highest quality of ink, and finally print tested before packaged and sold.

Refurbished toner refills are a safe purchase. In response to common misconceptions, Swap Ink encourages consumers to use compatible toner products and believes them to be the smarter, more eco-friendly and economic choice.

• Print volume that originates online is expected to grow dramatically in the course of the next two years – from 10% to 18% by 2014.
• There is sizable growth from a software adoption and print volume perspective in variable data, automated production, and web-to-print.
• Investment plans for digital color printing equipment top the list of planned investments.
• 64% of respondents believe they need to transform or have already transformed from a print service provider (PSP) into a marketing services provider (MSP).

(Weymouth, MA) March 12, 2012…InfoTrends recently published two new research reports on the state of the European printing industry from a hardware and software perspective. Business Trends in Commercial Print focuses on hardware, applications, and volume trends while the Software Investment Outlook 2012 focuses on software, automation, and business strategy. Conducted in cooperation with the Eurographic Press, a group of leading graphic arts trade magazines in Europe, InfoTrends polled 241 European respondents across 14 different countries to get an update on adoption and usage of hardware, software, and services in addition to investment plans and business strategy decisions.

“The printing industry is changing at a rapid pace which is driven by new production technology as well as changes in demand and competition from other media for time and money,” commented Ralf Schlozer, Director of InfoTrends. “As a result, the number of printing companies declined sharply since 2000. Printers will need to adapt to the changing market conditions and take the appropriate steps with their investment plans, strategies, and general opinion of how they look at industry trends.”

The partnership with the Eurographic Press magazines yielded a relatively large share (57%) of commercial printers in the survey. The next largest group consists of respondents describing themselves as digital printing specialists. Other types of companies, like quick printer/copy shops, transaction/direct mail printers, in-house sites, and marketing companies with printing services represent a relatively small share. A sign of diversity in the printing industry is the relatively high share of respondents classifying themselves as “Other” printers despite nine types of companies already being listed.

Which of the following would best define your company?

N = 241

Industry in Transition
InfoTrends’ research shows an industry in transition – moreover, it is an industry where the transition is happening at different speeds. The findings from these reports provide printer manufacturers, software suppliers, integrators, and other companies that have an interest in the European print market with up-to-date market insights. Key topics include:

• Print equipment adoption and investment trends, including offset, digital, and
  wide format
• Application trends
• Preferences on finishing
• Print volume trends
• Software adoption and investment plans
• Workflow automation
• Business strategy, including new services, profitability, and threats/opportunities

For more information from our report store, click on Business Trends in Commercial Print and Software Investment Outlook 2012, or contact Stephanie Tose at +1 781 616 2103 or email stephanie_tose@infotrends.com.

InfoTrends, a Questex company, is the leading worldwide market research and strategic consulting firm for the digital imaging and document solutions industry. We provide research, analysis, forecasts, and advice to help clients understand market trends, identify opportunities, and develop strategies to grow their businesses. Additional information about InfoTrends is available on the Web at www.infotrends.com.

Most Productive**30" inkjet printer in its classCustomers can choose from three models, each with different speed ratings: Oce JetStream 2300 mono: 328 feet per minute (2,147 letter-size images per minute) Oce JetStream 3300 mono: 492 feet per minute (3,221 letter-size images per minute) Oce JetStream 4300 mono: 656 feet per minute (4,295 letter-size images per minute)

All three models combine 30" paper width and 29.5" print width with heavy-duty offset reliability and are available with Oce pigment ink. The Oce JetStream 4300 mono model is the most productive 30" inkjet printer in its class, running at up to 656 feet per minute (4,295 letter-size images per minute).

Environmental considerationsThese new high-speed monochrome Oce JetStream wide series models - as all other members of the Oce JetStream family - are based on core technologies such as the Oce SRA® MP controller architecture and the field-proven Oce DigiDot® inkjet technology. The Oce JetStream 4300 mono model exhibits the lowest energy consumption per million pages printed in its class. Moreover, the Oce JetStream 4300 mono model generates only a relatively small amount of blank paper at stop/starts even at high speed and 30" paper width.

Vivid print qualityThe monochrome models of the Oce JetStream wide series include Oce's multilevel mode, which produces highly dynamic and crisp images. Furthermore, Oce JetStream systems operate with very small user-settable droplet sizes offering great flexibility in the choice of media. Low ink usage avoids paper curling and wrinkling, allowing immediate and effortless post processing. Moreover, low ink usage also contributes to lower TCOs.

*Class is defined as inkjet production printing equipment with a 25" to 30" maximum web width.** Productivity determined by maximum print width and speed rating.

Perfect fit for book printingThe new Oce JetStream mono products offer an excellent proposition, particularly in the fast growing digital book printing market. The standard configuration will be roll-to-roll for further off-line finishing. In addition, the new series offers tight web interfaces for in-line book and newspaper post-processing systems.

"Oce is recognized as a leader in the short-run book market," said Kris Albee, Director, Product Marketing, Production Printing Systems division of Oce North America. "Our goal with the introduction of these monochrome models of the Oce JetStream wide series and the breadth of Oce's workflow is to allow us to continue giving book printers the systems and support to help them grow and expand their businesses into the future."

Bookmasters, a book manufacturer based in Ashland, Ohio, is a perfect example of that ongoing support and flexibility. "Several years ago, we purchased an Oce DemandStream® device, and the team of Oce support staff in our area was extraordinary," said Raymond Sevin, president, manufacturing services, at Bookmasters. "That was a huge factor in deciding to purchase the Oce JetStream 1000 inkjet solution. More than that, Oce had developed a book module software package with their Oce PRISMA® software front end that could meet all of our current needs yet was expandable and compatible with additional machines that might come down the line later."

AvailabilityThe new Oce JetStream series can be ordered immediately. Delivery time is typically 4-6 months after ordering. First installs are expected Q2/2012.

About OceOce is one of the leading providers of document management and printing for professionals. The Oce offering includes office printing and copying systems, high speed digital production printers and wide format printing systems for both technical documentation and color display graphics. Oce is also a foremost supplier of document management outsourcing. Many of the Fortune Global 500 companies and leading commercial printers are Oce customers. The company was founded in 1877. With headquarters in Venlo, The Netherlands, Oce is active in over 100 countries and employs more than 20,000 people worldwide. Oce North America is headquartered in Trumbull, CT, with additional business units in Chicago, IL and Boca Raton, FL. For more information visit www.oce.com .

Oce and Canon: Stronger togetherIn 2010 Oce joined the Canon Group of companies with headquarters in Tokyo, Japan, to create the global leader in the printing industry. Canon develops, manufactures and markets a growing line-up of copying machines, printers, cameras, optical and other products that meet a diverse range of customer needs. The Canon Group comprises over 198,000 employees worldwide. Global net sales in 2011 totaled USD 45.6 billion. Visit the Canon Inc. website at www.canon.com .

About Canon U.S.A., Inc.Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. With more than $45 billion in global revenue, its parent company, Canon Inc. /quotes/zigman/192225/quotes/nls/caj CAJ +0.20% , ranks fourth overall in patent holdings in the U.S. in 2010* and is one of Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies in 2011. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes. Canon U.S.A. is dedicated to its Kyosei philosophy of social and environmental responsibility. To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss .

*Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office.All referenced product names, and other marks, are trademarks of their respective owners.

"With these new additions to our imageCLASS and FAXPHONE lines, we are delivering on today's tough market demands for greater value and performance by providing end-users powerful tools to meet their individual document needs," said Sam Yoshida, vice president and general manager, Marketing, Business Imaging Solutions Group, Canon U.S.A. "These imageCLASS models offer a compelling blend of speed and functionality, ideal for busy offices."

imageCLASS D1300 Series Copiers -- High Performance and Reliability

Developed to address the needs of today's fast-paced end-users, the imageCLASS D1370, D1350 and D1320 laser multifunction series copiers allow small businesses, medium businesses and workgroups to maximize productivity with convenient copy, print, scan and fax (excluding the D1320) functionality in a fully networkable device. Ideal for multi-user environments, the copiers feature a variety of technologies found in many high-end commercial copiers to maximize office efficiency, including "Department ID Management" control, which allows network administrators to monitor and control device usage, and a 50-sheet Duplex Automatic Document Feeder that provides two-sided copying, printing, scanning and faxing to help reduce paper costs and increase productivity. Expandable up to 1,050 sheets of paper(2) in a variety of sizes, the D1300 series copiers deliver quick copy and print speeds of up to 35 pages per minute (ppm), simplex and 17 ppm, duplex(1). All three models deliver a first print time of six seconds or less(3).

Beyond the basic features of the D1300 series, the Canon D1370 supports PCL 5e/XL 3.0 and PostScript 3 Emulation languages in addition to Canon's host-based UFR II LT language to provide printing versatility. Furthermore, the D1370 adds Secure Print, which asks a user to simply enter a unique PIN code during printing to ensure confidential document handling, and it can send scanned documents or route incoming faxes directly to email or network folders as compressed PDF files for additional office efficiency.

imageCLASS LBP6670dn Laser Printer -- IT-Ready, Hassle-Free Network Solution

Businesses can lose significant time and money if any part of their operational infrastructure, such as printing, goes down. Canon addresses this issue with the imageCLASS LBP6670dn, which provides IT administrators with the ability to manage the device via a powerful remote user interface. Built on a foundation that includes Canon's legendary imaging technology, the imageCLASS LBP6670dn has print speeds of up to 35 ppm, simplex, and 17 ppm, duplex(1), utilizes a simple, easy-to-navigate, 5-row backlit control panel and is expandable to 800 sheets(2) from a standard front-loading 250 sheet paper cassette(2) and a 50-sheet multipurpose tray(2). The LBP6670dn also delivers on Canon's environmental goals by using just one watt in Energy Saver Mode and by delivering two-sided printing right out of the box. The compact imageCLASS LBP6670dn offers a quick first print time of seven seconds or less.(3)

FAXPHONE L100 -- Radically Redesigned Desktop Laser Fax

Targeting small businesses such as insurance companies and restaurants, the FAXPHONE L100 is a speedy and compact laser fax that delivers quick results whether faxing, printing or copying, with the added convenience of a telephone handset. Sporting a radical redesign including a flip-up control panel, while delivering exceptional fax capabilities and a 19 ppm laser printer engine(1), this space-saving business machine functions in the place of three devices with the performance quality of laser output. The FAXPHONE L100 incorporates a 30-sheet automatic document feeder(2), Super G3 facsimile technology and more than 500 sheets of memory capacity(4). Rich with features such as Fax Forwarding, Error Correction Mode and Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection, this machine allows users to manage fax operations efficiently. The directory search function allows users to look up and dial the correct number by easily viewing the up-to-30 stored speed- dial phone numbers and 100 coded dials for a comprehensive address book.

To deliver high-quality prints and copies, each model announced today incorporates the Canon Single Cartridge System which combines the toner, drum and development unit into one easy-to-replace cartridge. With this system, the end result is excellent image quality retention and eliminating the complication and warehousing of separate toner and drum consumables.

The new imageCLASS models meet the ENERGY STAR guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Department of Energy (DOE), and exceed the European Union RoHS Directive standards.

The Canon imageCLASS D1370, D1350 and D1320 models are expected to be available starting in April through retailers, resellers and the Company's e-commerce store, Canon Direct, at minimum advertised prices (MAP) of $799, $599 and $499, respectively. The Canon imageCLASS LBP6670dn expected to be available starting April through resellers and Canon Direct at $399 MAP. The Canon FAXPHONE L100 is also expected to be available starting in April through retailers, resellers and Canon Direct at a MAP price of $199.

Canon U.S.A., Inc., a leader in digital imaging solutions, today announced the imageCLASS D1370, D1350, D1320 multifunction digital copiers, the imageCLASS LBP6670dn laser printer and the FAXPHONE L100 as new additions to the Company's award-winning lineup. Particularly ideal for mid-volume office environments, these five additions provide a variety of document management options to fit almost every need and price point for today's fast-paced businesses. The products offer advancements in speed and incorporate high-volume paper handling capabilities to help improve overall productivity.

"With these new additions to our imageCLASS and FAXPHONE lines, we are delivering on today's tough market demands for greater value and performance by providing end-users powerful tools to meet their individual document needs," said Sam Yoshida, vice president and general manager, Marketing, Business Imaging Solutions Group, Canon U.S.A. "These imageCLASS models offer a compelling blend of speed and functionality, ideal for busy offices."

imageCLASS D1300 Series Copiers -- High Performance and Reliability

Developed to address the needs of today's fast-paced end-users, the imageCLASS D1370, D1350 and D1320 laser multifunction series copiers allow small businesses, medium businesses and workgroups to maximize productivity with convenient copy, print, scan and fax (excluding the D1320) functionality in a fully networkable device. Ideal for multi-user environments, the copiers feature a variety of technologies found in many high-end commercial copiers to maximize office efficiency, including "Department ID Management" control, which allows network administrators to monitor and control device usage, and a 50-sheet Duplex Automatic Document Feeder that provides two-sided copying, printing, scanning and faxing to help reduce paper costs and increase productivity. Expandable up to 1,050 sheets of paper(2) in a variety of sizes, the D1300 series copiers deliver quick copy and print speeds of up to 35 pages per minute (ppm), simplex and 17 ppm, duplex(1). All three models deliver a first print time of six seconds or less(3).

Beyond the basic features of the D1300 series, the Canon D1370 supports PCL 5e/XL 3.0 and PostScript 3 Emulation languages in addition to Canon's host-based UFR II LT language to provide printing versatility. Furthermore, the D1370 adds Secure Print, which asks a user to simply enter a unique PIN code during printing to ensure confidential document handling, and it can send scanned documents or route incoming faxes directly to email or network folders as compressed PDF files for additional office efficiency.

imageCLASS LBP6670dn Laser Printer -- IT-Ready, Hassle-Free Network Solution

Businesses can lose significant time and money if any part of their operational infrastructure, such as printing, goes down. Canon addresses this issue with the imageCLASS LBP6670dn, which provides IT administrators with the ability to manage the device via a powerful remote user interface. Built on a foundation that includes Canon's legendary imaging technology, the imageCLASS LBP6670dn has print speeds of up to 35 ppm, simplex, and 17 ppm, duplex(1), utilizes a simple, easy-to-navigate, 5-row backlit control panel and is expandable to 800 sheets(2) from a standard front-loading 250 sheet paper cassette(2) and a 50-sheet multipurpose tray(2). The LBP6670dn also delivers on Canon's environmental goals by using just one watt in Energy Saver Mode and by delivering two-sided printing right out of the box. The compact imageCLASS LBP6670dn offers a quick first print time of seven seconds or less.(3)

FAXPHONE L100 -- Radically Redesigned Desktop Laser Fax

Targeting small businesses such as insurance companies and restaurants, the FAXPHONE L100 is a speedy and compact laser fax that delivers quick results whether faxing, printing or copying, with the added convenience of a telephone handset. Sporting a radical redesign including a flip-up control panel, while delivering exceptional fax capabilities and a 19 ppm laser printer engine(1), this space-saving business machine functions in the place of three devices with the performance quality of laser output. The FAXPHONE L100 incorporates a 30-sheet automatic document feeder(2), Super G3 facsimile technology and more than 500 sheets of memory capacity(4). Rich with features such as Fax Forwarding, Error Correction Mode and Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection, this machine allows users to manage fax operations efficiently. The directory search function allows users to look up and dial the correct number by easily viewing the up-to-30 stored speed- dial phone numbers and 100 coded dials for a comprehensive address book.

To deliver high-quality prints and copies, each model announced today incorporates the Canon Single Cartridge System which combines the toner, drum and development unit into one easy-to-replace cartridge. With this system, the end result is excellent image quality retention and eliminating the complication and warehousing of separate toner and drum consumables.

The new imageCLASS models meet the ENERGY STAR guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Department of Energy (DOE), and exceed the European Union RoHS Directive standards.

The Canon imageCLASS D1370, D1350 and D1320 models are expected to be available starting in April through retailers, resellers and the Company's e-commerce store, Canon Direct, at minimum advertised prices (MAP) of $799, $599 and $499, respectively. The Canon imageCLASS LBP6670dn expected to be available starting April through resellers and Canon Direct at $399 MAP. The Canon FAXPHONE L100 is also expected to be available starting in April through retailers, resellers and Canon Direct at a MAP price of $199.

The Choconut center does light manufacturing, refurbishing of returned products to be re-sold in the re-use market, and it integrates its high-end printers for use in high volume printing like credit card statements and invoices.  The work will then be transferred to its Tustin, California facility.

A recent Forbes list puts Zhuhai Seine Technology under the 100 fastest growing companies in China. They launched their first printer in December 2010 in China, and has sinced captured 5% of China’s printer market. China is the world’s second largest printer market after the US, said Jackson Wang, Seine’s Chairman and CEO.

Pantum is targeted for the business customers and prides itself with a printer that lasts four times longer, and with fewer paper jams than comparable printers. Most of all, the company believes they can beat other companies in their cartridge costs, as they plan to manufacture printers that use the same print cartridges.

-based on an article by Eric Savitz, www. forbes.com, 03/08/12

Toshiba America Business Solutions has partnered with Adobe to distribute LeanPrint to its customers, both to the enterprise and end-users. To avail of LeanPrint, customers must purchase a license from one of its partners such as Toshiba to either sign up for a 30-day trial, or a paid subscription of $99 per year.

"With LeanPrint, we are bringing together our commitment to the environment and a deep understanding of the print industry to further drive down printing costs. Adobe is excited to launch LeanPrint with a like-minded company like Toshiba, who will help distribute this technology throughout North America," said Raman Nagpal, Senior Director and General Manager, Adobe Print and Scan Business.

-based on an article by Mark Hachman, www. pcmag.com 03/05/12

LEXINGTON, Ky., March 5, 2012 /PRNewswire via COMTEX/ -- Latest acquisition is a leading provider of intelligent data capture software; builds upon and strengthens Lexmark's managed print services (MPS) and end-to-end business process solutions; expands reach of Lexmark's portfolio of leading content management solutions.

Lexmark International, Inc. LXK -1.17%  today announced the acquisition of Luxembourg-based BDGB Enterprise, including its U.S. subsidiary Brainware, Inc., a Vista Equity Partners portfolio company, for a cash purchase price of approximately $148 million.

Brainware now joins Perceptive Software, a stand-alone business unit within Lexmark. Brainware's chief executive officer, Carl Mergele, will report directly to Scott Coons, Perceptive Software's president and chief executive officer and Lexmark vice president.

Brainware's intelligent data capture platform, Brainware Distiller(TM), accurately extracts critical information from paper and electronic documents, validates the extracted data and passes it to customers' data management systems, enterprise resource planning (ERP) and/or financial management systems.

Brainware Distiller(TM) enables customers to more efficiently process invoices, fulfill customer orders, balance remittances, index documents, process loan applications, and perform other document-intensive processes. This high growth market is closely adjacent to both Lexmark's customer solutions and Perceptive Software's expanding enterprise content management (ECM) and business process management (BPM) businesses.

By bringing these closely aligned technologies together, Lexmark will further strengthen its unique, industry-leading end-to-end products, solutions and services with a broader range of software that enables customers to capture, manage and access information and business process workflows.

Many Global 2000 companies use Brainware's products and services. The company's significant experience includes customers in the healthcare, manufacturing, financial services, retail, energy and technology segments. Brainware has offices in the U.S., U.K., Switzerland and Germany.

This acquisition is consistent with Lexmark's capital allocation framework of pursuing acquisitions to support the growth of the company while returning more than 50 percent of free cash flow to shareholders, on average, through quarterly dividends and share repurchases.

In this quarter, the company executed an accelerated share repurchase agreement to purchase $30 million of the company's outstanding shares and announced a cash dividend of $0.25 per share that will be paid on March 16, 2012, to shareholders of record as of March 5, 2012. Lexmark retains a strong liquidity position with a long history of cash generation. Non U.S.-based cash was used for this acquisition.

Supporting Quotes:

"With the acquisition of Brainware, Lexmark is further strengthening and differentiating our industry-leading managed print services offerings and our end-to-end business process solutions," said Paul Rooke, Lexmark's chairman and chief executive officer. "Brainware's innovative intelligent data capture technology will be attractive to our customers across the globe."

"Brainware's sophisticated technology brings a powerful set of capabilities that further round out our process and content management offerings, and are especially appealing to large enterprises," said Scott Coons, Perceptive Software's president and chief executive officer and Lexmark vice president. "Many of our customers use our technology to manage very high volumes of content. Brainware's proven accuracy rate in these environments gives our customers an even greater ability to drive cost out of their business and realize an enhanced return on investment from their core business applications."

"Having already been partners with Perceptive Software and powering the IntelliCapture solution, we know that joining our technologies is game changing for our customers," said Carl Mergele, Brainware's chief executive officer. "Becoming part of Perceptive Software, known for delivering solutions that bring rapid value to customers, allows Brainware to continue doing what it does best."

About Lexmark

Lexmark International, Inc. LXK -1.17%  provides businesses of all sizes with a broad range of printing and imaging products, software, solutions and services that help customers to print less and save more. Perceptive Software, a stand-alone software business within Lexmark, is a leading provider of process and content management software that helps organizations fuel greater operational efficiency. In 2011, Lexmark sold products in more than 170 countries and reported more than $4 billion in revenue.

To learn more about Lexmark, please visit www.lexmark.com . For more information on Perceptive Software, please visit www.perceptivesoftware.com .

For more information on Lexmark, see the Lexmark Facebook page and follow us on Twitter.

For more information about Perceptive Software, please visit the company's Facebook and Twitter profiles.

About Brainware, Inc.

Brainware, Inc. is an innovative provider of intelligent data capture and enterprise search solutions that help Global 2000 companies eliminate costly manual data entry, rapidly process large volumes of documents and retrieve data from across the enterprise. For more information about Brainware, visit www.brainware.com .

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

SOURCE Lexmark International, Inc.

Washington D.C., February 22 - The U.S. International Trade Commission has launched two probes on products from China and other regions that allegedly violated US patent laws.  The first probe was issued on products such as, toner cartridges for use in laser printers and other laser printing machines, and photo sensitive drums inside the toner cartridges.

Last month, Canon USA brought their complaint to the USITC claiming the importation of said products in violation of Section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930.  Canon also requested for an exclusion order and to desist orders against those products.

The USITC meanwhile has 34 respondents to the case including one from Hong Kong and four from mainland China.  The USITC has 45 days to complete the investigation after the institution of the probe.  If the complaint is approved, the alleged companies will be banned from exporting products into the U.S.

The second probe, also with alleged patent infringement, is on dimmable fluorescent lamps imported from 12 companies, seven of which are from China.

Violations of Section 337 include patent or registered trademark infringement, misappropriation of trade secrets, trade dress infringement, passing off, false advertising, and violation anti-trust laws.  For fiscal year 2011, which ended September 30, 2011, the number of Section 337 investigations increased 37% from 2010, to a record high of 70 cases.

- based on an article from http://english.peopledaily.com.cn, 02/23/12

"At Samsung, we strive to develop printers that provide our customers with efficiency, quality and a lower total cost of ownership" said Peter Richardson, manager of printer marketing at Samsung Electronics Enterprise Business Division. "The SCX-3405FW and ML-2165W are built with wireless functionality and a simple all-in-one toner cartridge that offers our customers a more efficient experience and continues to establish Samsung's growth in the printer industry."

INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY AND CONNECTIVITY

Both the SCX-3405FW and ML-2165W are equipped for quick and quality printing, which means more time to print and less time to wait. Both printers have a 10,000-page monthly duty cycle, print speeds of up to 21 pages per minute, and a first print out time of less than 8.5 seconds.

The SCX-3405FW provides all-in-one functionality with print, copy, scan, and fax, along with an automatic document feeder. In addition, the models come with wireless ability, allowing for less cable clutter and providing a simple solution for connecting multiple computers to the printers. Both models feature a one-touch WPS button, which allows users to easily and securely connect to their existing wireless networks without the need to configure advanced settings.

As an added benefit, both models are compatible with Samsung's Mobile Print App, available on the Android, iOS, and Windows Phone 7 operating systems. The app allows users to print from their mobile device to any Samsung Printer, as well as scan from any MFP, on the same wireless network as the mobile device.

Samsung's Mobile Print App supports standard documents such as jpegs and PDFs, as well as Microsoft(R) Office(TM) documents such as Excel spreadsheets, PowerPoint presentations and Word documents.

This is perfect for quick printing when traveling for business, working remotely, or visiting with friends and family. SLEEK, COMPACT AND CLEAN DESIGN With compact footprints (SCX-3405FW -- 15.8" W x 11.5" D x 11.7" H/ML-2165W -- 13.0" W x 8.5" D x 7.0" H), the SCX-3405FW and the ML-2165W are about the size of a toaster oven, which conveniently fit on the home bookshelf or home office desk.

Built to create less overall noise and a quieter work environment, both printers have sound levels that are less than 50 decibels (about the sound of a normal conversation) while printing. With sleek and clean designs on the SCX-3405FW and the ML-2165W, the printers seamlessly blend into the home and small office.

ECONOMICAL AND ECO-CONSCIOUS

Samsung's latest printers are equipped with a 1,500-page all-in-one (AIO) toner cartridge. This helps reduce the number of times users need to replace the cartridge and makes them simple to change, without the mess. For toner savings and reduced paper consumption, the SCX-3405FW comes with a one-touch ECO button that allows the user to customize output to save toner and paper.

As part of Samsung's commitment to the environment, both models come with Samsung's S.T.A.R. Program, a free service that recycles empty cartridges into their major usable component materials and then reuses for other products. Single and bulk returns are available. The ML-2165W and SCX-3405FW are available now for $119.99 and $199.99, respectively.

All Samsung printers can be found at select Samsung resellers and channel partners.

Local availability can be determined by calling 1-800-SAMSUNG or by visiting www.samsung.com or www.samsung.com/business.

The design and engineering teams at AVT worked with Insta-Ink to develop an ingenious new system that holds over 800 of the most popular printer cartridges, and dispenses them without the need of any employee assistance. "We specialize in helping companies, brands and business owners find innovative ways to reach new customers, expand distribution, and lower overhead," explains Shannon Illingworth, AVT company founder.

"We are pleased to have been able to work with Insta-Ink to develop a system that allows them to sell more product in a cost-effective manner." Insta-Ink offers the world's highest quality remanufactured and compatible ink cartridges at a savings of up to 50%, for brands that include HP, Lexmark, Dell, Xerox, Samsung, Sharp, Brother, and Canon. The Insta-Ink self-serve system is easy to use. The customer will simply enter either the brand, cartridge number, or printer model on the interactive screen, and the system will automatically find the cartridge. With the Insta-Ink system, customers no longer have to search the aisles of office supply stores or wait for an employee to offer help.

Best of all, the Insta-Ink self-serve kiosk provides the ink cartridges that people need, at any time of the day or night, at about half the price of what the stores charge. To learn more about AVT and how they help companies increase revenues through automated retailing, self-service kiosks, customized vending solutions and automated stores, call 951-737-1057 or visit AVT's Website at: www.autoretail.com.

For more information about Insta-Ink, their products and locations, please visit: www.instainkonline.com About AVT: AVT, Inc. is a leading developer of self-service retailing systems, custom vending machines, and automated retail stores. AVT's stock is traded through the OTC Markets, Ticker Symbol: AVTC.

SIGN CHINA, the world’s pioneer sign industry event dedicated to the complete SIGN industry supply chain, open its doors today from 20-23 February 2012 at the China Import and Export Fair Pazhou Complex, Area B in Guangzhou, P.R. China. Co-located event LED CHINA commences at the same time. The two co-located fairs organised by UBM Trust, continues to set new exhibition records and innovate in terms of creating a complete buyer experience.

SIGN CHINA 2012 has increased from eight to ten halls across 100,000+ sqm - a 25% increase from the 2011 edition.  The exhibition hosts 1,329 exhibitors from across the world including famous brands including Roland, Fujifilm, Canon, Ningbo Yuan Yuan, Hebei Yxin, Rubicon, Philips Lumileds, Rubicon Technology, NuSil, Ovation Polymers and many more.

Concurrent to the fair, the inaugural China International LED Application Forum taking place on 19 and 21 February and the China LED Intellectual Property Summit taking place on 20 February have been added to the line-up of onsite activities. The LED Application forum will host over 200 global LED industry leaders and government officials to discuss current LED market developments, standards and trends, and share case studies on infrastructure and commercial projects. The one day LED IP Summit will include lectures on how IP is shaping the industry, how manufacturers are managing their patents, and strategies on navigating this new landscape.

“2012 is milestone year for SIGN and LED CHINA,” said David Tang, Managing Director of UBM Trust.  “Aside from our recording-breaking exhibiting numbers, we have introduced key educational components this year. Our aim is not only to connect buyers and sellers from across the supply chain of the LED and SIGN industries, but we realise it is necessary given the rapid developments in LED to educate our participants on the changing opportunities around them so that they can make the most use of their time at our fairs.”

One badge will grant visitors’ access to both SIGN CHINA 2012 and LED CHINA 2012.  For more information visit: www.signchina-gz.com

Autonomy’s software can “extract meaning from unstructured data such as audio, video, social media, email and web content.”  It can also allow HP’s printers to serve as intelligent storage devices, where it can scan  documents and organize them based on the information the document contains.

Frank Gillett, analyst at Forrester, the technology research group said that, “it would create an electronic document storage system that could be linked to an online HP service.”  He added, “The printer might even be able to say ‘hey that looks like an insurance document and the last date of the insurance is coming up, do you want to renew?’”

Another application of Autonomy is in HP’s mobile phone software and services, as HP Chief Executive Meg Whitman has been promoting WebOS, HP’s open-source mobile operating system.  “What is on your smartphone is not structured data,” Mike Lynch said.  “On a mobile, the system needs to understand the context, such as where you are now.  Mobile is going to be a primary platform for Autonomy.”

This move however, will put HP in direct competition with Microsoft, Google, and Apple, since they already are offering online storage and management of documents.  Apple has its voice recognition software Siri, which is able to understand speech.

Adrian Drury, analyst at technology research group Ovum, is uncertain about HP’s success for this product in the consumer market.  “We are looking for HP to get its strategy back on track by focusing on the enterprise market, not overstretching itself by becoming a consumer devices company of a consumer cloud services company,” he said.

HP is in competition with Apple with the launch of its thinner and lighter notebooks, and its Total Care centers, similar to Apple’s Genius Bars, where computer experts can assist customers with their computer needs.

Cloud-based mobile device management (MDM) eliminates complicated technical implementation and oversight, as well as hardware and software costs. The benefits of Xerox MDM, says Ken Stephens, Xerox senior vice president of cloud services, is how it can adapt to any organization to manage virtually every type of mobile device, with pricing that’s ideal for enterprises and small businesses.

“Companies, large and small, struggle with how to identify, secure and track a host of mobile devices such as smart phones, tablets and laptops. Employees use them 24x7, anywhere and everywhere, and they need them all to connect and sync seamlessly,” said Stephens. “We keep it secure, simple and cost effective.”

Xerox’s mobile management approach is comprehensive. It includes everything that is needed by companies, starting with set-up and administration, plus IT staff training to help them see, track and secure any mobile device. It also makes sure devices can be locked and unusable, even formatted remotely.

Alan Snyder, chief executive officer at BoxTone, a Xerox partner, said the mobile service alleviates IT burdens and costs.

“The Xerox business cloud includes a mobile management approach that delivers the critical components for device management: security, ease-of-use and administration, and a price point that’s more than reasonable,” said BoxTone’s Snyder. Xerox’s cloud services include Boxtone’s automated technology for enterprise mobile management and mobile device management for the iPhone, iPad, Android and BlackBerry devices and applications.

The All Covered acquisition will build upon Konica Minolta's current Managed IT Services offerings and allow Konica Minolta to extend the reach of solutions and services it can offer its customers. As a result, customers will be able to count on a single source for a broad range of products and services-- ranging from industry-leading MFP products, comprehensive workflow solutions to Optimized Print Services and Managed IT Services, all while delivering exceptional value and support.

"Konica Minolta's acquisition of All Covered will further enhance our ability to deliver sophisticated solutions to our customer base and accelerate the expansion of our IT services business," said Rick Taylor, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. "By integrating the scalable business model of All Covered with our extensive sales and service footprint, we intend to deliver unmatched value to our end users and channel partners."

"We are thrilled to become a part of the Konica Minolta Family," said Todd Croteau, President, All Covered, Inc. "This move will allow us to continue to pursue our growth strategy and expand the range of services offered, benefiting both customers and employees of All Covered."

"As the printing and imaging industry continues the transformation toward a more services-lead model, it is imperative for market players to integrate more IT-related services as part of a comprehensive product/services package," said Keith Kmetz, Vice President of IDC Hardcopy Solutions programs.
"Konica Minolta's forward-thinking move to acquire All Covered gives the company instant legitimacy in providing customers with a wide range of the necessary IT services/support offerings, along with an already well-established roster of printing and imaging solutions. The combination puts Konica Minolta in a solid position to capitalize on this market's transformation."

As a result of this transaction, All Covered will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A, Inc. All Covered will continue to deliver exceptional support for its customer base while expanding its services to Konica Minolta customers.

About Konica Minolta

Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. is a leader in advanced imaging and networking technologies for the desktop to the print shop. For the third consecutive year, Konica Minolta was recognized as the #1 Brand for Customer Loyalty in the MFP Office Copier Market by Brand Keys. For more information, please visit www.CountOnKonicaMinolta.com and follow Konica Minolta on Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter.

About All Covered

All Covered is the nation's leading IT services company serving small- to medium-sized businesses. For over 14 years, All Covered has been helping businesses across all verticals with their IT support needs. All Covered has local offices in 22 cities with more than 250 engineers, and is fully certified in all major technologies. Across the US, more businesses trust All Covered for their IT support than any other company.

Source: based on an article from www.bbc.co.uk, 02/12/12

Lexmark currently employs about 13,200 employees globally, 3,900 of which are in the U.S. As Lexmark is slowly phasing out its printers for the consumer market, and is now focusing more on the corporate market, which demands more supplies such as ink and toner, the jobs most likely to be cut are those manufacturing consumer supplies. Majority of the job cuts will be oversees, and some in the U.S.

The move will save Lexmark $15 million this year, and will ensure that the company will have about $28 million in cash by 2013. Its Q4 2011 net income fell to $69.3 million from $87.6 million the previous year. Overall revenue was $1.06 billion, down 4%.

Source: based on article by Liana B. Baker, Reuters, www.au.news.yahoo.com, 02/01/12

Despite a slight dip in Q4, the overall market remains positive for 2012.

According to Arnaud Gagneux, Director of the western Europe imaging hardware and document offerings group at IDC, “consumers are turning away from printing at home while businesses are making sure that they can benefit from all the new features the latest MFPs and printers can offer.

Documents are being digitized and workflows streamlined in an attempt by businesses to drive costs out of the business and increase efficiencies.” Western Europe saw a decline in year-on-year shipments of printers and MFP’s, dropping 2.6% to 8.1 million in Q4 2011. The UK contributed 19% of all western Europe shipments growing 1.5%.

The strongest sales were in the business inkjet sector. Businesses continue to demand hardcopy devices according to Phil Sargeant, Research Manager at IDC. Color devices grew 8.4%, while black and white grew 2%. Combined, laser shipments and business inkjets grew 3.1% in the fourth quarter of 2011. Sargeant suggested, "bright spots for 4Q11 included the continued growth in business inkjets (32.4%), increased installations of colour devices (8.4%) and continued strong demand for high-speed inkjet devices (13.6%).” He added, "disappointments included a decline in the consumer inkjet market of 5.1 per cent in the busy Christmas period, and a decline in the monochrome printer market of 12.0 per cent in Q4, which is traditionally a strong market for monochrome devices."

Source: based on an article by Fleur Doidge, www.channelweb.co.uk, 02/13/12

“Partnering with EFI to power our next generation of color digital presses with the IC-3600 enables customers to realize tremendous performance gains in high-volume print environments with unparalleled speed, color quality and workflow enhancing features," said Kevin Kern, senior vice president of marketing, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. “Customers can count on Konica Minolta for performance that enables them to keep up  with the demands for faster processing and quicker job turnaround.”

“Together, Konica Minolta and EFI have been delivering market-leading solutions to a wide array of digital print providers for years, and recently received one of the first IDEAlliance Digital Press Certifications that certifies the Fiery controller paired with the C8000 press meets the highest industry standard for color,” said John Henze, vice president of Fiery marketing, EFI. “The advanced Fiery hardware platform matches the impressive speed of the C8000 to create a high-throughput digital press that can handle the most complicated of jobs with superior quality.”

The Fiery IC-3600 offers a robust, open, flexible and scalable variable data printing solution, supporting all leading VDP formats including PPML 2.2 and VPS 1.5. Fiery technology optimizes PDF and PS to guarantee printing at engine rate speeds, and works with all leading variable data print (VDP) composition software for seamless VDP workflows.

“We recently decided to upgrade our Konica Minolta press to the bizhub PRESS C8000 with a Fiery server, and during the testing we were extremely impressed with the speed – a large VDP file that took one hour to RIP on our old system took only 10 minutes!” said Oliver Zurfluh, manager of sports services at Datasport. Based in Switzerland, Datasport is a leading international service provider for sporting events, and as one of their services they print thousands of labels and other items each year. “This high level of performance, together with many other powerful Fiery features, means we can deliver even more top quality work for our customers,” said Zurfluh.

Fiery servers are a great fit with EFI’s market-leading portfolio of print MIS and workflow solutions, including PrintSmith™, Pace™, Radius and Monarch management systems and the EFI Digital StoreFront® web-to-print platform.

The award-winning Fiery Command WorkStation® 5.3 job management solution and user interface centralizes the entire print workflow, connecting to all Fiery servers on the network. Command WorkStation (CWS) reduces operator mistakes and waste, while shortening learning curves with an intuitive and flexible drag & drop operation. The Fiery Image Enhance Visual Editor (IEVE), a feature of CWS 5.3, allows editing and optimizing of each image in a job without the need for the operator to go back to the native design file, saving time and reducing costs.

Available standard on the bizhub Press C8000, Fiery Graphic Arts Package, Premium Edition provides expert users with professional tools for managing color, proofing and controlling workflow. The solution meets the color requirements of demanding customers and ensures accurate and repeatable color every time by letting operators have total control of color output quality.

Comprehensive imposition and composition tools come standard in Fiery SeeQuence Suite. Fiery SeeQuence Impose and Fiery SeeQuence Compose shorten job preparation times and last minute corrections by enabling users to do all document impo­sition, composition, and content editing with one intuitive user interface. A 3D preview capability further reduces waste by allowing operators to see exactly how the job will print on the digital press.

In these demanding print environments, operators need to be able to easily perform late-stage edits – colors may need to be adjusted, documents imposed into booklets, and files preflighted or postflighed to ensure the highest quality before printing. The Fiery server provides all these “late-stage make ready” capabilities, without the need for additional applications, making it an ideal solution for high volume, demanding, operator-led print environments.

This offering is available now through Konica Minolta Direct and Authorized Dealers. For more information on Fiery IC-3600, visit www.efi.com or contact 800-877-7177.

About Konica Minolta

Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A. delivers an award-winning portfolio of digital printing technologies and Business Intelligence Services for print professionals and graphic communications firms of any size.  In the past two years, Konica Minolta has been recognized as a leading supplier by the Allegra Network, International Center for Entrepreneurial Development (ICED), Mail Boxes Etc., Inc., and National Association of Quick Printers (NAQP).  Konica Minolta's innovative bizhub PRESS C8000 is the first digital press to receive the G7 Digital Press Certification from the IDEAlliance®.  For more information, please visit www.CountOnKonicaMinolta.com and follow Konica Minolta on Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter.

About EFI

EFI (www.efi.com) is a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation. EFI's award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. The company's robust product portfolio includes Fiery® digital print controllers and solutions; VUTEk® superwide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks; Rastek™ UV wide-format inkjet printers; Jetrion® industrial inkjet printing systems; print production workflow and business process automation software; and corporate printing solutions.

The Cloud services are marketed through the Company’s value-added resellers (VARs) and include Infrastructure as a Service or better known as IaaS specifically made for midrange and Intel Systems, Cloud Backup and Disaster Recovery services.

These services assure that once a company uses those, their applications, data and IT platforms are secure. The business cloud services manage workload demand and are priced to serve SMBs that have annual revenue of $10-$250 million.

Ken Stephens, senior vice president of Xerox Cloud Services said ““Cloud technology is often presented as a complex, ‘big company’ infrastructure solution.  But, in fact, managing IT operations in the ‘cloud’ is just as relevant and affordable for smaller companies and can be even more impactful.” He added that “Expanding Xerox’s IaaS and Backup and Recovery services to SMBs is the next step toward offering a full suite of business cloud services that SMBs can access on a ‘pay-as-you-go’ model.”

The new Xerox Cloud Services are the ff:

• Xerox Cloud IaaS ideal Intel and Midrange Systems.
  • The Xerox Cloud IaaS will meet the contradictory demands of various operating models.
  • Xerox will deliver secure cloud services through five global centers that have multi-tenant technologies and virtual LANs.
  • It is quickly installed and ready to use.
  • User friendly with an on-demand “click and pick” provisioning process.
  • It ensures tracking, auditing and reporting capabilities.
• Backup and Disaster Recovery Service.
  • Data applications are recovered operating systems – everything on the server can be restored in less than 24 hours.
  • Daily, the data backup is replicated, secured, encrypted and conducted.

About the Company

Xerox Corporation (the Stock) is a global provider of portfolio or document technology, services and software. It also provides a diverse range of business process and information technology outsourcing support. The Company operates in three segments: Technology; Services; Others. The Company specializes in the design, development and delivery of effective IT solutions to provide IT outsourcing services like Data Center Outsourcing, Mid-range Server Outsourcing, Network Outsourcing, Remote Infrastructure Management (RIM), Help Desk/Service Desk Management, Desktop Outsourcing, Managed Storage, Utility Computing, Utility Computing, Security Services, IT commercial services.

After a flat trend in 2010, IDC expects home and office print volumes in Western Europe to slow down even further, declining at a CAGR of 0.6% from 2011 through 2015. The increasing popularity of IEMDs will contribute to this slow decline.

"New Internet-enabled mobile devices change the nature of users' relationship with documents," said Arnaud Gagneux, director, Imaging Hardcopy and Document Solutions, Western Europe, IDC. "This affects both consumers and businesses, and offers hardcopy vendors opportunities for growth in security, document solutions, and managed print services, to name a few.

"Roughly 95 million smartphones are expected to be sold in 2011, up more than 220% year on year. This massive uptake has already drastically changed the way users consult certain documents, reducing the need for printouts. But this is only the tip of the iceberg. In the enterprise sector, the increasingly mobile workforce will create huge demand for IEMDs in the years to come, ignited by the global process of digitization and consumerization of IT.

As discussed in the study, media tablets will make their entrance in key vertical markets with dramatic consequences for document workflows. As a result it will be crucial for vendors to have a mobile and cloud printing solution strategy in place.

"With information increasingly available in digital format at users' fingertips, the entire hardcopy industry faces a real challenge," said Mario Lombardo, senior analyst for imaging hardware devices at IDC. "The boom in IEMDs, combined with the growth in cloud storage and digitization, is already set to change the rules of the game in the printing industry." But it is not all doom and gloom for the hardcopy industry. As outlined in the study, the growth in digital content will continue to create many opportunities in the document solutions area.

There will continue to be significant opportunities for print in select verticals, due to hardcopy document compliance and the use of business applications for which paper documents are still preferred.

The production printing space will also be greatly impacted by the digital revolution. With ereaders expected to generate a CAGR of 23.7% between 2011 and 2015, demand for ebooks will be high. Though this will negatively impact the analog printing market, demand for short runs will increase, favoring digital production printing.

The study, The Real Impact of Internet-Enabled Mobile Devices on the Western European Hardcopy Industry (IDC #KP01U, January 2012), is available to purchase on idc.com.

After a flat trend in 2010, IDC expects home and office print volumes in Western Europe to slow down even further, declining at a CAGR of 0.6% from 2011 through 2015. The increasing popularity of IEMDs will contribute to this slow decline.

"New Internet-enabled mobile devices change the nature of users' relationship with documents," said Arnaud Gagneux, director, Imaging Hardcopy and Document Solutions, Western Europe, IDC. "This affects both consumers and businesses, and offers hardcopy vendors opportunities for growth in security, document solutions, and managed print services, to name a few.

"Roughly 95 million smartphones are expected to be sold in 2011, up more than 220% year on year. This massive uptake has already drastically changed the way users consult certain documents, reducing the need for printouts. But this is only the tip of the iceberg. In the enterprise sector, the increasingly mobile workforce will create huge demand for IEMDs in the years to come, ignited by the global process of digitization and consumerization of IT.

As discussed in the study, media tablets will make their entrance in key vertical markets with dramatic consequences for document workflows. As a result it will be crucial for vendors to have a mobile and cloud printing solution strategy in place.

"With information increasingly available in digital format at users' fingertips, the entire hardcopy industry faces a real challenge," said Mario Lombardo, senior analyst for imaging hardware devices at IDC. "The boom in IEMDs, combined with the growth in cloud storage and digitization, is already set to change the rules of the game in the printing industry." But it is not all doom and gloom for the hardcopy industry. As outlined in the study, the growth in digital content will continue to create many opportunities in the document solutions area.

There will continue to be significant opportunities for print in select verticals, due to hardcopy document compliance and the use of business applications for which paper documents are still preferred.

The production printing space will also be greatly impacted by the digital revolution. With ereaders expected to generate a CAGR of 23.7% between 2011 and 2015, demand for ebooks will be high. Though this will negatively impact the analog printing market, demand for short runs will increase, favoring digital production printing.

The study, The Real Impact of Internet-Enabled Mobile Devices on the Western European Hardcopy Industry (IDC #KP01U, January 2012), is available to purchase on idc.com.

Ninestar argues “that the International Trade Commission incorrectly found infringement by the Ninestar products, that the authority exercised by the Commission to exclude these products and to enforce its orders is in violation of the constitutional principles of separation of powers, and that the proceedings violated Ninestar’s constitutional rights to note, clarity, and a jury trial”.

The US Court of Appeals affirmed the USITC’s ruling, stating that there is “no violation of constitutional structure in the Commission’s authority to levy a civil penalty, and no violation of constitutional protections in the procedures followed and the penalty assessed.” This battle comes from a case with Epson which settled last month, whereby Ninestar agreed to stop selling products that were allegedly infringing Epson’s patents, but may continue to sell legally remanufactured cartridge. Ninestar did not admit to any patent infringement, and acknowledged Epson’s patents as “valid and enforceable.”

The appeal follows after Espon filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Ninestar and several other companies for selling ink cartridges in the US, that are manufactured in China, allegedly infringing on US patents owned by Epson. Ninestar is currently under order to cease and desist from conducting any of the following activities in the US, i.e. importing, selling, marketing, advertising, distributing, offering for sale, transferring (except for exportation), and soliciting U.S. agents or distributors for ink cartridges covered by Epson’s patents.  '

EDWARD F. O'CONNOR, The Eclipse Group, LLP, of Irvine, California, for appellants. With him on the brief was STEPHEN M. LOBBIN.

WAYNE W. HERRINGTON, Assistant General Counsel, Office of the General Counsel, United States International Trade Commission, of Washington, DC, for appellee. With him on the brief were JAMES M. LYONS, General Counsel, and MICHAEL K. HALDENSTEIN, Attorney. Of counsel was ANDREA C. CASSON, United States International Trade Commission, of Washington, DC.

HAROLD A. BARZA, Quinn Emanuel Urquhart Oliver, of Los Angeles, California, for intervenors. With him on the brief were TIGRAN GULEDJIAN and VALERIE RODDY; and SANFORD I. WEISBURST, of New York, New York. Of counsel on the brief were LOUIS S. MASTRIANI and MICHAEL L. DOANE, Adduci, Mastriani & Schaumberg, LLP, of Washington, DC. before NEWMAN, SCHALL, and LINN, Circuit Judges.

-based on an article by Jack Leftman, www.emoneydaily.com, 02/09/2012

To achieve this, Mitarai plans to set up a call center, improve dealer network, and focus more on the business machines segment. Canon is also looking at entering the medical imaging market. Depending on how the business grows, Canon might look into setting up a manufacturing facility in Inida.

Canon’s sales in India for 2010 amounted to Rs 1,260 crore. In 2011, it grew to Rs 1,525 crore. It plans to achieve Rs 2,280 crore in 2012. Canon’s global revenue for 2011 reached over $45 billion, worldwide.

based on an article from The Hindu Business Line,  02/08/2012

“Expanding Xerox’s IaaS and Backup and Recovery services to SMBs is the next step toward offering a full suite of business cloud services that SMBs can access on a ‘pay-as-you-go’ model.”

The services will be sold through Xerox’s value-added resellers (VARs) and include Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) for midrange and Intel systems; Cloud Backup; and Disaster Recovery services. Xerox’s business cloud services ensure that a company’s applications, data and IT platforms are secure.

These services also manage workload demand and are priced to serve SMBs that have annual revenue of $10 million to $250 million. “Cloud technology is often presented as a complex, ‘big company’ infrastructure solution. But, in fact, managing IT operations in the ‘cloud’ is just as relevant and affordable for smaller companies and can be even more impactful,” said Ken Stephens, senior vice president of Xerox Cloud Services. “Expanding Xerox’s IaaS and Backup and Recovery services to SMBs is the next step toward offering a full suite of business cloud services that SMBs can access on a ‘pay-as-you-go’ model.”

“Xerox extending its sales efforts to SMBs through VARs is a smart move, especially in the growing cloud space,” said Ben Trowbridge, CEO at Alsbridge, a global advisory firm. “It’s a logical extension of their longstanding enterprise services, with more opportunities to sell additional Xerox products and services relevant to SMBs.”

The new services include:

• Xerox Cloud IaaS for Midrange and Intel systems
• Many cloud providers - for enterprises or SMBs - do not support multiple operating systems, databases, legacy applications and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. The Xerox Cloud IaaS meets the conflicting demands of various operating models.
• Xerox delivers secure cloud services via five global data centers that house multi-tenant technologies and virtualized LANs.
• IaaS is quickly installed and ready to use with an on-demand “click and pick” provisioning process.
• IaaS ensures complete tracking, auditing and reporting capabilities.
• Cloud Backup and Disaster Recovery Service
• Recovery of data, applications and operating systems - everything on the server and can be restored in less than 24 hours.
• An affordable approach for enterprises and SMBs needing remote backup and disaster recovery at a monthly, utility-based price, meaning customers pay for what they use.
• No long-term contracts required.
• The Business Cloud infrastructure used for corporate enterprises also is available for SMBs.
• Data backup is replicated, secured, encrypted and conducted daily.

“No matter the size, scope or location of a company, there’s a common denominator: how to manage costs and risks. Xerox delivers a utility model approach, intense security controls, systems and data redundancy, even a customized company-wide disaster recovery plan,” added Stephens.

About Xerox With sales approaching $23 billion, Xerox Corporation (NYSE: XRX) is the world’s leading enterprise for business process anddocument management. Its technology, expertise and services enable workplaces – from small businesses to large global enterprises – to simplify the way work gets done so they operate more effectively and focus more on what matters most: their real business. Headquartered in Norwalk, Conn., Xerox offers business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing,healthcare solutions, HR benefits management, finance support, transportation solutions, and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide. The company also provides extensive leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size. The 140,000 people of Xerox serve clients in more than 160 countries. For more information, visit http://www.xerox.com,http://news.xerox.com or http://www.realbusiness.com.

For investor information, visit http://www.xerox.com/investor. Note: To receive RSS news feeds, visit http://news.xerox.com/pr/xerox/rss.aspx. For open commentary, industry perspectives and views visit http://twitter.com/xeroxcorp, http://realbusinessatxerox.blogs.xerox.com, http://www.facebook.com/XeroxCorp,http://www.youtube.com/XeroxCorp. XEROX®, XEROX and Design® are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Contacts Xerox Corporation Kevin Lightfoot, +1-214-695-1169 kevin.lightfoot@acs-inc.com or Text 100 for Xerox Sarah DeCamp, +1-212-871-4081 sarah.decamp@text100.com Read more: http://www.hostreview.com/news/120201-xerox-expands-cloud-services-for-small-and-mid-sized-businesses#ixzz1lqsqFV4l

It is illegal to resell or attempt to resell a recalled consumer product. (Logo: http://photos.prnewswire.com/prnh/20030904/USCSCLOGO )

Name of Product: HP fax 1040 and 1050 machines

Units: About 928,000 in the U.S. and 240,000 in Canada and Mexico

Importer: Hewlett-Packard Co., of Palo Alto, Calif.

Hazard: The fax machines can overheat due to an internal electrical component failure, posing fire and burn hazards. Incidents/Injuries: Hewlett-Packard is aware of seven reports of fax machines overheating and catching fire, resulting in property damage, including one instance of significant property damage and one instance of a minor burn injury to a consumer's finger.Six incidents were reported in the U.S. and one in Canada.

Description: This recall involves HP Fax 1040 and 1050 models. The HP logo and the model number are printed on the front of the fax machine.

The fax machines are dark gray and measure about 11 inches high x 14 1/2 inches wide. Sold at: Electronics, computer and camera stores nationwide, and online at www.shopping.hp.com and other websites from November 2004 through December 2011 for between $90 and $120. Some of the recalled fax machines were replacement units for a previous recall involving HP fax model 1010 in June 2008.

Manufactured in: China

Remedy: Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled fax machines, disconnect them from the electrical outlet and contact HP for a rebate on the purchase of an authorized replacement HP fax machine or a partial rebate of certain HP ink jet printers.

Consumer Contact: For additional information, contact HP toll-free at (888) 654-9296 between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m. MT Monday through Friday, or visit the firm's website at http://www.hp.com/go/faxrecall/US-en.

Photos available at http://www.cpsc.gov/cpscpub/prerel/prhtml12/12101.html

The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) is still interested in receiving incident or injury reports that are either directly related to this product recall or involve a different hazard with the same product. Please tell us about your experience with the product on SaferProducts.gov.

Firm's Recall Hotline: (888) 654-9296 CPSC Recall Hotline: (800) 638-2772 CPSC Media Contact: (301) 504-7908 SOURCE U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission

"Once we found a solution that delivers like-new quality, it was an easy decision to offer this service to our customers," said Jeff Staat, Director of Service Operations at Fry's.

Fry's is rolling out the program nationwide Q1 of this year. Staat noted that they tested the leading cartridge refill equipment providers before selecting Retail Inkjet Solutions (RIS).

"RIS was the winner, hands down. With more relevant cartridges especially single color tanks, sales jumped dramatically once we installed the RIS InkCenter,” continued Staat.The RIS InkCenter, designed by inkjet cartridge engineers, is the only refill system that exceeds a new cartridge's printed page count. With its patented technology, RIS provides more pages at a fraction of the price of a new cartridge.

A recent study conducted by Quality Logic, an independent testing laboratory, concluded that RIS refills deliver 10-20% more pages than a new cartridge. The InkCenter is the only UL Listed refill system available.

Fry's expansion may signal the resurgence of retail on-site inkjet refilling, which got off to a quick start and then stagnated after poor quality issues surfaced.

"Our page counts and print quality provide customers with the like-new experience they expect, setting RIS apart from competitive refill solutions,” Cecilia Gonzales, CEO of RIS noted. "Customers love the quality and the savings they get at Fry's and have responded by becoming repeat refillers," added Gonzales.

As one of the major consumer electronic chains, Fry's is considered a leader in spotting trends. "The fact that Fry's is going all in for refilling indicates that the category may have finally overcome its initial problems and Fry’s feels it has found a quality solution," said Charlie Brewer, President, Actionable Intelligence. Brewer continued, "Fry's wouldn't invest in this market without proven customer demand.” Reusing inkjet cartridges, by refilling them, reduces their negative environmental impact.

A single cartridge takes a thousand of years to degrade; more than a million are disposed of every day. Refilling is an easy, cost effective way to go green.

About Fry's Electronics Based in San Jose, Calif., Fry’s was founded as a Silicon Valley retail electronics store to provide a one-stop-shopping environment for the hi-tech professional, and is one of America's leading retailers of computers and consumer electronics products. Fry’s continues to keep hi-tech professionals supplied with products representing the latest technological trends and advances in the personal computer marketplace. Fry’s retails over 50,000 electronics items within each store of its 34 Stores located in nine states.

The Stores range in size from 50,000 to over 180,000 square feet, and each has its own unique theme. Fry’s customers can also shop on line at http://www.Frys.com .

About Retail Inkjet Solutions RIS is recognized as the quality standard for in-store inkjet cartridge refilling. Independent testing has proven that a cartridge refilled by the RIS InkCenter prints 10% - 20% more pages than a new cartridge. RIS provides consumers with true value with a savings of more than 60% when compared to a new cartridge. The RIS InkCenter is the only UL Listed inkjet cartridge refill system. The RIS InkCenter® is deployed in select retailers and campus bookstores in the U.S., Canada, Mexico, and the UK.

Go to http://www.retailinkjet.com for more information on the RIS InkCenter® solution.

These new print, copy, scan and fax models help continue this tradition and are designed to provide users with the confidence that the final output will match the original concept. Available for both new wireless models is the Canon Easy-PhotoPrint mobile app(2), for use with compatible Apple and Android smart phones and tablets, allowing documents to be scanned on the printer and sent directly to a compatible device. Users can print PDFs of documents that were created with the app directly from compatible devices, whereas in the past only photos could be printed.

With 802.11n Wi-Fi capability, the PIXMA MX512 and MX432 Wireless Office AIO Printer models are capable of a high-speed network transfer rate. Setting up a wireless network can be easily accomplished with the press of one button when using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS). Canon U.S.A. offers its award-winning service and support online for all of its consumers looking to set up any of its wireless products at www.usa.canon.com/wirelesshelp . Here, customers have access to video tutorials and manuals to assist in setting up a wireless printer.

"With many people making the decision to work from home, it is more important than ever to have a printer you can rely on to produce high-quality prints no matter the project," said Yuichi Ishizuka, executive vice president and general manager, Imaging Technologies and Communications Group, Canon U.S.A. "Canon has recognized this trend and will continue to make products designed to satisfy the needs and wants of the end user." When making the decision on which printer to purchase, an important factor that users look for is overall ease-of-use. Taking this into account, Canon has developed the FastFront system and an exposed user interface included on all three new printers. Located on the front of the printer, the FastFront system allows users to open the front panel of the printer to easily access both the ink and paper for easy replacement. Each printer utilizes the two-cartridge ChromaLife 100 ink system(3) -- one black cartridge and one color cartridge-- providing high-quality prints on plain paper, while still delivering high-quality photo prints.

With the exposed user interface, the user can scan or copy important documents without having to worry about the document blocking the control panel and buttons required to perform the task.

Unlock Your Printing Creativity Full HD Movie Print(4) software has been included on all three models, allowing users to produce clear images of frames from videos captured on compatible HD Canon EOS and PowerShot Digital cameras. With Easy-PhotoPrint EX software, consumers can unlock their creativity with a variety of fun filter effects such as Fish-Eye, Miniature, Toy Camera, Soft Focus and Blur Background. An added bonus included with these new printers is exclusive printable content through CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM(5)website.

The content on this site includes projects users can print to enjoy with their family, such as Eric Carle greeting cards and photo frames as well as calendars to keep track of important business meetings and appointments. Canon PIXMA MX512 Wireless, MX432 Wireless and MX372 Office AIO printers The affordable and easy-to-use Canon PIXMA MX512 Wireless, MX432 Wireless and MX372 Office AIO printers deliver high-quality output whether on plain or photo paper at a maximum color resolution of 4800 x 1200 dpi(6). For the first time in a Canon printer at the $149.99(7) price point, the PIXMA MX512 Office AIO printer will feature a Dual Function Panel for easy navigation through menus, an Ethernet port for increased connectivity and Auto Duplex printing to help conserve paper usage. This new model also features a 2.5-inch TFT screen for easy viewing of menus and images while producing output at approximately 9.7 ipm for black-and-white documents and approximately 5.5 ipm for color(8). The PIXMA MX432 WirelessOffice AIO printer delivers output at approximately 9.7 ipm for black-and-white documents and approximately 5.5 ipm for color(8). The PIXMA MX372 Office AIO printer provides output at approximately 8.7 ipm for black-and-white documents and approximately 5.0 ipm for color(9).

All three printers can produce a 4" x 6" borderlessphoto(9) in approximately 46 seconds(10). The PIXMA MX432 Wireless and MX372 Office AIO printers will have an estimated selling price of $99.99(7)and $79.99(7), respectively. About Canon U.S.A., Inc. Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. With more than $45 billion in global revenue, its parent company, Canon Inc. CAJ -0.02% , ranked fourth overall in patent holdings in the U.S. in 2010+, and is one of Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies in 2011. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes.

Canon U.S.A. is dedicated to its Kyosei philosophy of social and environmental responsibility. To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss . Specifications subject to change without notice. All referenced product names, and other marks, are trademarks of their respective owners.

+Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(1) Wireless printing requires a working network with wireless 802.11b/g or 802.11n capability. Wireless performance may vary based on terrain and distance between the printer and wireless network clients.

(2) Requires Canon Easy-PhotoPrint for iPhone app, available for free on the App Store, or Canon Easy-PhotoPrint for Android app, available for free in the Android Market. Compatible with iPhone 3G, 3Gs, 4, and 4S; iPod touch mobile digital devices; and Android devices running Android OS 1.6 or later.

(3)Canon cannot guarantee the longevity of prints; results may vary depending on printed image, drying time, display/storage conditions and environmental factors. See www.usa.canon.com/chromalife100 for additional details.

(4)Full HD Movie Print allows printing from HD or Full HD "MOV" movie files created by Canon EOS Digital SLR or PowerShot digital cameras. From PC, or Mac with Intel(R) processor. Print quality is determined by video resolution. Function does not upscale video resolution. Requires Canon ZoomBrowser EX 6.5 or later, or Canon ImageBrowser 6.5 or later.

(5) To access CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM from a qualifying printer, all of the software and the full set of Genuine Canon Inks that came with the printer must be properly installed

(6)Resolution may vary based on printer driver setting. Color ink droplets can be placed with a horizontal pitch of 1/4800 inch at minimum.

(7) Availability and prices, of all products are subject to change without notice. Actual prices are set by individual dealers and may vary.

(8) ISO/IEC 24734 define the default print speed measurement methods. Print speeds are the averages of ESAT in Office Category Test for the default simplex mode, ISO/IEC 24734, excluding time to print the first set. See www.usa.canon.com/ipm for additional details.

(9) Supported paper types for borderless printing are as follows: Photo Paper Pro Platinum, Photo Paper Plus Glossy II, Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, Photo Paper Glossy and Matte Photo Paper.

(10)Photo print speeds are based on the standard mode driver setting using photo test pattern(s) and select Canon Photo Paper. Print speed is measured as soon as the first page begins to feed into the printer and will vary depending on system configuration, interface, software, document complexity, print mode, types of paper used and page coverage.

See www.usa.canon.com/printspeed for additional information. SOURCE: Canon U.S.A., Inc.

Outstanding Contribution Company to China IT Industry Green Development Award This Green Development Award was newly established in 2011 and Fuji Xerox (China) was the only winner for the green development category in 2011, being recognized for following activities;

1. Energy-saving products: The company has been providing products with industry-leading environmental technologies that acquired China Environmental Labeling Low-Carbon Product Certification from the Ministry of Environmental Protection of China, and helps its customers reduce environmental burdens.

2. Recycling system for used products and cartridges: Fuji Xerox’s recycling site, Fuji Xerox Eco-Manufacturing (Suzhou) , located in Suzhou City, China, disassembles used products and cartridges collected by Fuji Xerox (China) from its customers and return them to raw materials. Recognized its environmental conservation, resource-saving and reuse efforts, it was certified by the Suzhou City Government as a Pilot Enterprise for Suzhou’s Recycling Economy in December 2008, and was certified as a pilot remanufacturing enterprise of electric products by the Chinese government in December 2009. Also, the recycling site has accomplished the zero landfill goal by achieving recycling rate 99.8 percent in FY 2010.

3. “PRINT GREEN” campaign : Under the slogan “PRINT GREEN”, Fuji Xerox (China) implemented a brand campaign from 2010 to 2011, promoting products with its industry-leading environmental technologies. China CSR Award 2011 Newly established in 2011, the China CSR Award evaluated not only Fuji Xerox China’s environmental initiatives but also educational support activities.

The company was the only office equipment manufacturer among 35 award-winning companies. As a part of its educational support activities, Fuji Xerox affiliates*2 in China have been building primary schools*3 in a mountainous region since 2007, to support the improvement of educational environments in the rural area. Since then, the company has been supporting the school through the donation of office equipments and stationery goods.

Furthermore, other activities, including setting up scholarships for universities and the creation of large-font textbooks for visually impaired children and students using Fuji Xerox’s copiers were commended. Fuji Xerox (China) is focused on CSR and aims to become a leader in the industry through various CSR initiatives. The company is committed to continuously contributing to the realization of a sustainable society based on the principle that ”CSR is synonymous with corporate management.”

*1 The China Electronic Information Industry Development Research Institute is under Ministry of Industry and Information Technology.

*2 Includes Fuji Xerox (China), Fuji Xerox of Shenzhen and Fuji Xerox of Shanghai.

*3 Total of six schools including Fuji Xerox Sunshine School and Fuji Xerox Hope School.

“With information increasingly available in digital format at users’ fingertips, the entire hardcopy industry faces a real challenge,” said Mario Lombardo, senior analyst for imaging hardware devices at IDC.

“The boom in IEMDs, combined with the growth in cloud storage and digitization, is already set to change the rules of the game in the printing industry.”

On the brighter side, there will still continue to be a market for hardcopy printouts. Certain markets and its

Source: based on an article from www.mpsconnect.com, 02/02/2012

For fiscal 2011 ending March 31, Fuji's revenue grew only 11%, as opposed to its target of 20%. This is due to the floods and a hard-disk supply shortage. Mr. Sommart also plans to spend the 100 million baht allocated, in developing industry solutions and expanding shops upcountry. The factory in Thailand will serve as a springboard in expanding into Myanmar.

Source: based on an article from www.bangkokpost.com, 02/08/2012

Unlike what the e-books did to the publishing sector, Fabrice Campoy, country manager for HP SA Imaging and Printing Group, is optimistic that mobile devices will in fact fuel the printing industry. “What's interesting for HP, according to IDC, [is that] a tablet owner prints two times more than the average user. There will be 120 million tablet PCs sold by 2015. One billion devices will represent 60% of total hardware sold in 2015,” says Campoy. Just last year, HP shipped more than 15 million web-based printers, and the number of HP ePrint apps are increasing every quarter. HP ePrint Home and Biz is an app that allows web-enabled printers to print from mobile devices. That means, any smart phone or tablet that has this app has the ability to print wirelessly to web-enabled HP printer. HP believes that what they are doing for the printing industry, Apple did for the music industry. “The Nickelodeon children's app is the most popular app on HP's printing app market, according to Campoy. He says printing apps are presently very consumer-focused, as the early adopters tend to be consumers. He says HP will be expanding security-enabled printing apps to the corporate market.”

Apart from the hardware market, Campoy also sees a trend in service-based business models, which are growing four times as fast as the hardware market. Campoy’s strategy this year is to focus growth on three key segments: printing solutions and services, adjacent markets, and to extend its core strategy to expand its installation base of printers.

Source: based on an article by Alex Kayle, Senior portals journalist
www. itweb.co.za, Johannesburg, 02/06/ 2012,

Overall, Canon saw a decline in sales in all segments. Office products declined 9.3%, consumer products declined 9.6%, and industry and others declined 13.6%

Geographically, Japan sales increased 1.6%, the Americas saw 9.2% decline, 15.2% decline in Europe, and 11.7% decline in Asia and Oceania.

Fiscal year 2011 net income is up0.8% to 248.63 billion yet or or $3.19 billion. Earnings per share grew 2.4 percent to 204.48 yen or $2.62. Annual sales fell 4 percent to 3.56 trillion yen or $45.61 billion. The company also plans to distribute a year-end dividend of 60 yen or $0.77 per share, which amounts to a dividend of 120 yen or $1.54 per share.

For fiscal year 2012, Canon is projecting a 0.6% increase in net income to 250 billion yen, and a 1.8% growth in earnings per basic share to 208.07 yen. Full year consolidated net sales for 2012 is expected to increase 5.4% to 3.75 trillion yen.

Effective March 29, Canon President and COO Tsuneji Uchida will step down to become senior adviser. Current Chairman and CEO Fujio Mitarai will take over as President.

For more details, please visit www.nasdaq.com, 02/2/2012

Laser Networks currently services more than 40,000 print-related devices in businesses across Canada, while Xerox has an established name and a fair competitor in 160 countries. Xerox made it to the “Ones to Watch” in the managed services category of Channelnomics’ 2011 Influencer Award.

On top of expanding Xerox’s presence in Canada, the acquisition also transforms Xerox into a service-led, technology driven company, according to Mandy Shapansky, President and CEO of Xerox, Canada. Laser Networks, which employs 189 people in sales, service and operations, is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Xerox, Canada. LaserNetworks founder and CEO Chris Stoate will continue to lead the company, and will report to Mandy Shapansky.

For more details, please read www.channelnomics.com, 01/06/12

LexJet's YouTube channel has been the go-to destination for professionals in the wide format inkjet printing industry, photographers who print in-house, fine art reproduction companies and others involved in inkjet printing with new educational and how-to videos covering a wide range of topics - from printer setup and workflow to demonstrations of new products - at www.youtube.com/lexjet .

LexJet's YouTube channel currently hosts more than 130 videos divided into nine featured playlists: Canon iPF Printers and Workflow, Epson Stylus Pro Printers and Workflow, HP Printers and Workflow, Education, Product Demonstrations, Onyx RIP, Display Hardware, Infinium and Around LexJet.

"Most of LexJet's videos are produced based on customer requests for help with troubleshooting various print processes, from developing and preparing a wide format job in the software to finishing the graphic once it's printed," explains Sean McGettigan, LexJet's video production director. "Though our customer specialists are here to provide free and unlimited product and technical support, the videos are an excellent supplement to our services."

According to McGettigan, viewership at LexJet's YouTube channel increased by more than 1,000 percent in 2011 over the previous year, and plans are in progress to continue this growth curve by introducing five to ten new videos per month in 2012.

You may access the full press release, including a downloadable image, at this link. Also, for the latest news from LexJet, follow us at http://twitter.com/lexjetpr . Feel free to contact Regan Dickinson at 800-453-9538 or regan.dickinson@lexjet.com if you have any questions or need additional information.

LexJet is a one-stop, direct source for all kinds of equipment, materials, and software used to digitally print photographs, art and commercial graphics. Dedicated to total convenience and personal customer service, LexJet provides one-day ground delivery to most of the continental United States, telephone and on-line ordering, highly trained account specialists, free and unlimited product and technical support, and extensive educational resources

InfoTrends has announced it will be launching a new three-region study surrounding the document outsourcing market which will offer a global view including the regions of North America (U.S., Canada), Europe (France, Germany, U.K.), and Asia Pacific (Australia). As companies increase business process automation and leverage data to drive decision making and customer communications, the relevance of existing outsourcing contracts is in decline. Service Expansion Opportunities for Document Outsourcing will take a look at how growing demand for digital services that support multi-channel communications and enable a mobile knowledge work force is leaving enterprise accounts at a loss due to lack the talent, technology, and time to implement and manage these systems.

“Savvy and forward-thinking document outsourcing providers are in a unique position to help customers transition to more effective communication platforms,” commented Matt Swain, Associate Director at InfoTrends. “This study will identify emerging services opportunities and offer a road map for document outsourcing providers to build new businesses around them.”

Through extensive primary and secondary research in key industries and regions, InfoTrends intends to provide information surrounding:

•     Emerging services opportunities beyond traditional document outsourcing
•     Growth potential by service category and geographic region
•     Critical staffing and technology requirements for competitive differentiation
•     Customer requirements and concern in key vertical industries
•     Leading players by service category for potential partnership or acquisition
•     Pricing, bundling, and marketing strategies
•     Propensity to outsource and estimate the range of contract values by source category

The results of this study will be available by region and will provide vertical insight for financial services and insurance in addition to a comprehensive view across other key verticals such as healthcare, legal, manufacturing, retail/wholesale, and telco/utility.

For more information or to sign up as a participant, contact Scott Phinney at +1 781 616 2123 or e-mail scott_phinney(at)infotrends(dot)com. Early subscriber discounts are available through February 29, 2012.

InfoTrends, a Questex company, is the leading worldwide market research and strategic consulting firm for the digital imaging and document solutions industry. We provide research, analysis, forecasts, and advice to help clients understand market trends, identify opportunities, and develop strategies to grow their businesses.

-based on an article from www.european-coatings.com, 01/25/2012

A  recent market analysis by InfoTrends reveals that wide format UV-curable inkjet printers and supplies is expected to grow from USD 1.42 billion in 2010 to USD 3.04 billion in 2015 for a five-year compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 16.4%.

While wide format UV-curable inkjet market is a small market, it is the most competitive within the wide format UV-curable inkjet market.  "We're finding that dozens of global and regional competitors in the wide format UV-curable inkjet hardware market are being drawn to this segment based on high production volumes and attractive hardware profit margins," according to Tim Greene, Director of InfoTrends Wide Format Service.  Thus, it is expected that this market will play a pivotal role in the wide format digital graphics market.

The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color printer series includes: The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color M451 printer provides SMBs and home offices with uncompromisingly vibrant color prints and fast print speeds, allowing businesses to quickly create professional-quality color prints such as marketing collateral. The HP LaserJet Pro 300/400 color MFP series includes two devices with easy-to-use 3.5-inch color touchscreen interfaces: The HP LaserJet Pro 300 color MFP M375 can increase productivity with easy print, scan, copy and fax functionality, and enables businesses to produce high-quality color prints and marketing materials.

The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color MFP M475 delivers the same capabilities, while increasing print speeds and output. It also includes standard duplexing and the ability to proactively manage office printing with HP Web Jetadmin. The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color MFP M475 increases productivity for small businesses.

“As part of the HP LaserJet beta customer program, the HP LaserJet Pro 400 color MFP M475 is now our go-to office printer because it’s quick, quiet and gives us the ability to create a full range of colorful marketing materials for our company,” said Donna Fox, vice president, Fox Land Surveys.

“It’s a game changer for us, as its amazing print speeds and feature set have increased productivity, while the ability to create external documents in-house has saved us a significant amount of money that would have otherwise been spent on outside vendors.” The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color M451 and the HP LaserJet Pro 300/400 color MFP series are web-connected and support HP ePrint,(1) HP Wireless Direct and Apple AirPrint,(2) allowing users to print anywhere their business might take them.

The HP LaserJet Pro 300/400 color MFP series includes support for HP business apps, enabling users to access and print web content directly from the web using the touchscreen display.(3) HP at Macworld | iWorld The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color M451printer and the HP LaserJet Pro 300/400 color MFP series were both unveiled at Macworld | iWorld 2012, taking place Jan. 26-28 at the Moscone Center in San Francisco.

More information about the new HP LaserJet printers and MFPs is available at HP booth 602. Pricing and availability The HP LaserJet Pro 400 color M451 printer is planned to be available in the United States Feb. 1. Availability in other regions will vary. The HP LaserJet Pro 300/400 color MFP series is planned to be available worldwide Feb. 1. Additional information about regional availability and pricing is available at www.hp.com/laserjet.

Adjusted EPS excludes 7 cents related to amortization of intangibles, resulting in GAAP EPS of 26 cents. The company ended 2011 with full-year adjusted EPS up 15 percent, pro-forma revenue up 2 percent and operating cash flow of $2 billion. "Our performance reflects Xerox's operational discipline in delivering strong bottom-line results while scaling our services business and maintaining our leadership in document technology," said Ursula Burns, Xerox chairman and chief executive officer.

In the fourth quarter, total revenue of $6 billion was flat; revenue from the company's services business was up 6 percent, and revenue from its technology business was down 5 percent. Growth in services was driven by an 8 percent increase in both business process outsourcing and document outsourcing. Technology revenue, which represents the sale of document systems, supplies, technical service and financing of products, was significantly impacted by economic weakness in Europe.

"While operating in a challenging economic environment, we've grown our global market share for equipment revenue, further strengthening our industry leadership. Installs of Xerox equipment increased 8 percent in the fourth quarter. And, our managed print services are proving not only to be the industry standard but also an engine of growth for our business," said Burns. "Signings for our diverse services offerings were up 15 percent in the fourth quarter," Burns added. "Our services portfolio remains a competitive advantage -- providing clients cost-efficient ways to run more productive enterprises and benefitting our business for the long term through a healthy base of recurring revenue."

The increase in services signings continues to put near-term pressure on gross margins as Xerox makes initial investments to implement new contracts. Fourth-quarter gross margin was 32.2 percent, and selling, administrative and general expenses improved to 19.3 percent of revenue. Fourth-quarter 2011 results include 2 cents from a curtailment gain net of restructuring expenses. Operating margin of 10 percent was down 0.4 points from fourth-quarter 2010. Full-year 2011 results include: -- Net income of $1.3 billion, adjusted net income of $1.6 billion, up 21 percent -- Total revenue of $22.6 billion, up 5 percent, 2 percent pro-forma -- Operating margin of 9.8 percent, up 0.3 points pro-forma -- Operating cash flow of $2 billion -- $700 million in share repurchase The company expects first-quarter 2012 GAAP earnings of 17 to 20 cents per share. First-quarter adjusted EPS is expected to be 21 to 24 cents per share. Full-year 2012 GAAP earnings are expected to be 97 cents to $1.03 per share. Full-year adjusted earnings are expected to be $1.12 to $1.18 per share, including restructuring. The company also expects $2 billion to $2.3 billion in cash flow from operations for 2012. The Xerox board of directors recently increased the company's share repurchase authorization by $500 million to more than $1.3 billion. With this authorization, the company expects to repurchase between $900 million and $1.1 billion in Xerox shares during 2012.

Speaking about his plans for the Indian market, Kobayashi said, “India holds tremendous potential and is one of the fastest growing economies of the world. This year, as Canon celebrates 15 years in India, a strong focus on a sales and channel expansion will augment Canon’s image as a company that provides complete digital solutions and products to enterprise and consumer segments.”

Kobayashi’s previous appointment was as President and CEO, Canon Hong Kong where he was responsible for overseeing the company’s operations in Hong Kong, Taiwan, Philippines, Macau and Mongolia. He began his career with Canon immediately after he graduated from the Keio University in Tokyo in 1980. He has also spent a considerable amount of years working in the company’s various operations in Germany and the Netherlands. “We are delighted to have Kobayashi with us as a leader of Canon India. I am sure that being a veteran in the field, he will ensure greater momentum and growth for Canon in India. The entire 1000 member team is excited to interact with him and learn from him,” said Dr. Alok Bharadwaj, Senior Vice President, Canon India.

This comes after the company was unable to sell its 1,100 patents in an effort to sustain its cash flow. The company, however, was able to secure $950 million in debtor-in-possession financing, which will be used to pay their employees during the bankruptcy reorganization, and pay its vendors and other business partners in full. Kodak’s former business modules were divided into traditional film and photo paper products, consumer digital imaging and graphic communications, and printer equipment. Today, Kodak’s new core is photo printers, commercial inkjet presses, and workflow software and packaging. Kodak is hoping that this core business will help them boost its business by 2013, accounting for 25% of its revenue, or nearly $2 billion. No word on job cuts during the bankruptcy protection filing.

-based on an article from www.cbsnews.com,  January 19, 2012

InfoTrends’ announces the completion of a new multi-client study addressing critical issues surrounding digital front-ends (DFEs) - an important component of a digital print workflow. Digital Front-Ends: Understanding Customer Requirements and Market Dynamics is designed to help DFE vendors, RIP technology providers, digital print manufacturers, workflow management vendors, or other companies that have an interest in DFEs to navigate this market and develop products and solutions that make their customers operate more effectively and efficiently.

Based on an extensive analysis of Web surveys for 585 U.S.-based print service providers and a dozen interviews with members of the vendor and provider community, InfoTrends covers the following aspects of the DFE market: DFE buying preferences and satisfaction levels by environment, company size, and application range DFE market shares for color products by type (server versus embedded) and vendor (OEM, EFI, Creo) across duty cycle and speed range Software ownership and investment outlook;

adoption of Page Description Languages Importance and uptake of integration of DFE with other workflow solutions DFE brand preferences; fleet consistency, switching, and migration RIP technology, native PDF rendering adoption, and usage Importance of having multiple DFE choices and the importance of DFEs in the overall purchasing decision process The role of DFE in the wider print production workflow; expected shifts in the next two years Statements on hybrid and automated workflows Future DFE requirements “It does not come as a surprise that EFI is the leading provider of DFEs for the printing industry, considering its product portfolio and its many partnerships,” commented Kaspar Roos, Associate Director for InfoTrends’ Production Workflow & Customized Communications Solutions Services. “However, this research showed that vendor OEM solutions, most notably Xerox and HP, have gained ground and are serious contenders for EFI. Kodak’s CREO DFE also showed strength in commercial print markets.” Digital Front-Ends: Understanding Customer Requirements and Market Dynamics aims to provide insights in the DFE market by providing market share by duty cycle, speed breakdown, vendor and environments. Understanding customer requirements, combined with actual share data is an important mechanism to identify and justify future product investment decisions. This study is available for immediate purchase.

For more information, contact Scott Phinney at +1 781 616 2123 or e-mail scott_phinney(at)infotrends(dot)com.

InfoTrends, a Questex company, is the leading worldwide market research and strategic consulting firm for the digital imaging and document solutions industry. We provide research, analysis, forecasts, and advice to help clients understand market trends, identify opportunities, and develop strategies to grow their businesses. Additional information about InfoTrends is available on the Web at http://www.infotrends.com. Copyright 2012 InfoTrends. All rights reserved. Reproduction or reuse of InfoTrends materials is strictly prohibited without prior written consent. For media inquiries contact Donna O’Malley at +1 781 616 2116 or donna_omalley(at)infotrends(dot)com.

When workspace is at a premium and budgets are tight, small and mid-sized businesses can turn to Xerox Corporation’s new ultra compact printers and multifunction device for high quality, affordable, documents.

Standing at just over 208 mm tall, nearly the size of a standard sheet of paper, the Xerox Phaser 3010/3040 offers print speeds of 20 to 24 pages per minute (ppm). The WorkCentre 3045 multifunction printer (MFP) copies, scans, faxes, e-mails, and prints documents all in one and produces output at 24 ppm. The products are among the smallest devices in the market and are powered by Hi-Q LED print engines – the same breakthrough technology found in some of Xerox’s higher-end graphic arts devices.

“Businesses of all sizes are faced with doing more with less – and small companies are especially challenged by this trend,” said Dan Smith, Head of Integrated Marketing for the Middle East and Africa region of Xerox’s Developing Markets Operations. “The Xerox Phaser 3010/3040 and WorkCentre 3045 MFP pack the productivity and functionality punch of high-end machines, at a fraction of the size.” Little green machines

The Phaser 3010/3040 printer and WorkCentre 3045 MFP run on Xerox’s EA toner, which uses up to 20 percent less power for fusing than conventional toner. And, with only one consumable item -- the toner cartridge -- users replace just what they need. The Hi-Q LED print engine makes the products quieter and more energy efficient than comparable products using laser technology. Other key features include: Print resolution of up to 1200 x 2400 dpi, so text and graphics add impressive visual impact to every page Standard Wi-Fi networking for the WorkCentre 3045NI for convenient placement in any location in the office Simple remote management on the WorkCentre 3045 monitors print-job progress, toner-level, and provides quick access to online support. WorkCentre 6015 MFP with Wireless Connectivity Adding extra productivity to the office, the WorkCentre® 6015 color MFP is Xerox’s first Wi-Fi enabled device.

The desktop MFP combines print, copy, scan, fax and digital workflow capabilities. With its compact size and wireless feature, it can be placed anywhere in the office, maximizing space and convenience. The WorkCentre 6015 shares the same print functionality as the Xerox Phaser 6010 color printer - with print speeds as fast as 12 pages per minute (ppm) for color and 15 ppm for black and white. It also features plug-and-play setup and the ability to handle custom media and sizes, so a variety of office documents and sales materials can be easily produced. Availability and Pricing The Phaser 3010/3040 and WorkCentre 3045 are available immediately in the Middle East through Xerox direct sales and authorized sales agents The WorkCentre 6015 is available immediately worldwide through Xerox direct sales, agents, resellers and dealers.

Read more http://www.albawaba.com/business/pr/xerox%E2%80%99s-smallest-printers-ever-deliver-big-business-productivity-409482

The manufacturing facility will be for the assembly of digital multifunction office systems and services parts that will make possible the creation of a flexible production system. The company has recently bought a piece of land in Prachinburi province, Thailand, where Canon Prachinburi Thailand Ltd will be located. Due to the foreseen increasing demand for competitively priced multifunction devices has pushed Canon to secure necessary production capacity while allowing it to respond in a flexible manner. Canon plans to commence construction for the new facility in February 2012 with operations scheduled to begin in April 2013. The new company plans to employ around 1,000 employees by the end of 2013.

ILG is one of the largest cartridge manufacturers in North America and is generally recognized as the quality leader in the most challenging segments, such as color and extended-life cartridges. This initiative provides Color Cartridge providers with a certified cartridge solution for color applications. ILG’s COLOR CERTIFIED™ Cartridges Improve Color Quality Tested and certified with stringent color match testing system, the Color Certified™ cartridges include exclusive color-formulations that have been co-developed by ILG and leading component manufacturing partners. These formulations provide excellent print output performance from start to finish.

ILG’s proprietary cartridge designs include robust components that are specifically formulated to avoid wear over the life of the cartridge. This proprietary formulations improve color quality resulting in smooth color transitions and vivid color output resembling OEM color.

Stringent Certification testing protocols: Full Life Yield Testing – ILG’s commitment to yield performance through testing ensures that stated yields are met. Yields are based on 5% page coverage, and the testing is done using the ISO 19758 testing protocol for color cartridges. Environmental Testing – ILG puts all cartridges through environmental testing that measure how the cartridge will perform in 3 different environments. The environments (Low-Low, High-High, and ambient temperature) give ILG engineers the view of all possible variations that may be used in a print environment with these cartridges.

Production Run Testing - ILG commitment to excellence can be realized in a stringent quality control system that ensures product consistency and reliability. ILG adheres to rigorous core selection criteria and inspects all imaging components to ensure compliance with enhanced specifications. The ILG production process includes 100% post-testing and continuous auditing. Additionally, each production lot is sampled for field performance and reliability by destructively testing samples to ensure compliance with all product and process specifications.

ILG has added additional proprietary color testing protocols to ensure quality performance in such high performance areas as duplexing, and full color bleed printing. The COLOR CERTIFIED™ logos will be applied to and used to identify ILG’s exclusive HP JUMBO COLOR® line as well as other HP OEM alternative color product lines that have passed extra levels of quality testing assurance from ILG’s engineering group. In addition, ILG’s color cartridges incorporates the Smart Color System™, a technical advancement and engineering system utilized to enhance the overall color quality and performance.

International Laser Group
Toll Free: 800.937.2880
www.ilglaser.com

San Jose, California (PRWEB) January 17, 2012 – Businesses are increasingly emphasizing on implementing measures that can increase productivity, improve efficiency and minimize cost of their office equipment. Advent of modern office automation processes has allowed office equipment to become cheaper, faster, and more advanced, enabling offices to deliver better output and become paperless in the true sense. With improved infrastructure and advanced digitization processes, standalone equipment can now be networked with computers. As a result, companies are adopting solutions such as enhancing the flow of electronic information, shifting to A4 from A3 devices, installing multifunction products, consolidating office equipment, and implementing managed print services, to gain the most of their office environments. With an aim to minimize cost, businesses are leveraging on the expertise of equipment suppliers to enhance information flow to right-size equipment. The migration of stand-alone users to multifunction printers and growing acceptance of color enabled copiers/printers offers potential growth opportunity in the office equipment market.

The United States and Europe are mature markets for office equipment and therefore growth in these countries is expected to be relatively slow in the near future. Strong growth is expected from the developing markets of Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe, in particular China, Brazil, India, Indonesia and Russia. China represents the largest market for office equipment in Asia-Pacific, with the demand for equipment such as Multi Function Products (MFPs) increasing at a significant pace. Rapid economic growth and emergence of numerous small and medium scale enterprises is contributing to the increased demand for low-end MFPs in China. Product and technology innovations are driving global sales of office equipment.

The new products are also cost-effective, efficient, and user-friendly thereby improving business efficiency of office environment. Presently, multifunctional products, that are capable of carrying out many tasks, are becoming popular in offices and home setups. Technological advancements have also played a vital role in improving the quality and reliability of multifunction printers. Further, the development of standards for interoperability of various electronic digital devices has made it possible to develop the multifunctional products. The small office and home office (SOHO) sector offers enormous opportunities for manufacturers of office equipment. The sector accounts for a substantial portion of the demand for printers, PCs, copiers, scanners, faxes, and answering machines. While laser printers are popular with small offices, inkjet printers are popular with home offices. The market has also benefited from the declining prices of various products targeted at the SOHO sector. The increase in home office users fueled growth in the PC and telecommunications markets. Advent of powerful and flexible new computers and networking equipment provides home-based enterprises the advantage of having computing power similar to that of a large corporation. Consequently, the demand for PC and equipment, including printers, fax machines, and scanners, continues to rise among home-office users.

The research report titled “Office Equipment: A Global Outlook” announced by Global Industry Analysts, Inc., provides a collection of statistical anecdotes, market briefs, and concise summaries of research findings. The report offers an aerial view of the global industry, identifies major short to medium term market challenges, and growth drivers. Market discussions in the report are punctuated with fact-rich market data tables. Regional markets elaborated upon include United States, Canada, France, Germany, UK, Japan, Australia, China, and India, among others. Also included is an indexed, easy-to-refer, fact-finder directory listing the addresses, and contact details of companies worldwide.

For more details about this comprehensive industry report, please visit –  http://www.strategyr.com/Office_Equipment_Industry_Market_Report.asp

About Global Industry Analysts, Inc.  Global Industry Analysts, Inc., (GIA) is a leading publisher of off-the-shelf market research. Founded in 1987, the company currently employs over 800 people worldwide. Annually, GIA publishes more than 1300 full-scale research reports and analyzes 40,000+ market and technology trends while monitoring more than 126,000 Companies worldwide. Serving over 9500 clients in 27 countries, GIA is recognized today, as one of the world's largest and reputed market research firms.

Follow us on LinkedIn Global Industry Analysts, Inc.  Telephone: 408-528-9966  Fax: 408-528-9977  Email: press(at)StrategyR(dot)com  Web Site: http://www.StrategyR.com/

Partners play key role in sustaining Canon's growth targets in the region.

Canon Middle East, leader in imaging solutions, has honoured top-performing partners during the 2011 Awards, which served as one of the major highlights of the recently concluded Canon Partners Conference in Istanbul, Turkey. Organised under the theme "Power of Partnership", the awards recognised the strong contributions of Canon Middle East partners in driving Canon's strong growth performance in the region.

Over 100 partners from 45 countries in the Middle East, North and East Africa attended the Partner Conference, which was organized in line with Canon Middle East's 10thanniversary celebrations. The company presented its business strategies and objectives for 2012 during the event and conducted discussions about the important role of its partners in achieving its mission to be closer to its customers. Canon also discussed various product segments and outlined its strategy of breaking down the market further into segments, which will enable Canon Middle East and its partners to deliver the right product segments and ultimately better serve customers.

Anurag Agrawal, Managing Director, Canon Middle East, said: "Canon's ability to maintain a healthy, constructive and dynamic relationship with its partners serves as the strong foundation that allows us to maintain our market stronghold in the region. Through our partners, Canon is able to fulfil its brand promise to be closer to our customers and to reach out to more people to inspire creativity and innovation at home and in the workplace. The Canon Partners Conference and the 2011 Awards serve as a fitting tribute to the invaluable contributions that our partners have made towards reaffirming the reputation of Canon as the global leader in imaging solutions."

The winners of the B2B Awards were Diffazur Sarl (Morocco) in the Corporate Office B&W category; El Ajou Group Trading Company (KSA) in the Corporate Office Color category; Al Badri Information Technology Limited (Iraq) in the DIMS (Digital Image Management System) category; Neolt Graf (Morocco) in the LFP (Large Format Printers) category; and Salam Technical Services (Qatar) in the Professional Print category.

Diffazur Sarl, El Ajou Group Trading Company, Al Badri Information Technology and Neolt Graf were recognized for their excellent performance in increasing market share (MASH) in their respective product categories through strong market coverage. Salam Technical Services received the award in recognition of its outstanding sales achievement and performance in Professional Print.

In the B2C Awards, Salam Studio & Stores topped the Digital SLR category for its excellent performance in increasing MASH for DSLR; Ali Zaid Al Quraishi & Bros. Co won the DSC and Selphy category in recognition of both unit and revenue growth in DSC; Advanced Digital Imaging Sal won in the HD Video category in recognition of its strong focus on promoting the video category; General Electric and Trading Co. LLC was winner in the Inkjet Products category in recognition of its excellent performance in increasing MASH for Inkjet; and Sabi Systems won the award in the Laser Products category in recognition of its excellent performance in Laser through the successful launch of Sabi System Canon Club.

This year's partner conference saw Canon Middle East give away a special 10th Anniversary Recognition Award to National Store, the flagship company of JK Sons Group in recognition of its long-standing Canon partnership and for achieving year-on-year sales and MASH growth in the photo-video category. National Store has been strongly committed to achieving each year's strategy and direction in channel development, market activity and visibility enhancement in the UAE market. The President Award winner went to Ali Zaid Al Quraishi & Bros. Co, which was recognised for its all-round performance for all Sales and MASH gain in the photo video product category.

About Canon Middle East:

Canon Middle East FZ LLC (CME), a subsidiary of Canon Europe, is the regional headquarters for Canon in the Middle East, North Africa and East Africa and is based in Dubai, UAE. Canon has been represented in the Middle East for more than 40 years through distributors and partners that have successfully built a solid customer base and significant market share in the region. In 1998, Canon set up a representative office in Dubai to help partners deliver even more with additional on-the-ground support. By 2001, Canon had transformed into a full subsidiary with extensive logistics facilities, and in 2002 moved into its spacious new head office at Dubai Internet City with its rapidly growing staff. As of January 1st, 2005, Canon North Africa S.A.S. (CNA) based in Paris became a 100 per cent owned subsidiary of Canon Middle East and oversees French speaking African countries. Canon Middle East further expanded its area of responsibility to include East African markets in June 2011. CME today manages sales, marketing and technical support activities across 45 countries in the Middle East, including Saudi Arabia, Egypt and the UAE, as well as East African and French-speaking African countries.

For more information please contact:

DNA Communications P.O. Box: 191117, Dubai

T. 00971 4 3988490 F. 00971 4 3988491
E. info@dnacomm.com
W. www.dnacomm.com
© Press Release 2012

Registration ahead of time is recommended, as space is limited.

Sessions will included welcome and introductions, Jeff Hayes, president, InfoTrends; State of the Imaging Market, Ed Lee, group director; New Devices & Services for a Connected Imaging World, Alan Bullock, associate director; and Photo Merchandise & Prints: Analog Anchors to a Digital World, David Haueter, associate director.

Major PMA events coming soon:

• DIMA 2012/PMA@CES Conferences, Las Vegas, Nev., Jan. 8-12, 2012

• PMA@CES exhibits, Las Vegas, Nev., Jan. 10-13, 2012

• PPFA Convention,Mirage Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas, Nev., Jan. 29 - Feb. 1, 2012

• PSPA/SPAA Conferences, The Renaissance, Las Vegas, Nev., Feb. 18-19, 2012

• 6Sight Future of Imaging Conference New York, N.Y., June 25-27, 2012

For more information on PMA events, visit the: www.pmai.org.

About PMA – The Worldwide Community of Imaging Associations
As a professional trade association, PMA® helps the worldwide photo imaging community achieve business success and adapt to new technologies. Its commitment to members in 100-plus countries is part of an 86-year legacy that connects business owners to a network of knowledge and support. PMA furthers this purpose through the development of educational programs, marketing research, publications, and trade shows. As a not-for-profit organization, any success PMA achieves in its endeavors directly benefits the industry, providing the means to continually develop services and activities for members.

Tyson, who joined the Kodak board in 1997 refused to comment on her reason for leaving.  A Kodak spokesman had said that they are cutting on the size of their board of directors and there is no word on finding a replacement.  Reports claim that Chen and Clammer had resigned because they had “had grown frustrated with Kodak’s slow progress in turning around its operations.”

Kodak is looking at selling its digital imaging patents to increase its cash flow.  According to Reuters, unless Kodak can raise $500 million in new debt or sell its patents, it may not survive 2012.

In line with the recent launch of two new printers geared toward the consumer market, S.M. Ramprasad, Deputy General Manager, Espon India, is confident that their market share is strong across all segments, particularly the consumer market.  The two new printers are, the Epson L100 Inkjet printer, priced at Rs 8,999, and the Epson L200 Inkjet All-In-One, priced at Rs 10,999. 

At the recent annual nSolution partner engagement program, Epson also launched products targeting system integrators, corporate resellers and office automation partners.  The highlights of the new printers are high capacity ink tanks thereby increasing productivity and cutting the cost per page for the consumer.  With a set of black and three color inks, the cost per black page is 10 paise, and the cost per color page is 20 paise.

With new printers in the market, Espon is also boosting its customer service.  They currently have 181 service centers in 160 cities throughout India, and is focusing on proving on-site service to its consumers.  Epson currently has 22% market share in pan-India, and 25% in Orissa.

The Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) region mirrored worldwide trends. While page volume in Western Europe declined 1% year on year, Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa (CEMA) page volume increased by more than 14%. "In total, almost three billion pages were printed every day in EMEA. If we lay down the pages printed daily in EMEA one after another, they would reach the moon and back, or cover an area of 18 soccer pitches every minute," said Ilona Stankeova, research director, Imaging & Hardcopy Devices Research and Document Solutions, IDC CEMA.

Users continued to adopt the convenience and functionality MFPs, which helped MFPs increase their lead in page share. For laser, MFPs are the leaders in page volume but lag printers in installed base. For inkjets, MFPs are the dominant force both in terms of both page volume and installed base.

Technology Highlights

• Color laser devices recorded increases in both WE and CEMA for overall installed base growth and page growth. Page volume generated by color laser devices grew almost 16% year over year in EMEA, driven mainly by the MFP segment.

• Mono laser devices represented almost 84% of laser installed base and generated almost 773 billion pages in EMEA. In Western Europe, installed base as well as page volume generated by mono laser devices declined, as users migrated towards color devices. The CEMA region on the contrary recorded growth both in installed base and pages.

• Laser A3 devices contributed 41% of total laser page volume, despite constituting only 9% of the EMEA laser installed base.

While inkjets comprised more than a half of all hardcopy devices in EMEA, overall page volume printed on these devices was only 8%. The discrepancy between large installed base and low number of pages could be explained by users of the technology. A significant proportion of inkjet printers/MFPs is used in households or smaller companies, which have different printing needs to SMBs or large companies.

Vendor Highlights

HP retained the number one position for overall EMEA page share in 2010. Canon and Xerox retained the number two and three rankings in EMEA page share.

Additional EMEA details (technology category, sub technology category, sub technology product level) are provided in the table below.

EMEA Page Share, 2010 Vendor Ranking by Category and Sub-Category

The study, from IDC's Worldwide Page Volume and Vendor Share Program, provides total market size and vendor shares for single-function printer, MFP, and single-function digital copier (SFDC) pages (prints/copies) and installed base. Data includes installed base units and pages by technology, subtechnology, and speed (laser) for 7 regions.

Notes:

• * Digital hardcopy devices include single-function printers, multifunctional peripherals (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SFDC). This study included only mono laser devices under 70 ppm (pages per minute), color laser devices under 45 ppm, and personal through workgroup inkjets.
• IDC tracks A3 and A4 digital devices using remote monitoring tools, consumable trackers, and other data collection methods. Installed base is derived from IDC Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker shipment data and IDC proprietary retirement research.
• Developed regions include the United States, Western Europe, Canada, and Japan. Developing regions include Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan), Latin America, Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East, and Africa.

For more information about IDC's Worldwide Page Volume and Vendor Share Program, please contact Angèle Boyd (aboyd@idc.com) or Ilona Stankeova (istankeova@idc.com).

About IDC

International Data Corporation (IDC) is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com.

Users continued to adopt the convenience and functionality of multifunction peripherals (MFPs), which helped MFPs increase their lead in page share. Single-function printers and single-function digital copiers declined in page volume and share. MFP page growth showed regional variation with developing regions recording double-digit growth rates, while developed regions settled for single-digit growth.

The page-volume story remains consistent across MFP technologies with a twist. For laser, MFPs are the leaders in page volume but lag printers in installed base. Worldwide laser printers still generated a respectable 1.1 trillion pages in 2010, and registered page growth of 1.6%. For inkjets, MFPs are the dominant force both in terms of both page volume and installed base.

Color laser continued its penetration in both developed and developing regions. Developing regions had a healthy appetite for color laser pages across both printers and MFPs with double-digit growth across the spectrum. In contrast, developed regions had double-digit color laser MFP page growth of 15.5% while color laser printers registered 0.6% page growth. Affordable color and select developing economies are driving color in developing markets. Measured against the backdrop of managed print services (MPS) and workflow digitization,color remains a bright spot for vendors in developed economies. With mono laser still at 85% of the worldwide installed base, this gives color ample upside opportunity.

Technology Highlights

• Color laser recorded increases in both developing and developed regions for overall installed base growth and page growth. Worldwide color laser page volume grew 11% year over year.

• Laser A3 devices contributed 49% of total page volume despite constituting only 14% of the worldwide installed base. A4 devices are moving up in speed, reducing average print volume in the higher speed segments. Copier-based vendors (A3) will need to address this challenge, nonetheless continuing to strengthen their A4 lineups to meet growing A4 demand.

• Laser printer devices continued to transition to higher speeds across both mono and color. This trend was stronger in developed regions. One example: mono laser printer pages in developed regions grew to 575 billion from 565 billion, in spite of an installed base decline of 3.3%.

• While inkjets comprised the majority of the worldwide installed base with a 64% share, overall share decreased by 1.4% year over year. However, developing regions recorded growth of 1.5% in the installed base, expanding from 109 million to 111 million units.

Vendor Highlights

HP retained the number one position for overall worldwide page share in 2010. Canon and Xerox retained the number two and three rankings in worldwide page share. Xerox's momentum in laser pages helped it close the gap with Canon in worldwide page share.

Additional worldwide details (technology category, sub technology category, sub technology product level) are provided in the table below. 

Worldwide Page Share, 2010 Vendor Ranking by Category and Sub-Category

The study, from IDC's Worldwide Page Volume and Vendor Share Program, provides total market size and vendor shares for single-function printer, MFP, and single-function digital copier (SFDC) pages (prints/copies) and installed base. Data includes installed base units and pages by technology, sub-technology, and speed (laser) for 7 regions.

Notes:

• * Digital hardcopy devices include single-function printers, multifunctional peripherals (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SFDC). This study included only mono laser devices under 70 ppm (pages per minute), color laser devices under 45 ppm, and personal through workgroup inkjets.

• IDC tracks A3 and A4 digital devices using remote monitoring tools, consumable trackers, and other data collection methods. Installed base is derived from IDC Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker shipment data and IDC proprietary retirement research.

• Developed regions include the United States, Western Europe, Canada, and Japan. Developing regions include Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan), Latin America, Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East, and Africa.

For more information about IDC's Worldwide Page Volume and Vendor Share Program, please contact Angèle Boyd (aboyd@idc.com) or Dinesh Srirangpatna (dsrirangpatna@idc.com).

About IDC

International Data Corporation (IDC) is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com.

The combined sales totals of serial inkjet and page printer, copier, and multifunction products totaled 801,614 units in Q3, which represents a 2.4% increase compared to Q3 2010.

Strong business activities in the banking, financial services and insurance, manufacturing, IT, and the government sector contributed to this growth.  HP tops the leader board in Q3 with 51% market share, followed by Canon with 24.4% market share, Epson with 9%, and Samsung 8.5% market share.

The A4 MFP continued to be strong as HP leads at 58% market share, Canon 20.6%, Samsung and Epson at 7.6% market share in Q3.

The A3 flatbed copier MFP segment also showed positive growth of 1.4% compared to Q3 2010.  Ricoh captured 23.2% market share, Canon followed closely at 21%, and Sharp with 14% market share.

Single function devices slipped in sales, showing a decline of 12.3% in Q3.  While HP reported 46.2 % market share in this segment, overall sales declined 20.8% in Q3.  Canon reported 28.6% market share, a decrease of 12.4%.  Epson showed positive sales growth of 9.9% compared to Q3 2010, which translates to 11.1% market share.

Fuji Xerox is focusing on China to increase its sales by 67% by fiscal 2013.  They plan to double the number of dealerships and boost its sales force in China.  According to Tadahito Yamamoto, President, Fuji Xerox, “China is the world’s number one market, where there is a great demand for both high and low end products.  We plan to sell one million low-end copiers in China by fiscal 2015.”

Currently operating in 28 cities in China, the company sold Y60B ($772M) for fiscal 2010, and is aiming for Y100B in three years.  The company aims to increase its dealerships from 600 to 1,200 and expand its sales force from 700 to 1,000 in three years.  The company plans to boost its worldwide sales to 50% in the year ending March 2014, from 41% in fiscal 2010.  That means, the company plans to achieve Y1.1T in the year ending March 2014, up 13% from fiscal 2010.

At this stage, Zink Paper will only work with a Zink printer.  As far as cost of the paper, 30 sheets of 3” x 4” Zink photo paper is about $20, compared to 100 sheets of Kodak’s 8.5” x 11” at $11.25.  On the other hand, Zink says, “several attributes of the Zink paper, such as base thickness, level of gloss and adhesive backing can be adjusted.”  This means that in a few years we can expect to see Zink in several different applications.

Hong Kong, Monday, December 16, 2011 – Print-Rite Holdings Limited (“Print-Rite”) is proud to announce that Mr. Arnald Ho, chairman and founder of Print-Rite, has won the Owner Operator Award by DHL/SCMP Hong Kong Business Award 2011. The award ceremony was held in JW Marriott Hotel Hong Kong on December 12, 2011.

The Owner Operator Award recognizes Mr Arnald Ho’s outstanding managerial contribution to the financial success and harmonious operation of Print-Rite.  Throughout the years, he has provided an environment which empowers and nurtures leadership skills in company members. He has also demonstrated the abilities to take calculated risks, proactively react and adapt to a changing market, and re-strategize the organization to meet post economic challenges. His open-mindedness, determination and strong leadership skills has turned Print-Rite into one of the world’s largest vertically integrated printer supplies manufacturers.

Mr. Arnald Ho established Print-Rite Holdings Ltd. in the early 1980s aiming to become the world leader in the printer consumables supply and services industry. Along the way, he has led Print-Rite through the development of a “Zero Defect, Zero Complaint, Zero Risk” approach to stay ahead of the competition through technological innovation, and showed ongoing commitment to environmental protection. His company mission, vision, core values, business strategy and corporate strategies maintain a good balance between the interests of society, staff, shareholders and business partners through an operational model emphasizing fine quality and environmental friendly products. “As for my personal business philosophy, I conduct business in an honest manner so that I can sleep soundly at night” said Arnald Ho.

ABOUT Hong Kong Business Award 2011

The Hong Kong Business Awards were established by DHL and the South China Morning Post in 1990 with the following aims and objectives:

1) To create an annual Business Awards to acknowledge publicly the vital contributions made by individuals and by companies in maintaining and expanding the economic viability and international stature in Hong Kong and the Pearl River Delta.

2) To create an environment through which the Business Awards will encourage and sustain the region's entrepreneurial spirit, and highlight and recognize excellent standards of corporate management and governance.

ABOUT Print-Rite

Print-Rite Holdings Limited (“Print-Rite”) is a holding company for operating companies that invest in, develop, and manufacture products for the aftermarket printer consumable industry. Print-Rite’s subsidiaries provide more than 4,000 products, including ribbons, inks, inkjet printer cartridges, laser printer cartridges, toners, OPC, rollers, and chips. The aftermarket laser printer consumable products are provided by Print-Rite’s subsidiaries within an extensive supply chain network unique in this sector. From components to finished products, they all are produced in modernized and well-equipped plants accredited with ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and IECQ HSPM QC 080000 standards. Print-Rite also takes pride in the registration of over 1,600 patents worldwide by its six subsidiary companies, made possible via their substantial investment in R&D.

For more information about Print-Rite products and company information, please visit website: www.print-rite.com

"We believe most vendors have recovered from the production issues caused by Japan's earthquake and tsunami in March. While this is a good sign, the market is expected to remain flat for the remainder of the year due to growing concerns about the economy," said Phuong Hang, program manager, Worldwide Hardcopy Peripheral Trackers.

Technology Highlights

-- The inkjet market, and more specifically the color inkjet MFP market, is still the technology that holds the majority share of the hardcopy peripherals market, with over 19.6 million units shipped worldwide, 16.1 million of which were color inkjet MFP units.

-- In 3Q11 monochrome laser devices continued to rank second in units shipped (8.6 million units) with 29% share of the hardcopy peripherals market. All regions except Western Europe and Middle East & Africa saw year-over-year growth in monochrome shipments.

-- Color laser devices retained a 6% share of the hardcopy market in 3Q11 with 1.8 million units shipped. The MFP penetration at 51% and year-over-year growth of 24% for the color laser market beats these same metrics for the monochrome laser market which are 43% and 17% respectively.

Vendor Highlights

-- HP continued as the number one ranked vendor in 3Q11 with worldwide market share of 42.9% and 13.5 million units shipped. The Americas region was strongest for HP in terms of unit growth in 3Q11, with 21% year-over-year growth, followed by the EMEA and Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan)(APeJ) regions with 13% and 9% growth respectively.

-- Canon maintained its position as the second ranked vendor, with worldwide year-over-year growth of 5.2%. This performance was driven by 8% year-over-year growth in the APeJ region.

-- Epson held onto the number 3 position worldwide. Despite seeing year-over-year increase in the Americas, EMEA, and APeJ, Epson witnessed a decline of 9.4% year over year in the worldwide hardcopy market and lost one point share from a year ago to 12.6% in 3Q11.

-- Samsung strengthened its position as the number 4 vendor in the worldwide hardcopy market with 5.7% share, up one point from a year ago. The vendor grew 8.3% year-over-year and recorded shipments of 1.8 million units during the third quarter.

-- Brother rounds out the top 5 with more than 1.7 million units shipped and 5.5% share, unchanged from a year ago. The vendor's shipments grew 7.5% year over year and posted positive shipment growth in all regions except for the U.S.

        Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Market, Top 5 Vendor Shares and
        Year-Over-Year Growth, Third Quarter 2011
          Vendors      3Q11 Unit     3Q11 Market    3Q10 Unit     3Q10 Market    3Q11/3Q10
                       Shipments        Share       Shipments        Share        Growth
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        1. HP         13,457,500        42.9%      13,357,073        43.3%         0.8%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        2. Canon       5,673,319        18.1%       5,393,465        17.5%         5.2%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        3. Epson       3,945,467        12.6%       4,352,584        14.1%         -9.4%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        4. Samsung     1,798,171        5.7%        1,660,896        5.4%          8.3%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        5. Brother     1,733,795        5.5%        1,612,986        5.2%          7.5%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Others         4,736,568        15.1%       4,466,857        14.5%         6.0%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Total         31,344,820       100.0%      30,843,861       100.0%         1.6%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker,
        December 2011
        

        U.S. Hardcopy Peripherals Market, Top 5 Vendor Shares and
        Year-Over-Year Growth, Third Quarter 2011
          Vendors      3Q11 Unit    3Q11 Market    3Q10 Unit    3Q10 Market    3Q11/3Q10
                       Shipments       Share       Shipments       Share        Growth
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        1. HP          3,679,191       56.2%       3,669,906       54.1%         0.3%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        2. Canon        824,422        12.6%        898,539        13.2%         -8.2%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        3. Epson        417,365        6.4%         475,056        7.0%         -12.1%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        4. Brother      360,953        5.5%         364,582        5.4%          -1.0%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        5. Lexmark      329,558        5.0%         436,049        6.4%         -24.4%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Others          936,464        14.3%        940,767        13.9%         -0.5%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Total          6,547,953      100.0%       6,784,899      100.0%         -3.5%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker,
        December 2011
        

Notes:

-- IDC tracks A2-A4 devices in the Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals.

-- Hardcopy Peripherals include single-function printers, printer-based multifunctional systems (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Data for all vendors are reported for calendar periods.

About IDC

IDC is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com/ .

Cartridge World, the world's largest ink and toner retail chain, announced today its new online store offering discount ink and toner cartridges, office equipment and supplies. With more than 6,500 products, Cartridge World's online store offers discount pricing and 24/7 convenience -- exactly what busy office managers are looking for.

"Our new online store was created for working professionals," said Frank Case, president of Cartridge World North America. He said the company is responding to an increased customer demand and the way office managers prefer to shop. "Business customers are excited about our 30-40 percent discount. Our 100 percent guarantee is unmatched. Plus, with free shipping for a $50 order (of Cartridge World products), we're delivering the pricing and convenience customers prefer."

According to a recent Cartridge World survey of office managers, 61 percent said they would purchase Cartridge World products online, and 73 percent said they would purchase remanufactured or recycled cartridges.

The office managers also said reducing the cost of doing business and office supplies is a top priority. With free shipping for a $50 order, and the average cost of a printer toner is above $75, this means nearly every Cartridge World toner purchased online will be shipped free. For all other office supplies, equipment and furniture, shipping charges are based on real time UPS rates.

In addition to providing a 30-40 percent cost savings on printer cartridges, Cartridge World's remanufacturing technology also delivers an eco-friendly solution. Annually, the company projects keeping 10 million printer cartridges out of North American landfills. Every remanufactured toner cartridge saves nearly 3.5 pounds of solid waste from being discarded.

For complete details or to order printer cartridges online, visit www.CartridgeWorld.com .

Cartridge World is the leading ink and toner refilling retailer and franchisor in the $80 billion printer cartridge industry. Cartridge World stores offer customers a tremendous cost-saving alternative to buying new printer cartridges, offering a 30-40 percent discount over full-priced OEM cartridges. Cartridge World offers a 100-percent satisfaction guarantee. The company refills and remanufactures printer cartridges, using state-of-the-art processes and high quality inks and toners. Voted No.1 in the category by Entrepreneur Magazine, Cartridge World has more than 1,700 franchised retail locations in 50 countries. For more information call (888) 99-REFILL or visit http://www.CartridgeWorld.com

The ML-3750ND delivers corporate businesses a simplified cost effective printing solution by offering worry-free desktop printing with maximum printing performance, a statement said.

“Cost factors, reliability and productivity are becoming the key topics among corporate businesses nowadays,” said Kyuho Uhm, senior vice president of IT Solutions Business at Samsung Electronics.

“As one of the market leaders in the A4 laser printing industry, we have enhanced our award winning B2B printer portfolio with a cost-efficient solution that offers worry-free printing experience. The ML-3750ND will meet all the requirements that our customers demand of us.”

The new ML-3750 ND has been designed to be as cost competitive as it is environmental friendly through its various features. With its higher yield toner of 15K pages, companies are able to print more while reducing the overall number of toner replacements, he added.

To further enhance the cost savings, the ML-3750ND is also equipped with a One Touch Eco button. This one-touch feature automatically combines multiple pages into a single print out, saving time, paper, toner, money, and even the environment. As a result, the ML-3750ND requires fewer toner cartridge replacements and delivers a lower total cost of ownership.

The result simulator within the easy eco driver solution shows users the expected results of reduced emission of CO2, electricity, paper and toner consumption in accordance with the user’s settings. – TradeArabia News Service

The user-friendly DocuPrint 3105 can help SMBs drive time and cost savings while producing quality A3 printouts, combined with A4 print capabilities.  The high speed printing, coupled with precision image quality, make this an ideal printing solution for a busy office.  The new printer offers the lowest power consumption in its class and boasts unique Fuji Xerox ‘Toner Save’ technology to help reduce toner consumption.

David Borg, General Manager, Fuji Xerox Printers Australia and New Zealand said, “SMB customers are often forced to choose between affordability and performance.  Fuji Xerox Printers has addressed the needs of this market with the DocuPrint 3105, offering SMBs enterprise-class A3 and A4 monochrome print functionality in a value-for-money solution.”

Enterprise class features and functionality

The DocuPrint 3105 is engineered to deliver exceptional performance along with the highest print quality.  To enhance productivity for time-poor employees, the device operates at one of the highest print speeds in its class, producing up to 32 pages per minute on A4 sheets and up to 17 pages per minute on A3 sheets.  The DocuPrint 3105 also offers 1200 x 1200 image quality for SMBs who need to produce sleek business documents.  It includes image enhancement processing technology and enables razor-sharp printouts of text and graphics with ultra-high precision, equivalent of 2,400 dpi. All of this functionality is packed into a compact desktop device, designed to save valuable office space.

Reduced environmental impact

SMBs are becoming more conscious of their environmental impact, demanding print solutions that help them to operate in a sustainable manner. With this in mind, the DocuPrint 3105 has been developed with a wide range of environmental features.

The device is the top energy saving printer in its class, offering exceptionally low power consumption in sleep and operating modes. Additionally, Fuji Xerox fuser technology saves energy as well as ensuring a fast first page print out by reducing warm up time. The DocuPrint 3105 also adheres to stringent Energy Star® requirements for reduced power consumption and energy usage.

A unique ‘Toner Save’ feature has also been incorporated into the DocuPrint 3105 to help businesses minimise unnecessary waste. Organisations can choose from four toner levels, picking lighter options to print drafts or internal documents. This enables SMBs to maximise the life of cartridges, saving money as well as reducing resources consumed.

Enhanced productivity and improved user experience

The DocuPrint 3105 has been developed with ease-of-use in mind for SMB users who often operate without IT staff on site. The device is network ready ‘out of the box’ to simplify administration.  Consumables are also easy to manage with email notifications alerting administrators to toner and paper shortages. Consumables can be quickly changed by users themselves to minimise lost productivity.

To enhance further productivity, a full stack sensor is incorporated into the printer, to reduce downtime by eliminating paper jams caused by excessive amounts of paper in output trays.

Robust security for sensitive business information

All businesses house sensitive corporate data that needs to remain secure, including intellectual property, financial documents and HR records. With this in mind, the DocuPrint 3105 offers robust security features to help organisations protect confidential business information. These include a Secure Print function which temporarily holds documents in a queue on the hard disk drive until the appropriate job owner enters a pin number at the control panel. As an additional security measure the printer encrypts data stored on the hard drive and sent over the network. The device also includes a disk overwrite system, enabling administrators to clear data remaining in the device memory after printing is complete.

The Fuji Xerox DocuPrint 3105 is available now through authorised channel partners and resellers at the recommended retail price of AU$1318.90 including GST.

For further information visit www.fujixeroxprinters.com.au or phone 1300 793 769.

Among the company's key awards, Canon has been placed in the Leaders Quadrant of the Gartner Magic Quadrant for Managed Print Services Worldwide(1) report; PCMag.com Readers' Choice awards for service and reliability for the eighth consecutive year for Canon digital cameras and printers, and the first year for camcorders in a new category for 2011; and for the third consecutive year, BenchmarkPortal's(2) Center of Excellence certification, demonstrating Canon's dedication to providing the most comprehensive service and support to customers.

Additionally, several Canon products received awards from outlets including Professional Photographer, CNET, PC World, Buyers Laboratory, the Technical Image Press Association and BERTL, an independent office-equipment testing lab and business consumer advocate.

"It has always been a top priority of Canon to provide the highest quality and most advanced products and solutions, backed by the finest customer service," said Bunji Yano, senior director and general manager, Corporate Communications, Canon U.S.A. "We are very proud to have received such distinctive awards across various product lines, which proves Canon's dedication to exceptional quality and innovation."

Continuing a long tradition of quality and performance, Canon cameras and lenses were highlighted by numerous outlets and publications throughout 2011. Professional Photographer named the EOS 60D DSLR camera, the Canon EF 70-300mm f/4-5.6L IS USM Telephoto Zoom Lens and the Canon EF 8-15mm f/4L USM Wide Zoom Lens to its 2011 Hot One Awards list. The PC World Best Products of 2011 featured the EOS Rebel T3i, the PowerShot G12 and the PowerShot SX230; and the Technical Image Press Association named the Canon EOS Rebel T3i Best DSLR Entry Level and the Canon PowerShot SX230 HS the Best Superzoom Camera. CNET named the VIXIA HF G10 Best Prosumer Camcorder, while the PowerShot S95 was named Best Prosumer Compact. In addition to the Hot One Award list, the EOS 60D was the About.com Readers' Choice Awards Finalist.

Canon imagePROGRAF, imageRUNNER, SELPHY and imageCLASS printer lines and imageFORMULA scanners all received top honors from industry-leading publications and independent testing groups. For 2011, Canon printers received seven "Best" Fall, and eight "Best" Spring awards from BERTL for models from its imagePROGRAF large format printer, imageRUNNER and imageRUNNER ADVANCE multifunction system, and imageCLASS printer product lines. Professional Photographer 2011 Hot One Awards include the Canon PIXMA MG8120, Canon imagePROGRAF iPF6350 and the Canon SELPHY CP800. In addition to the Hot One Award, the PIXMA MG8220 was named to the 100 Best Products of 2011 by PC World. The Canon PIXMA MX882 Wireless Inkjet Office All-in-One was named to PCmag.com's Editors Choice for Multi-function printers along with the Canon REALiS SX80 Mark II projector. Select imageFORMULA scanners were recognized by Buyers Laboratory as Highly Recommended and Reliability Certified, including the new imageFORMULA DR-C125 Document Scanner, and the imageFORMULA ScanFront 300/300P received its Outstanding Network Scanner award. Business Solutions awarded imageFORMULA scanners its Best Channel Vendor award, and named the imageFORMULA DR-7550C production scanner as its Best Channel Product.

Highlighting energy efficiency, Canon was granted the 2011 Energy Star Award for Excellence in Energy Efficient Product Design with the imageRUNNER ADVANCE Series being recognized for reducing power consumption and carbon emissions. Buyers Laboratory awarded the Canon imageCLASS MF5880dn and Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 for "Outstanding Achievement" for Energy Efficiency.

About Canon U.S.A., Inc.

Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. With more than $45 billion in global revenue, its parent company, Canon Inc. /quotes/zigman/192225/quotes/nls/caj CAJ -0.23% , ranks fourth overall in patent holdings in the U.S. in 2010+ and is one of Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies in 2011. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes. Canon U.S.A. is dedicated to its Kyosei philosophy of social and environmental responsibility. To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss .

+Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office.

All referenced product names, and other marks, are trademarks of their respective owners.

(1)Gartner, Inc.: Magic Quadrant for Managed Print Services, Worldwide, Ken Weilerstein, Cecille Drew, 25 October 2011.

(2)The "Center of Excellence" distinction is awarded by BenchmarkPortal in conjunction with the Center for Customer-Driven Quality, founded by Purdue University.

Goldblatt accuses HP of failing to require digital signatures to authenticate software updates.  Goldblatt also references an HP commissioned study conducted back in April of 2010 --- “Think Print, Think Security”  The study reveals, “Data can be intercepted and sent to a third party using a number of methods.  Firmware on some  printers could be modified to add this ability or other special features such as a network sniffer.”  The study also suggests that, “This could be done by either uploading modified firmware or by modifying and replacing a chip on the printer’s circuit board.”  The lawsuit is asking for remedial action under the California Consumers Legal Remedies Act and the California Unfair Competition Law.

Goldblatt accuses HP of failing to require digital signatures to authenticate software updates.  Goldblatt also references an HP commissioned study conducted back in April of 2010 --- “Think Print, Think Security”  The study reveals, “Data can be intercepted and sent to a third party using a number of methods.  Firmware on some  printers could be modified to add this ability or other special features such as a network sniffer.”  The study also suggests that, “This could be done by either uploading modified firmware or by modifying and replacing a chip on the printer’s circuit board.”  The lawsuit is asking for remedial action under the California Consumers Legal Remedies Act and the California Unfair Competition Law.

This allows individuals who own an ePrint-compatible HP printer to print documents over the internet.  The enterprise platform on the other hand will support companies using cloud printing to help them manage security, and avail of the pay-per-click service.

Vatsun Thirapatarapong, IPG General Manager for HP said, “I think that the ePrint platform will have growth potential given the dynamic growth of digital content, broadband infrastructure and mobility or mobile devices, including smart phones, notebooks, and tablets.  IDC (International Data Corporation) reported that the Thai smart phone market reached 3.5 million units in 2011, and would continue to grow in 2012.”  HP also plans to focus its business in the education and healthcare sectors which will have potential benefit from this new platform.

HP’s IPG revenue grew 12% year on year for fiscal year ending in October.  HP expects double digit growth in 2012 as digital content, mobile devices and cloud printing service platform drives a demand in the market.

The researchers were able to take control of the printers, and were able to accomplish dangerous tasks, including, printing a tax return and sending a copy to a remote computer.  They were also able to easily disable the printer, command the printer to overheat its ink drying component until the unit is set on fire.  During a demonstration at MSNBC, when the printer was set on fire, a mechanism automatically turned off the printer after it produced smoke.  The research team warns that some printers might not have the same safety thermal switch. 

Before sharing this information with MSNBC, the research team informed HP and federal authorities.  HP’s Chief Technologist, Keith Moore told MSNBC that HP is taking the matter very seriously however, he added that the vulnerability “is probably not as broad as what I had heard.”  Moore said that the hack could not be accomplished with a standard print job, and that it only works on older models.  The researches argued however, that they were able to send standard print commands on both Mac and Linux computers.  They added that one of the printers used in this study was purchased last September only.  “Until we know things like whether Windows users are affected, whether this is a class or specific product issue, it is frankly irresponsible to say more.  If this turns out to be the broad (problem) that’s being discussed, we will reach out to customers and get it fixed,” Moore told MSNBC.

The researchers also said that, once a hacker takes control, the process is irreversible.  “It’s like selling a car without selling the keys to lock it.  It’s totally insecure,” Stolfo said.  “If and when HP rolls out a fix, if a printer is already compromised, the fix would be completely ineffective.  Once you own the firmware, you own it forever.  That’s why this problem is so serious, and so different.  This is nothing like fixing a virus on your PC.” Ang Cui said.  “It may ultimately lead to telling everyone they just have to throw their printers out and start over,” Stolfo added.

For now, HP recommends placing the printers behind a firewall to protect it from remote hacks, and to disable remote firmware upload capabilities on exposed printers.

Cathy Ellis, former UK Head of Dell’s printer business is now the new Head of Sales Online Partners to help develop Brother’s online partner network.  Cathy has 24 years of experience in IT channel sales, including time with Lexmark.  She reports to Andy Forsyth who joined from HP last October.

Rick Wallis, former Director of Sales at NEC IT Platform Solutions is now the Head of Sales for VAR and SI customers at Brother.  He reports for Terry Caulfield.

Nick Gosden will also be taking up a new role to help Brother strengthen future product ranges and managed print services.

According to Phil Jones, Sales and Marketing director, Brother UK, “The expansion of our sales team and the creation of the new job roles mean that we can continue to exploit profitable areas of the print market by targeting key customer groups taken from our industry insight and expertise.  We’re interested in customers with a requirement for volume printed pages, not achieving the lowest transactional cost for a printer to a customer who prints infrequently or at low volumes.  Cathy and Rick have impressive track records in the industry, and their ability to spot and act upon market trends will enable us to grow the business and in turn find ways to help resellers deliver lifetime value for their customers.

• Book publishing – 23 percent
• Packaging – 16 percent
• Photo specialty products and TransPromo – 13 percent each

• Differentiating the business – 67 percent
• Establishing new services – 65 percent
• Meeting demand without sacrificing quality – 59 percent
• Current economic climate – 45 percent

Sharp Imaging and Information Company of America (SIICA), a division of Sharp Electronics Corporation, today announced that Doug Albregts has joined the company's Imaging and Information Company of America (SIICA) as president. In his position, Mr. Albregts is responsible for directing the strategic growth and profitability of Sharp's Business to Business (B2B) operations by increasing sales via channel and resellers, expanding market share and maintaining high levels of quality and innovation.

"We are fortunate to have someone with Doug Albregts' skill set and industry experience join our organization and lead our business solutions strategy forward," said Kozo Takahashi, CEO & Chairman of the Board, Sharp Electronics Corporation. "We are looking to Doug to successfully expand our engagement with customers, resellers and developers and take advantage of the market opportunities ahead. His customer focus, deep leadership capabilities and decisiveness will be true assets to SIICA."

Doug Albregts brings vast experience in the B2B sector and a successful track record of developing sales and executing growth within the electronics industry. Most recently he was the vice president and general manager of the global prepaid and enterprise growth division at American Express. Prior to that, he held the position of vice president, enterprise business division, for Samsung. In that role, Albregts was responsible for strategy and development of the B2B and B2C growth initiatives as well as marketing and sales organizations. Albregts also held the position of vice president, general manager at Canvys, a division of Richardson Electronics, where he oversaw all aspects of the global division. Albregts began his career in the electronics industry at NEC. During his 12-year tenure with NEC, Albregts served in both marketing and sales positions culminating as senior vice president, sales, marketing and business development for both the commercial and consumer market segments.

"I'm very excited to have the opportunity to help expand Sharp's leadership in its B2B industries," said Albregts. "Sharp is recognized for its ability to engineer the industry's most innovative and intuitive products and solutions. I look forward to supporting Sharp's goals of leveraging core technologies into emerging markets and aligning Sharp's development with our customers' evolving needs."

Doug Albregts graduated from the University of Wisconsin Madison with a Bachelor of Arts degree and also holds a Masters of Business Administration degree from Loyola University Chicago.

Sharp Electronics Corporation is the U.S. subsidiary of Japan's Sharp Corporation, a worldwide developer of one-of-a-kind home entertainment products, appliances, networked multifunctional office solutions, solar energy solutions, LED lighting and mobile communication and information tools. Leading brands include AQUOS(R) Quattron(TM) LCD televisions and 3DTVs, SharpVision(R) projectors, Insight(R) Microwave Drawer(R) ovens, Notevision(R) multimedia projectors and Plasmacluster(R) air purifiers. For more information visit Sharp Electronics Corporation at www.sharpusa.com . Follow us on Facebook or Twitter and watch us on YouTube.

Sharp is a trademark of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

"Oce is excited to offer the imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9000S PRO Series. This introduction demonstrates the power of Canon and Oce technologies," said John Reilly, President, Oce North America, Document Printing Systems. "This series will provide customers with the reliability, performance and superb image quality of the imageRUNNER ADVANCE platform and powerful workflow capabilities of Oce's PRISMAsync technology."

The first imageRUNNER ADVANCE models to emerge from the joint Canon and Oce innovation pipeline, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9000S PRO Series combines high performance Canon color print technology with unique and award-winning Oce PRISMA(R) workflow technology to maximize machine running time and greatly improve CRD and print center productivity. With Oce PRISMAsync operation management, users can schedule up to eight hours of jobs at a time.

"The imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9000S PRO Series demonstrates another step in the ongoing integration between Canon and Oce by seamlessly integrating each component of the print operation to meet customer demands and deadlines," said Sam Yoshida, Vice President, Imaging Systems Group, Canon U.S.A.

The imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075S PRO delivers output speeds of up to 75 ppm in black and white and 70 ppm in color, while the imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9065S PRO prints up to 65 ppm in black & white and 65 ppm in color. The input trays have a maximum paper capacity of 9,300 sheets, and both paper and toner can be replenished on the fly to keep jobs running uninterrupted. An operator attention light signals upcoming operator interventions, such as media refills, before action is required, allowing time to help prevent a halt in production.

In addition to the devices' robust capabilities and high print quality, the imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075S/C9065S PRO multifunctional printers utilize fusing technologies and pQ toner that help reduce a customer's overall energy consumption by minimizing power requirements. To further reduce, users' impact on the environment, certain components on these devices are constructed from plant-derived bio-plastic or 100% recycled plastic from retired products.

Availability

Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075S/C9065S PRO multifunctional systems are available now from Oce direct sales offices. A variety of acquisition plans are available, including sale, lease or rental. For more information, please visit www.oceusa.com .

About Oce

Oce is one of the leading providers of document management and printing for professionals. The Oce offering includes office printing and copying systems, high speed digital production printers and wide format printing systems for both technical documentation and color display graphics. Oce is also a foremost supplier of document management outsourcing. Many of the Fortune Global 500 companies and leading commercial printers are Oce customers. The company was founded in 1877. With headquarters in Venlo, The Netherlands, Oce is active in over 100 countries and employs more than 20,000 people worldwide. Total revenues in financial 2010 amounted to approximately EUR2.7 billion. Oce is listed on Euronext in Amsterdam. For more information, visit www.oce.com .

Oce North America is headquartered in Trumbull, CT, with additional business units in Chicago, IL and Boca Raton, FL. North America represents 34% of Oce's worldwide revenues, and employment is over 8,000. For more information about Oce North America, visit www.oceusa.com . Outside the U.S., consult http://global.oce.com .

Oce and Canon: Stronger together

In 2010 Oce joined the Canon Group of companies with headquarters in Tokyo, Japan, to create the global leader in the printing industry. Canon develops, manufactures and markets a growing line-up of copying machines, printers, cameras, optical and other products that meet a diverse range of customer needs. The Canon Group comprises over 197,000 people worldwide. Global net sales in 2010 were more than US $45 billion. For more information, visit www.canon.com .

About Canon U.S.A., Inc.

Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. With more than $45 billion in global revenue, its parent company, Canon Inc. /quotes/zigman/192225/quotes/nls/caj CAJ +1.40% , ranks fourth overall in patent holdings in the U.S. in 2010+ and is one of Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies in 2011. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes. Canon U.S.A. is dedicated to its Kyosei philosophy of social and environmental responsibility. To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss .

+Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office.

Packed with color quality tools, extensive media handling capabilities and professional finishing options, the Phaser 7800 produces jobs quickly and offers precise control over colour matching, a statement said.

Printing at 1200 x 2400 dpi, the Phaser 7800 brings out fine details in images, photos and graphics.

The device is equipped with the PhaserMeter Color Measurement Device powered by X-Rite and Adobe PostScript 3, offering color accuracy print after print, saving time and money.  The Phaser 7800 has also been licensed by Pantone for optimal color reproduction of industry standard Pantone Matching System.

The 45 pages-per-minute printer handles a wider range of media weights – from 75 to 350 gsm – and more sizes than competitive printers, according to the statement.

Creative professionals can push design boundaries with heavyweight stocks for books and calendars, and non-traditional sizes for postcards and photos.  Automatic two-sided printing is a standard feature and doesn’t slow down print speeds.

Designers can put the finishing touches on their work such as professional booklet making, creasing and hole punching. The Phaser 7800 finishing options can be customized to meet specific workload and application needs.

A colour touch screen makes navigation simple – users can view toner levels and print jobs in the queue.  Green benefits include low-melt EA Toner and Hi-Q LED print engine technologies to reduce energy consumption. The heat-efficient fuser allows for start-up time of less than 15 seconds and uses less power in standby mode than conventional fusers.

Starting at $3899, the Phaser 7800 is available immediately worldwide through Xerox direct sales, agents, resellers and dealers, the statement said.

Brother is enabling resellers to capitalise on the boom in mobile devices within the SME market, with the launch of its latest range of mobile print solutions.

AirPrint and Google Cloud Print are now supported on Brother's new range of A4 all in one inkjet machines, to cater for the 57% of small business employees who are already using smartphones and the increasing number who are moving to cloud-based services. Experts predict numbers to increase by almost 50% in the next year.

The mobile features enable home workers to print emails, web pages and other documents from a range of devices, from iPad and iPhones to Google Chromebooks, without the need to install drivers, thus supporting a fully mobile experience.

Phil Jones, sales and marketing director for Brother said: "The changing way that consumers and businesses are accessing and printing information presents huge opportunity for resellers.

"Smartphones and tablets mean we are all used to accessing information more quickly and on the move. Printing has to adapt with this and the new range of solutions we are offering is designed to optimise and streamline the printing and scanning process, regardless of whether you are in the office, at home or elsewhere.

"Resellers need to show they are ahead of the trends by stocking the latest products and being able to demonstrate to customers how each solution will benefit their business."

Brother also introduces Web Connect, which enables users to connect to Google Docs, Dropbox, Facebook, Picasa and Flickr, and print or scan directly from the machine.

Together with the already popular Cortado and Brother iPrint&Scan, the new technology means Brother now offers a complete mobile print solution, regardless of the device being used.

Resellers should advise customers who have already bought compatible machines from the range that they can download the new firmware update to access the latest printing solutions. Any printer manufactured after the availability of the new firmware will be shipped with the functionality pre-installed.

topic on a global level. As a BRIC country, China is an emerging market with a massive economy that is 

booming in virtually all sectors, including technology. This has paved the way for growth in the imaging 

and printing industries, fueled by domestic consumption as well as manufacturing. If you want a piece 

of this much sought after pie, you should be at Asia Imaging Fair (AIF) Beijing.

EXPO DETAILS:
Starts: Wednesday, April 18, 2012 at 10:00 AM
Ends: Friday, April 20, 2012 at 5:00 PM

Asia Imaging Fair Exhibition Scope:
- Printers, copiers and other office equipment
- Compatible, remanufactured & renewable consumables for printers & copiers
- Ink cartridges, toner cartridges, ribbons, toner, ink & CISS
- Chips, OPC drums, various rollers, sleeves, empties and other components & materials
- Manufacturing, remanufacturing, filling, testing equipment & tools for printer consumables
- Photo paper, register paper, color inkjet paper, thermal paper & other office printing papers
- Office products and manufacturing equipment
- Technologies, information, packing and other services for printer & copier consumables

OUR SUPPORT &YOUR BENEFITS:  

Reasons you come to Asia Imaging Fair in Beijing:

Our support for your success: Your business success is key for our success, and we coordinate an 

effectively promotional activities to ensure the show is central interest to the international audiences.

BENEFITS:

1. Numerous industry trade publications to promote the target visitors International PR to different 

medias and industry associations with online portals and newsletter.

2. Worldwide multi-stages e-marketing campaigns and newsletters.

3. Online banners ads to all major industry portals, search engines.

4. Participate in all industry related trade events around global to promote. 

To conclude that we expect:   

1. Impressive raise in visitors volume - 12% increase of the visitors from the previous year. 

2. Most satisfactions to be received - 85% of the visitors had expressed their objectives accomplished 

from last year by comparing competitors, exchanging latest information, and engaging new valuable 

contacts.

3. A strong international profile, with opportunities for valuable contacts. 

4. Your business for a new second-tier marketplace that holds continuous growth potential.

5. Government purchase opportunities offered in the capitol of Beijing, where your business will enjoy 

the first-come and first-served status for any office equipments and their associated consumables. 

6. A prime networking opportunity for you to mingle with the top-notch industry seniors and stay 

connected with the decision markers.

7. Take advantage of our collaboration with 4NSHOW, one of the largest and longest running printing 

expos in the world for an opportunity to expand your business profile.

8. Power your business via this proven marketing platform to establish business relationships face-to-face and in person. 

Make Your Plans Today!

Take advantage of this newly developed platform by presenting your latest products and innovations, 

to meet existing customers demands, to make new contacts, and to break into a new market. Make 

sure your early-booking discount by contacting us online or phone or fax.  The standard deadline is 

December 30, 2011. We look forward to receiving your registration. 

You may also be interested in:

RechargExpo Southeast Asia 2012

Asia Imaging Fair Los Angeles 2012

At the Technical Conference on De-inking of Digital Prints in Grenoble, and the 19th European Ink Jet 

Printing Conference in Lisbon, experts discuss de-inking solutions.

According to a research conducted by InfoTrends, inkjet currently contributes to 7% of digital print 

volume in document printing.  However, the growth of production output is likely to increase to 13% 

by 2015 which represents a ten-fold increase in the amount of inkjet print in the waste system, 

rising from 0.05% to 0.5% by 2015.

Ingede, the body representing European de-inking mills, says that while some de-inking mills accept 

levels as high as 10%, even 2% is too high and the averages are difficult to estimate.  “You have 

huge regional variations and hot spots.  Waste paper is never average,” according to Axel Fischer of 

Ingede.  About 20 reports were presented at the Grenoble summit but Fischer is not optimistic.  

“Progress is very tough.  I did not see much to celebrate,” he said.

The DPDA (Digital Print De-inking Alliance) sponsored a study that outlined how improvements can be 

made by changing de-inking conditions.  Fischer was skeptical, saying, “everything you do for inkjet 

will reduce the yield for offset.”  He explained that the current process was developed for the 

hydrophobic ink properties of offset print, which makes up 90% of the waste going to the mills.  

Making changes to accommodate hydrophillic inkjet reduces the overall yield, and creates more waste 

because the fibers themselves are hydrophillic.  “For example, these mills process 2,000 tons of paper 

every day.  If you changed conditions so that you could process 5 tons of inkjet, then even a 1% 

reduction in yield would mean 20 tons less product and 20 tons more waste,” according to Fischer.

The more promising developments are in ink technology where some resin-based inks show good 

de-inkability, like those made by Japanese pigment manufacturer Kao.  Kao’s coated pigment inks 

coagulate to form larger particles that make it easier to lift off a substrate.  Other developments are 

pre-coated substrates, where a barrier is formed between the substrate and the ink.  Fischer also 

pointed out Xerox’s solid ink, which showed good de-inking properties.

The DPDA and Ingede are conducting a joint research but progress is very slow.  So far, there are no 

prints, no tests, and therefore no results from the joint research.

Canon Marketing Malaysia announced its brand new line of PIXMA Inkjet and imageCLASS printers 

designed to cater to customers of all sizes from enterprise users, to small and medium companies, 

to the home office.  

Out of the 17 new models, nine are imageCLASS multifunction printers designed to be more cost 

effective and energy efficient.  Other features include on-demand fixing technology, all-in-one toner 

cartridge, and many additional software suites that offer high performance scanning, copying and printing, i

deal for business owners.

ImageCLASS Multi-function printers:

· MF3010 – energy efficient, offers best features and price points

· MF5980DW – incorporates Canon’s SEND technology and Canon’s UFRII LT which accelerates 

document processing and printing

· MF4420W, MF4570DW, MF4580DW, MF8010CN, MF8080CW, MF8380CDW – ideal for the 

home office, and small and medium businesses, they come with Canon’s UFR II LT --- a print language 

which ensures reliable document management with its Load Balancing technology, which improves 

device memory management, especially when printing large documents.

· LBP7680CX – comes equipped with the Multi-functional Embedded Application Platform (MEAP)

PIXMA Printers:

· E500 – all-in-one printer, comes in Aurora Blue and Piano Black color scheme, ink-save features 

allow users to print more with less ink, quiet mode reduces operating noise

· MG8270 – ultra sleek and user friendly, wi-fi capability, cloud link service available, quiet mode 

reduces operating noise

· MG6270 – ultra sleek and user friendly, wi-fi capability, cloud link service available, quiet mode 

reduces operating noise

· MG5370 – ultra sleek and user friendly, wi-fi capability, quiet mode reduces operating noise, 

competitively priced with advanced photo printing features

· MG4170 – ultra sleek and user friendly, wi-fi capability, cloud link service available, quiet mode 

reduces operating noise

· MG3170 – competitively priced, wi-fi capability, quiet mode reduces operating noise

· MG2170 – competitively priced, quiet mode reduces operating noise

· iP4970 – competitively priced, dedicated photo printer packed with power features for the 

best photo printing, quiet mode reduces operating noise

The imageCLASS  multi-funtion printers range in price from RM538 to RM3,888, while the PIXMA 

printers range from RM258 to RM1,499.  The new printers are now available at all Canon Distributors.

A PC Advisor poll askes:  “For your home office, do you prefer an inkjet or a laser peinter?”   

Results show that 49% of home office workers prefer inkjet printers to laser printers.  This is likely due 

to the versatility of an inkjet over a laser.  While a laser can print great text, and inkjet can do the same

(although not as crisp and clear when it comes to text printing as the laser is), and print great photos 

too.  Traditionally, inkjets have been viewed as an expensive equipment to own in the long run due to 

the high cost of ink cartridges.  But modern high-quality inkjets have improved its ink efficiencies and 

is available in cartridges that are sold individually, so that you only replace the color of ink that you ran 

out of.  New features such as automatic duplexing and document feeders, high capacity trays, and 

remote printing make the inkjet popular.

Laser printers scored 31% in the poll.  Laser printers are high-speed printers and inexpensive to own 

in the long term.  They also produce better quality text compared to inkjet printers.

Respondents who own both inkjet and laser represent 14%, while 4% of the respondents say they are

not sure of the differences between an inkjet and a laser, and 2% of the respondents say they do not 

have a printer at home.  

When buying a printer, it is important to consider the type of work you do, the features of the printer 

you will use in line with your work, and the total cost of ownership.  The poll had 529 respondents in 

total.

Inkjet and laser printer sales are up 6% in the UK in Q3 of 2011, compared to third quarter of last year.

As a whole, Western Europe experienced a decline of 1% in unit sales during the third quarter of 2011 

compared to the same quarter of 2010.  Across EMEA, printer sales were down 0.6%.  The countries most

affected by the economic slowdown include Greece, where printer sales fell 35.1% in the Q3, and Spain, 

where sales are down 6.1%.  France did not show much, with only 0.2% year-over year growth for 

Q3 2011.  Germany showed 1% growth in unit sales for Q3 2011.  The positive numbers for the UK was 

boosted by all-in-one inkjet sales which show a 9.6% increase in sales.  Central Asia and Africa 

performed well, while Central and Eastern Europe saw a decline.

HP proved to be the leading vendor, capturing 44.4% of total inkjet and laser printers sold across EMEA.

HP captured 44.2% of the market share in Q3 2010.  Canon was the second largest supplier, capturing 

21.4% market share of unit sales, up from 19.1% in Q3 2010.

HANOI -(MarketWatch)- Kyocera Mita Corp., a unit of Kyocera Corp. , has started building a $187.5 million factory in northern Vietnam to produce multifunctional printers, Vietnamese state media said Friday.

The plant in Vietnam-Singapore Industrial Park in Haiphong City is scheduled to start production in October 2012, with a staff of 1,000, reported the official Vietnam News Agency.

The Nikkei reported in July that the plant will produce 150,000 units for fiscal 2012, adding that annual output capacity will rise to 4.5 million units by fiscal 2016.

Newton, MA (PRWEB) November 15, 2011

Lyra Research, the digital imaging authority (http://www.lyra.com), has released two new reports that provide worldwide forecast data and analysis for the digital imaging supplies market. The two reports—Worldwide Desktop Ink Jet Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015 and Worldwide Laser Toner Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015—are based on key findings from Lyra’s first-half 2011 Hard Copy Supplies Advisory Service (SAS) Forecast 360.

Worldwide Desktop Ink Jet Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015 explores how the desktop ink jet printer market has declined over the past two years as a result of the global recession. Changes in users’ printing habits, adoption of WiFi networks, and screen-based devices all have created barriers to market growth. Nonetheless, shipments of ink cartridges are steadily growing, partly as a result of the move away from low-end devices that often use tricolor cartridges toward higher-end printers that use single-color cartridges. All regions will experience cartridge shipment growth during the forecast period, but Latin America will lead the way with the highest CAGR, at 7.3 percent, followed by Asia Pacific.

Beginning in 2011, total worldwide revenue for desktop ink jet cartridges is projected to grow slowly as cartridge prices fall. Total worldwide desktop ink jet cartridge revenue is projected to grow from under $29 billion in 2010 to $33 billion in 2015 (see attached figure 1). Regionally, growth will be strongest in the Asia-Pacific region, followed by Latin America. North America and Europe will both exhibit less robust growth.

Specifically, the report provides vendor and regional-level data and analysis regarding ink jet cartridge shipments, revenue, and average sales prices, as well as installed base forecast figures for ink jet hardware. For more information on Worldwide Desktop Ink Jet Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015, please visit https://store.lyra.com/ProductDetails.asp?ProductCode=S1109A.

Worldwide Laser Toner Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015 discusses how the laser printer installed base bottomed out in 2010. Hardware growth is expected to resume in 2011 as a result of strong sales in emerging markets, and this in turn will create steady growth in the laser toner cartridge market through 2015. Cartridge shipment growth will be aided by a number of market changes, including the shift to color output devices, the shift to midrange MFPs for monochrome printing, and businesses’ use of short-run in-house printing for high-volume print jobs that previously were handled by commercial printers. Laser cartridge shipments will grow from 379 million units in 2010 to about 445 million units in 2015 (see attached figure 2). The highest toner cartridge growth rates will be found in Latin America and Asia Pacific. Aftermarket cartridge penetration remains low because newer color devices use chemical toner instead of mechanical (crushed) toner.

Specifically, the report provides vendor and regional-level data and analysis regarding laser toner cartridge shipments, revenue, and average sales prices, as well as installed base forecast figures for laser hardware. For more information on Worldwide Laser Toner Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015, please visit http://store.lyra.com/product_p/s1110a.htm.

“The recession took its toll on the ink jet and laser toner cartridge markets, but it is a cyclical factor and its influence will eventually end,” said Larry Jamieson, senior analyst, Lyra Research. “It is important to recognize that changes in printer-user habits, resulting from forces such as MPS engagements, WiFi networks, and greater use of mobile devices and screen-based applications, are cutting down on user page volumes and establishing market barriers. However, we do expect the imaging supplies market will experience modest, steady growth over the next few years that will be aided by the shift to color output devices and strong sales in emerging markets.”

Ordering the Reports
The two digital imaging supplies reports—Worldwide Desktop Ink Jet Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015 and Worldwide Laser Toner Cartridge Forecast, 2008–2015—can be purchased now for $950 per report. For more information about report purchasing options, please contact Sandy Tobin, client relations manager, at 617-454-2612 or stobin(at)lyra(dot)com, or visit Lyra’s online store at http://store.lyra.com.

Sign Up for Lyra’s Free Research Briefs
Sign up now for Lyra’s Hard Copy, Wide-Format, Marking Supplies, Media Supplies, Europe, and China Research Briefs, which feature forecast information and primary research data. The research briefs are delivered via e-mail approximately every quarter. Special bulletins also are distributed that contain information regarding Webcasts and events related to each of the topics in the briefs. To update your profile and add your name to the mailing list, click here http://visitor.constantcontact.com/d.jsp?m=1101693414919&p=oi and enter your e-mail address. Instructions that explain how to join the appropriate list will be e-mailed to you.

About the Hard Copy Supplies Advisory Service
The Hard Copy Supplies Advisory Service (SAS) provides product data, forecasts, and analysis on the imaging supplies industry to research professionals in the hard copy marking and media supplies industries. The service provides primary research and in-depth analysis of the supplies industry, from desktop ink jet and laser media and marking supplies to digital copier supplies and wide-format supplies.

Lyra Research: The Digital Imaging Authority
Lyra Research collaborates with imaging industry decision makers worldwide, enabling clients to strengthen their market position and achieve profitable growth. Lyra’s expert analysts and editors help clients devise and implement creative solutions to business challenges, providing them with competitive intelligence, strategic and tactical advice, news and analysis, and market forecasts.

Since 1991, Lyra’s custom research and consulting, advisory services, award-winning journals, and innovative events have set the standard for analysis of imaging hardware, consumables, and digital photography markets.

Visit http://www.lyra.com to learn more about how Lyra can be your strategic business partner.

OTTAWA, Nov. 9, 2011 /PRNewswire-USNewswire/ -- EcoLogo, one of North America's most trusted and recognizable eco-labels, announced today the release of its newly-revised printing cartridges environmental standard, which--for the first time--can be applied to both original toner cartridges and refurbished toner cartridges.

"The inclusion of original toner cartridges greatly expands the potential for environmental leadership in this product area, as our original standard focused solely on remanufactured products," says Angela Griffiths, executive director of the EcoLogo Program. "This expansion is a major step forward in helping to recognize advancements made by manufacturers of environmentally-preferable, new cartridges."

The revised standard also includes criteria for socially and environmentally responsible manufacturing. These include mandatory documentation of compliance with local, regional, and national environmental and occupational health and safety requirements, as well as proof that the manufacturer has an effective environmental management system in place.

Other additions to the improved standard include:

    --  Restrictions on heavy metals (mercury, lead, cadmium, or chromium
[VI])
        and hazardous substances that may cause the toner to pose human health
        risks;
    --  Strict limits on volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions and
carbonyl
        compounds, such as formaldehyde, to help improve indoor air quality;
    --  Strict limits on ozone and dust generation to help improve indoor air
        quality; and
    --  Criteria for packaging that require post-consumer recycled content or
        nearly complete recyclability or compostability.

EcoLogo's Printing Cartridges Standard was developed using a multi-parameter approach that identifies the most important environmental indicators from all stages of the product's lifecycle. Criteria set in this standard aim to reduce waste sent to landfills, conserve resources, and reduce impacts to human and environmental health. This standard will also help identify the top environmental performers in the market, allowing manufacturers to demonstrate their environmental leadership and providing printers, professional purchasers, and consumers with the most environmentally-preferable printing cartridges available.

The revised standard covers original toner cartridges manufactured by the original equipment manufacturer of the device, as well as remanufactured toner cartridges that have undergone disassembly of previously used toner cartridges, assembly of the reusable parts, and introduction of new or aftermarket parts.

For more information about EcoLogo's newly revised standard, certification criteria document (CCD) 039, visit www.ecologo.org, click on "Our Standards" and choose CCD-039 for Printing Cartridges.

About EcoLogo:

EcoLogo is a third-party, multi-attribute eco-labeling program approved by the Global Ecolabelling Network, an international association of eco-labeling programs, as meeting the ISO 14024 standard. Originally formed in 1988 by the Canadian Federal Government and now managed by TerraChoice, EcoLogo is now one of the most recognizable eco-labels in North America. EcoLogo is a Government of Canada official mark used under license from Environment Canada. TerraChoice is not an agent of Environment Canada. In 2010, The Program became part of the UL global network, significantly expanding its reach as a leading certifier of the world's most sustainable products. For more information, visit www.ecologo.org.

For further information: Burke Jensen, +1-202-261-2892, burke.jensen@mslgroup.com; Kate Rusnak, T: 1-800-478-0399 ext. 250, kate.rusnak@ca.ul.com Web Site: http://www.ecologo.org

Mount Laurel, NJ, (November 10, 2011) – OKI Data Americas today announced that it will present at the 2011 NJEA Convention in Atlantic City, NJ. The 157th NJEA Convention will be held at the Atlantic City Convention Center from November 10-11. OKI will be presenting, “The Power of Color Visuals in the Classroom,” which examines the positive correlation that exists between color printing and the learning environment. The interactive demonstration will be held on Friday, November 11 at 3:30 p.m. in room 401.

OKI Data Americas offers education-specific products and solutions, including a full line of end-to-end printing technologies ranging from Color and Mono MFP and single function printers to dot matrix, label and POS printers. OKI Data Americas provides specific education solutions that allow schools to offer color printing, all while controlling costs at the same time. Administrators can control printing costs with Color Access Policy Manager, create a vibrant learning experience with a School Communications Pack and optimize their printer fleet with Total Managed Print™.

“The use of color printing has proven to be a positive catalyst in the learning environment by improving students’ recollection, recognition and retention. OKI is excited to demonstrate this point at the 2011 NJEA Convention,” said Mike Garofola, Senior Marketing Manager for Channel and Education at OKI Data Americas. “It’s important for school administrators to make prudent decisions that have a positive impact on the learning environment while working within current budget constraints. OKI is committed to providing innovative printing solutions that meet both of these requirements and that benefit educators, administrators and students, alike.”

Recognized as one of the largest educational gatherings of its kind, the NJEA Convention draws teachers and educational support professionals who participate in over 300 professional development seminars, workshops, and programs to help them hone their skills and stay current in their careers. In addition to the seminars and programs designed to meet members’ state-mandated, 100 hour professional development requirement, convention-goers take advantage of the Convention Center’s huge exhibit area, featuring more than 700 vendors and exhibitors.

All OKI products are built on parent company OKI Data Corporation’s history of leadership and innovation in color printing, such as digital LED technology and Single Pass Color™. This technology allows OKI Data Americas to manufacture products that require fewer moving parts for increased reliability.

OKI provides live[i], toll-free technical support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year, with agents based in North America.

[i] Available in the US and Canada only. 

Newton, MA (PRWEB) November 09, 2011

Lyra Research, the digital imaging authority (http://www.lyra.com) will host a free, live Webcast titled On the Go: Mobile Printing Drives Consumer, Office, Enterprise, and Graphics Market Initiatives on Thursday, November 17, at 12:00 p.m. eastern daylight savings time. Ann Priede, vice president of publications; Jim Lyons, senior editor; and Christine Tuohey, editor, will present their views on the state of the mobile printing market and where this hot market will be heading.

In 2011, the mobile printing movement caught fire. Previously, mobile printing was primarily of interest to individual business travelers who wanted to print documents on the road and consumers with smartphones or tablets who wanted to print materials such as photos, directions, or receipts. Now, the demand for mobile printing has migrated into the enterprise and graphic-arts markets as the utilization of tablet computers and smartphones have become essential instruments that enable users to get work done.

“Mobile printing has been one of the most talked about trends in the imaging industry in 2011,” said Ann Priede, vice president of publications, Lyra Research. “Over the past year, Lyra’s The Hard Copy Observer has devoted significant coverage to this growing market as a result of its influence on the consumer, office, enterprise, and graphic-arts printing markets and its untapped potential. The members of Lyra’s editorial team are excited to share their thoughts on the current state of mobile printing and the new initiatives that are on the horizon.”

Mobile Printing Market Insight
In a recent survey, Lyra asked mobile workers if they have printed from their smartphones or tablets. One-quarter of the respondents said they have printed from a tablet or phone. Almost half of the respondents said they have not printed from these devices but they expect to do so. Another quarter of the respondents have not printed from these devices but do not expect to do so. A small number of respondents said they weren't sure if their device has print capability or not. (See attached chart.) To receive additional mobile printing market insight, sign up for the free Lyra Webcast at https://www1.gotomeeting.com/register/789409376.

How to Register for This Webcast
To register for the free, live Webcast, go to https://www1.gotomeeting.com/register/789409376. For those who are interested in the Webcast but are unable to attend, a Web archive will be available after the event at http://www.lyra.com.

New Lyra Mobile Printing Report
In conjunction with the Webcast, Lyra will release a new mobile printing report. This report is a compilation of articles recently published in The Hard Copy Observer that discuss different aspects of the overall mobile printing market. This new report will be available for $99.

About Lyra Research’s Webcasts
Lyra Research’s Webcasts provide attendees with engaging presentations regarding the digital imaging industry’s hot-button topics. Our Webcasts offer imaging industry executives, marketers, and analysts an accessible and informal resource for insightful and useful data points regarding timely issues in the hard copy hardware and supplies industries. No special software is needed to attend the Webcast.

Lyra Research: The Digital Imaging Authority
Lyra Research collaborates with imaging industry decision makers worldwide, enabling clients to strengthen their market position and achieve profitable growth. Lyra’s expert analysts and editors help clients devise and implement creative solutions to business challenges, providing them with competitive intelligence, strategic and tactical advice, news and analysis, and market forecasts.

Since 1991, Lyra’s custom research and consulting, advisory services, award-winning journals, and innovative events have set the standard for analysis of imaging hardware, consumables, and digital photography markets.

Visit http://www.lyra.com to learn more about how Lyra can be your strategic business partner.

Products are judged by a panel of independent industrial designers, engineers and members of the media to honor outstanding design and engineering in cutting-edge consumer electronics products.

"Innovation is at the heart of Kodak's product development, and we appreciate this recognition of our teams' efforts to deliver the best possible imaging and printing solutions to customers," said Pradeep Jotwani, President, Consumer Digital Imaging Group, Chief Marketing Officer and Senior Vice President, Eastman Kodak Company.

The new HERO 9.1 All-in-One Printer featuring Google Cloud Print(TM) and KODAK Email Print Service represents the latest innovation in the company's consumer inkjet portfolio, marrying effortless connectivity with Kodak's unique combination of high quality output and affordable ink. Designed for active lifestyles, Kodak's credit-card sized PLAYFULL Waterproof and rugged PLAYSPORT/Zx5 are the latest advancements in the company's popular pocket video camera line. Both cameras record high quality HD video that is easy to share to social networks and email with Kodak's exclusive Share Button.

These winning products will be displayed in Kodak's booth #31400, South Hall at the International CES, January 10-13, 2012.

About Kodak

As the world's foremost imaging innovator, Kodak helps consumers, businesses, and creative professionals unleash the power of pictures and printing to enrich their lives.

To learn more, visit www.kodak.com and follow our blogs and more at www.kodak.com/go/followus .

More than 75 million people worldwide manage, share and create photo gifts online at KODAK Gallery--join today at www.kodakgallery.com .

Choose from the widest selection of KODAK Digital Cameras, All-in-One Inkjet Printers, Pocket Video Cameras and more at http://store.kodak.com .

(C) Kodak, 2011. KODAK, HERO, PLAYFULL and PLAYSPORT are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

SOURCE: Eastman Kodak Company

        
        Kodak: 
        Financial Media: 
        Christopher Veronda, +1-585-724-2622 
        christopher.veronda@kodak.com 
        or 
        Trade Media: 
        Krista Gleason, +1-585-724-5952 
        krista.gleason@kodak.com 
        or 
        Jacqueline Mangione, +1-585-724-0732 
        jacqueline.mangione@kodak.com

Kuala Lumpur, November 4 --- Canon Marketing Malaysia, CEO Melvyn Ho, expects a 23% growth in 

revenue next year, where 30% of that will come from its printer division.  Ho believes this is achievable 

through the launch of 17 new laser jet and inkjet printers. While the tsunami in Japan and the floods in 

Thailand made Canon fall short of its forecast for the year, (from RM900 million to about RM800 million), 

Ho is optimistic of a recovery as it has moved its operations to its Japan and Vietnam printer factories.  

One factory is still operating in Thailand.

Based on the statistics from the International Data Corporation (IDC) Malaysia Report for the first half of 

2011, Canon has 57% of the market share in the inkjet all-in-one category, 60.6% share in the inkjet 

single function printer, and 45% in the laser single function category.

Canon Pixma printers are priced between RM258 and RM1,499.  Canon Image Class printers are between 

RM538 and RM4,888, and the Canon Pixma E500 is a high-capacity black ink cartridge capable of 

printing up to 800 pages on a single tank.

Kodak is under pressure to sell patents after announcing its third quarter losses amounting to US$222 million.  

Slow digital camera and film sales contributed to the slump.  Consumer digital imaging sales fell 38% 

to US$408 million as Kodak introduced higher priced cameras to compete with smartphones and video 

cameras.  Film group sales fell 10% to US$389 million.  Kodak’s workforce has dropped from 72,000 in 2002, 

to under 19,000 currently.

On the other hand, Kodak expects the consumer printer division to become profitable in the current quarter, 

with home photo printers, high speed commercial inkjet presses, and workflow software and packaging as 

Kodak’s new core business.  Since July, Kodak has been looking into its portfolio of more than 1000 digital i

maging patents, which many believe could fetch US$2 billion to US$3 billion.

Kodak is under pressure to sell patents after announcing its third quarter losses amounting to US$222 million.  

Slow digital camera and film sales contributed to the slump.  Consumer digital imaging sales fell 38% 

to US$408 million as Kodak introduced higher priced cameras to compete with smartphones and video 

cameras.  Film group sales fell 10% to US$389 million.  Kodak’s workforce has dropped from 72,000 in 2002, 

to under 19,000 currently.

On the other hand, Kodak expects the consumer printer division to become profitable in the current quarter, 

with home photo printers, high speed commercial inkjet presses, and workflow software and packaging as 

Kodak’s new core business.  Since July, Kodak has been looking into its portfolio of more than 1000 digital i

maging patents, which many believe could fetch US$2 billion to US$3 billion.

Starting this fall, HP will try a different approach in getting its ink to its customers --- delivery 

service by subscription.  Customers will be able to save 50% of the price with their monthly subscription. 

With competition out there from generic and cheaper ink, and at about $20 or more per cartridge, 

HP believes that customers will use HP ink when it is delivered automatically to its customers, instead of 

buying individually.  Although pricing details were not discussed, HP plans to charge $5.99 to $10.99 per 

month for its ink subscriptions, which includes shipping.

Hewlett-Packard opens printer service centers in areas of Thailand to service those affected by the 

floods.  HP’s commitment to customer service will make support available across all segments affected by 

the disaster, covering  the consumer, commercial and enterprise groups, to help reduce the hassle of printer 

repairs and maintenance.  HP will service Inkjet and Laser printers damaged by the floods, including those 

within and outside the warranty period.  HP is doing this “to reaffirm that our commitment to customers 

is our top priority,” said Vatsun Thirapatarapong, General Manager of Imaging and Printing Group, 

Hewlett-Packard, Thailand.

Fotospeed introduces a new solution for the Epson R3000 ----------the Tubeless Inkflow system.  

Using the same concept for the Pro 3800 and 3880 that use refillable cartridges, the new system 

eliminates the tubing required to stop the inflow of air.  Cartridges can be easily refilled using the 

supplied filling kit.  This new system is so easy to use that all you have to do is remove the cartridge, 

refill, reset the chip and plug it back into the printer.

The Fotospeed Tubeless refill kit comes with the following:

- £1080 worth of of Epson ink (45, 25 ml. cartridges)

- £40 worth of sample paper pack 

- 9 Fotospeed Inkflow carts

- 9 125 ml. Fotospeed Pigment ink

- 1 Ink Transfer Kit (9 syringes, 9 adaptors)

- 1 30 sheet Fotospeed A3 trial pack 

- Instruction manual

The Fotospeed Tubeless Inkflow for the Epson R3000 is available now available for £249.99.  F

otospeed claims that this new system can save up to 85% on the cost of ink compared to OEM.  

The standard price for the R3000 is £24.35 per cartridge or £219.15 for the full set.  The Epson R3000, 

which contains 2.27 times more ink, was unveiled earlier this year as an upgrade to the R2880.  

TRUMBULL, Conn., Nov 07, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- Oce, a Canon Group Company and an international leader in digital document management, today announced the Document Printing Systems division of Oce North America has begun selling the Canon imageRUNNER 1700 Series of monochrome, multifunctional office devices. These compact, yet effective systems will easily integrate with existing MFP and printer fleets and allow users to control their devices in a flexible and convenient print solution.

"The imageRUNNER 1700 Series offers customers using single-function devices and 30 to 55 page-per-minute (ppm) MFPs more flexibility in consolidating their printing, scanning and copying needs to a solution featuring outstanding quality and features," said John Reilly, President, Oce North America, Document Printing Systems. "With greater functionality and easy accessibility, these models are an ideal fit for mid to high-volume work groups and managed print environments."

With a compact footprint, the imageRUNNER 1700 Series offers big productivity with fast, high-quality output, finishing and secure printing. Scan functions supporting send to email, i-fax, SMB and FTP destinations allow easy document distribution to back-end applications and document management systems. In addition, Canon's common desktop print drivers and management tools automatically detect the available features of each system, making it easy for users to access the full power of each device.

"Offering Canon's innovative imaging technology and reliability, the compact imageRUNNER 1700 Series is a powerful solution for managing the print needs of high-volume workgroup and managed print environments," said Sam Yoshida, vice president and general manager, Canon U.S.A., Inc.

For better management and device control, the imageRUNNER 1700 Series features powerful centralized management tools and remote access utilities. Users and administrators can securely access a single device over a network via a standard web browser through a remote user interface. And large numbers of devices can be managed via the complementary imageWARE Enterprise Management Console web-based application. As a result, administrators can view the status of systems and consumables and adjust configurations from across the network.

For more robust management and device control, the imageRUNNER 1700 Series comes standard with the ability to support both uniFLOW and Serverless Secure Printing. The Series can seamlessly integrate into a full uniFLOW-powered solution providing customers with controls and extensive reporting for better device and user management, cost management, device access, intelligent print routing, follow me printing and additional security features uniFLOW provides.

The imageRUNNER 1700 Series comprises six models with base and "iF" configurations. These models are the imageRUNNER 1750iF/1750, printing at up to 52 ppm (letter); the imageRUNNER 1740iF/1740, printing up to 42 ppm (letter) and the imageRUNNER 1730iF/1730, printing up to 32 ppm (letter).The "iF" models feature PCL 5e/6, PostScript 3 Emulation, a fax line and the ability to create searchable PDFs as standard features. Those features are optional on the base models. In addition, all six models come standard with secure printing capabilities, which can be set to require a password to release print jobs.

All of the imageRUNNER 1700 Series products are equipped with a tilting 5.7" LCD touch screen, a 550-sheet paper cassette that automatically detects paper size, a 100-sheet stack bypass tray and 1,200 dpi native print resolution. For more advanced paper handling, three additional 550-sheet paper cassettes can be added, providing up to 2,300 total input capacity and an optional compact finisher will quickly produce stapled sets. The Series' high-yield imaging drums and toner provide greater uptime and higher productivity.

Availability

The Canon imageRUNNER 1700 Series models are available now from Oce direct sales offices. A variety of acquisition plans are available, including sale, lease or rental. For more information, please visit www.oceusa.com .

About Oce

Oce is one of the leading providers of document management and printing for professionals. The Oce offering includes office printing and copying systems, high speed digital production printers and wide format printing systems for both technical documentation and color display graphics. Oce is also a foremost supplier of document management outsourcing. Many of the Fortune Global 500 companies and leading commercial printers are Oce customers. The company was founded in 1877. With headquarters in Venlo, The Netherlands, Oce is active in over 100 countries and employs more than 20,000 people worldwide. Total revenues in financial 2010 amounted to approximately EUR2.7 billion. Oce is listed on Euronext in Amsterdam. For more information, visit www.oce.com .

Oce North America is headquartered in Trumbull, CT, with additional business units in Chicago, IL and Boca Raton, FL. North America represents 34% of Oce's worldwide revenues, and employment is over 8,000. For more information about Oce North America, visit www.oceusa.com . Outside the U.S., consult http://global.oce.com .

Oce and Canon: Stronger together

In 2010 Oce joined the Canon Group of companies with headquarters in Tokyo, Japan, to create the global leader in the printing industry. Canon develops, manufactures and markets a growing line-up of copying machines, printers, cameras, optical and other products that meet a diverse range of customer needs. The Canon Group comprises over 197,000 people worldwide. Global net sales in 2010 were more than US $45 billion. For more information, visit www.canon.com .

About Canon U.S.A., Inc.

Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. With more than $45 billion in global revenue, its parent company, Canon Inc. /quotes/zigman/192225/quotes/nls/caj CAJ -2.63% , ranks fourth overall in patent holdings in the U.S. in 2010+ and is one of Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies in 2011. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes. Canon U.S.A. is dedicated to its Kyosei philosophy of social and environmental responsibility. To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss .

+Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office.

All referenced product names, and other marks, are trademarks of their respective owners.

SOURCE: Oce North America

        
        Oce North America 
        Jesse Smolin, 203-365-6131 
        Document Printing Systems 
        jesse.smolin@oce.com 
 
www.oce.com         

MINNEAPOLIS — (November 2011) — Katun Corporation, one of the world’s leading alternative suppliers to the office equipment industry, is pleased to introduce Katun® Business Color toner for use in Sharp MX 2300N/2700N & 3501N/4501N-series applications. These toners offer OEM-equivalent print quality, yields, and overall performance, as well as excellent color reproduction, including hue, chroma and gloss.

“Adding to our very successful Katun® color toners for use in Canon, Konica Minolta, Ricoh and Toshiba, these Katun® toners, our first color toners for Sharp machines, represent the latest products in Katun’s growing line of high-quality color toners for use in the most popular applications,” says Joseph C. Wagner, Katun’s vice president of marketing. “We estimate over 10 billion pages have already been produced using Katun® color toners, and the launch of this toner strengthens Katun’s tradition of providing excellent color quality for business and office environments. Customers will be delighted by the outstanding color reproduction and print performance, featuring OEM-equivalent image density, overall print quality and yields plus significant cost savings versus the OEM toner.”

The proven performance of Katun’s rapidly growing color portfolio confirms a dedication to delivering high-quality products. These Katun® toners have been tested and approved for forward and reverse compatibility with OEM toners, and can be used with, and installed before or after, OEM toners, with no degradation in copy quality. Learn more about Katun’s color offering at our Color Value(http://www.katun.com/why-katun/color-value/) page.

These Katun® Business Color toners may be ordered via the Katun Online Catalogue – Katun’s one-stop Internet resource that allows registered customers to locate and order thousands of Katun® products while accessing real-time information about their orders and accounts. Customers can access the Katun Online Catalogue at www.katun.com.

About Katun Corporation

Headquartered in Minneapolis, Katun Corporation is one of the world’s leading suppliers of OEM-compatible imaging supplies, photoreceptors, fuser rollers, parts and other select products and services for the office equipment industry. With more than 30 years of expertise, the privately held Katun now serves more than 16,000 customers in more than 135 countries. For more information, visit Katun online at www.katun.com.

"These findings bode well for a print industry that has had difficulty generating profits and is always looking for new revenue opportunities," said Jonathan Bees, research director, Hardcopy Device Usage. "Documents like medical claim forms and new account applications, once squarely in the monochrome domain, are now finding their way to color devices, enhancing their overall effectiveness, and generating increased profits."

Reducing Costs and MPS

Companies undergoing initiatives to reduce costs in print/copy/fax infrastructure, both with and without outsourcing and optimization, reported higher color usage levels than both the overall survey average and the rate for companies not reducing costs. This finding is consistent with IDC research which shows that managed print environments result in higher color use as pages from other print service providers or parts of the company are brought under contract as part of a cost reduction strategy.

Additional findings from IDC's survey include the following:

-- Color usage is directly correlated to company size; the larger the company, the higher the color usage

-- Color usage is directly correlated to the workgroup size using the device; the larger the workgroup sharing the device, the higher the color usage

-- Manufacturing topped the list of industry verticals for overall color usage

-- Marketing was the top department for overall color usage

-- The top brands for color usage were Epson, Brother, Xerox, and Konica Minolta

The IDC study, Hardcopy Device Usage -- Color Usage Trends (IDC #230754), is based on a survey of 1,480 end-users in the U.S. and was conducted by IDC's Hardcopy Device Usage research practice. The survey covers end-user behavior around printing, scanning, copying, and faxing. This study is the sixth in a series and focuses on color usage trends and the applications that are driving color print volume. It examines these applications in terms of the leading document types behind increased color print volume and also looks at correlations to company size, departments, industry verticals, brand, and device type. The appendix describes the detailed and comprehensive way in which the 2010 survey data is available and will be analyzed in forthcoming research.

To purchase this study, please contact IDC Sales at 508-988-7988 or sales@idc.com.

About IDC

International Data Corporation (IDC) is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com .

All product and company names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

SOURCE: International Data Corporation

        
        IDC 
        Jonathan Bees, 860-657-2231 
        jbees@idc.com 
        or 
        Michael Shirer, 508-935-4200 
        press@idc.com

ROCHESTER, N.Y., Nov 03, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- --Company's Core Digital Growth Businesses, as a Group, Grew Revenue 13%, Led by a 44% Increase in Consumer Inkjet Printers and Ink, and an 89% Increase in Packaging;

--Total Digital Operating Profitability Improved, Led by $53 Million Year-Over-Year Increase in Consumer Digital Imaging Group, Excluding Year-Ago Non-Recurring Patent Licensing Revenue;

--Company Updates Full-Year Financial Targets

Eastman Kodak Company /quotes/zigman/225448/quotes/nls/ek EK -1.79% today reported steady progress toward becoming a profitable and sustainable digital company as third-quarter digital earnings improved, excluding non-recurring patent licensing revenue in the prior-year period, and sales increased in its core digital growth businesses. Total company revenue declined largely because of lower sales of traditional products, a planned reduction in digital camera sales, and the absence, compared to the year-ago period, of significant non-recurring patent licensing revenue.

Third-quarter sales were $1.462 billion, a 17% decrease from the year-ago quarter or only 5% when excluding the benefit of a $210 million non-recurring patent licensing transaction in the year-ago period. Third-quarter digital revenue grew 3% excluding that year-ago intellectual property revenue and a 25% decline in the company's Digital Cameras & Devices business, which reflects the strategic decision this year to trade revenue for improved earnings. Revenue from the core digital growth businesses -- Consumer and Commercial Inkjet, Workflow Software & Services, and Packaging Solutions -- increased 13%, fueled by 44% revenue growth in Consumer Inkjet printers and ink, and 89% revenue growth in Packaging Solutions. The revenue decline rate for the company's Film, Photofinishing and Entertainment Group slowed to 10% in the third quarter.

On the basis of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), the company reported a third-quarter loss from continuing operations of $222 million, or $0.83 per share, compared with a loss from continuing operations on the same basis of $43 million, or $0.16 per share, in the year-ago period. The results largely reflect the absence of sizable patent licensing revenue in this year's third quarter versus the year-ago period and the continued secular decline of traditional products partially offset by better operating performance, excluding non-recurring intellectual property revenue, in the company's digital businesses.

Non-operational items of net benefit in the third quarter of 2011 totaled $2 million after tax, or $0.00 per share, primarily due to tax-related items, substantially offset by restructuring charges, impairments, and corporate components of pension and other post-employment benefit costs. Non-operational items of net expense in the third quarter of 2010 totaled $13 million after tax, or $0.05 per share, primarily due to restructuring charges and tax-related items, partially offset by corporate components of pension and other post-employment benefit costs. (Please refer to the attached Non-Operational Items table for more information.)

"More than anything, the results of this quarter reflect our continued progress toward establishing digital growth businesses that will form the nucleus of a new Kodak," said Antonio M. Perez, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Eastman Kodak Company. "In Consumer Inkjet, ink gross profit dollars doubled in the third quarter and year-to-date. Our installed base of printers is now sufficiently large that we expect to meet a key milestone in the fourth quarter -- achieving positive gross profit for this business as a whole, driven by ink gross profit. Packaging Solutions sales increased 89% in the quarter and more than 130% year-to-date. In Commercial Inkjet, revenue for the entire PROSPER product line rose 40% in the third quarter, and we anticipate that revenue recognition for PROSPER presses will accelerate in the fourth quarter, based on installations already in the field and continued success in the marketplace. That said, we continued to incur higher-than-planned start-up costs for PROSPER systems in the third quarter and associated delays in revenue recognition, while demand declined for legacy VERSAMARK inkjet presses. Of particular note is that customers of the PROSPER press are beginning to place additional orders as they experience the revolutionary value proposition of offset-class quality and productivity combined with the flexibility and speed of digital.

"As for our cash-generating businesses, the digital product lines, led by Digital Cameras & Devices, significantly improved their cash and earnings performance in the quarter on an operational basis, and we expect the improved performance to continue in the fourth quarter and through 2012," Perez said. "Our traditional business also generated a profit despite significant headwinds from high raw material costs, especially silver.

"We now expect to end the year with as much as $1.4 billion in cash, before any proceeds from the sale of our digital imaging patent portfolios, reflecting the company's seasonal generation of cash in the fourth quarter," Perez said. "Remember as well that the eventual sale of our digital patent portfolios will materially increase our cash balance and help to accelerate our efforts to complete the transformation. What's more, 2011 represents the peak year for cash usage by our business units during this transformation. In 2012, we expect cash usage attributed to the operating businesses to decline notably, stemming from significant profitability improvements in consumer and commercial inkjet as well as digital cameras. We remain confident that we are creating a digital Kodak that will help our customers grow their business through high-quality and innovative products and services. We continue to make progress against that goal, and we look forward to reporting additional progress in the months ahead."

Other third-quarter 2011 details:

-- Excluding the prior-year non-recurring patent licensing revenue and certain higher raw material costs, Gross Profit improved 3 percentage points. On a GAAP basis, Gross Profit was 14% of sales, as compared to 27% of sales in the year-ago period. This decrease in margin was primarily driven by the timing of the patent licensing revenue, increased raw material costs, partially offset by improvement in the gross margins of the company's strategic growth businesses as a group.

-- Operating expenses, on a GAAP basis, continue to decline as a result of company-wide cost reductions: -- Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) expenses were $284 million, a $29 million decline from the prior-year quarter.

-- Research and Development (R&D) expenses were $68 million, a $14 million decline from the prior-year quarter.

-- Primarily reflecting the timing of patent licensing revenue, third-quarter 2011 cash usage, before restructuring payments, was $189 million, compared with the cash generation of $123 million in the year-ago quarter. This corresponds to net cash used in continuing operations from operating activities on a GAAP basis of $191 million in the third quarter, compared with net cash generated in continuing operations from operating activities on a GAAP basis of $140 million in the third quarter of 2010, which included $269 million from non-recurring intellectual property licensing receipts.

-- Kodak held $862 million in cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2011.

Segment sales and earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, and other income and charges (segment earnings from operations), are as follows:

-- Reflecting the strategic decision this year to focus on earnings in the digital camera market and to accept lower camera revenue, Consumer Digital Imaging Group third-quarter sales were $408 million, compared with $664 million in the prior-year quarter. This decline also reflects the timing of patent licensing revenue, which was partly offset by growth in the Consumer Inkjet business. Excluding the year-ago patent licensing revenue, the segment's results improved by $53 million, reflecting the continued growth of ink gross profit within Consumer Inkjet, reduced operating costs stemming from the participation choices in Digital Cameras & Devices, as well as improved operational performance across the entire group. The segment's third-quarter loss from operations was $90 million, compared with earnings of $67 million in the prior-year quarter, which included the benefit of the non-recurring patent licensing revenue.

-- Graphic Communications Group third-quarter 2011 sales were $665 million, a 1% increase over the prior-year period. The third-quarter loss from operations for the segment was $55 million, compared with a loss of $35 million in the year-ago quarter. The results primarily reflect start-up costs to support growth opportunities in Commercial Inkjet, unfavorable price/mix for digital plates, and increased raw material costs.

-- Film, Photofinishing and Entertainment Group third-quarter sales were $389 million, a 10% decline from the year-ago quarter, driven by continuing industry-related volume declines. Third-quarter earnings from operations for the segment were $15 million, compared with earnings of $28 million in the year-ago period. This decrease in earnings was primarily driven by significantly increased raw material costs, particularly silver, and industry-related declines in volumes, largely offset by cost reductions and price actions across the segment.

Update on Intellectual Property Activities

As the company has previously discussed, Kodak's intellectual property strategy has three goals: To provide the company with design freedom to develop and introduce innovative new products, to provide access to new markets and new partnerships, and to generate income and cash.

In recent years, in keeping with that strategy, the company has actively monetized its intellectual property through a series of individual transactions as a way to fund its digital transformation. Throughout this period, as previously discussed, the company has also contemplated, at an appropriate point in time, shifting its monetization approach. Given the recent trends in the IP marketplace, and a heightened demand for premier intellectual property portfolios, now is the appropriate time to make this change. As a result, the company announced in July its intention to explore strategic alternatives for approximately 1,100 U.S. digital imaging patents, which represent about 10% of its patent portfolio and which are not core to its future. The company is pleased with the progress and level of interest in the portfolios. When the sale of these portfolios does occur, the company anticipates the proceeds will materially increase its cash balance.

The company's updated outlook, detailed below, does not include any income or cash flow from the sale of its digital imaging patent portfolios, nor does it contemplate any resolution of the intellectual property litigation currently before the U.S. International Trade Commission. The company remains confident that it will ultimately prevail in its current litigation involving Apple and Research In Motion.

2011 Outlook

-- For the full year, the company now expects its total revenue to be in the range of $6.3 billion to $6.4 billion. Previously, the company forecasted full-year revenue to be in the range of $6.4 billion to $6.7 billion.

-- Kodak continues to build the scale of its digital growth businesses -- Consumer and Commercial Inkjet, Workflow Software & Services, and Packaging Solutions -- and now expects to achieve 2011 full-year aggregate revenue growth from these businesses of approximately 25%. Previously, the company forecasted aggregate full-year revenue growth in a range of 30% to 40%.

-- Kodak now expects 2011 segment losses to be closer to $300 million, which is within the previously forecasted segment loss range of $100 million to $300 million. On a GAAP basis, the company now expects earnings from continuing operations before interest expense, other income (charges), net, and income taxes in the range of a negative $300 million to negative $400 million, reflecting lower earnings and lower gains on asset sales. Previously, the company forecasted GAAP earnings in the range of $50 million to negative $150 million.

-- Kodak is now targeting a 2011 loss from continuing operations in the range of $400 million to $600 million. Previously, the company forecasted a loss in the range of $200 million to $400 million.

-- The company now expects a year-end cash balance of $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion, excluding the proceeds of any sale of its digital imaging patent portfolios. Previously, the company forecasted a year-end cash balance of $1.6 billion to $1.7 billion. The company continues to expect $250 million to $350 million in cash this year from intellectual property licensing transactions. The company now expects proceeds from sales of non-core assets to be approximately $200 million.

The outlook detailed above reflects, on the revenue and earnings side, the impact of slowing economic momentum globally; the strategic decision to trade digital camera revenue for improved profitability; lower demand than previously forecasted for digital plates; lower growth, in the aggregate, for the four digital growth businesses; and higher than planned start-up costs for the PROSPER press platform. The updated cash outlook excludes the proceeds of any sale of the company's digital imaging patent portfolios, as well as lower than planned earnings and the delay in the timing of proceeds from asset sales.

Form 10-Q and Conference Call Information

The Management Discussion & Analysis document is included as part of the company's Form 10-Q filing. You may access this document one of two ways:

1) Visit Kodak's Investor Center page at: www.kodak.com/go/invest and click on SEC filings

2) Visit the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission EDGAR website at: www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml and access Eastman Kodak under Company Filings

In addition, Antonio M. Perez and Kodak Chief Financial Officer, Antoinette P. McCorvey, will host a conference call with investors at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time today. To access the call, please use the direct dial-in number: +1 480-629-9771, conference ID 4474312#. There is no need to pre-register.

The call will be recorded and available for playback by 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time on Thursday, November 3, by dialing +1 303-590-3030, access code 4474312#. The playback number will be active until Thursday, November 10, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

For those wishing to participate via the webcast, please access our kodak.com Investor Relations webpage at: http://www.kodak.com/go/invest . The webcast audio will be archived and available for replay on this site approximately one hour following the live broadcast.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

Certain statements in this document may be forward-looking in nature, or "forward-looking statements" as defined in the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. For example, references to the Company's expectations regarding the following are forward-looking statements: revenue; revenue growth; gross margins; earnings; cash generation and usage; gross profit; demand for our products, including commercial inkjet, consumer inkjet, workflow software and packaging printing solutions; potential revenue, cash and earnings from intellectual property licensing and the potential outcome of intellectual property infringement litigation; liquidity; potential proceeds from asset sales and from the potential sale of our digital imaging patent portfolios; and the global economic environment.

Future events or results may differ from those anticipated or expressed in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, among others, the following risks, uncertainties, assumptions and factors as described in more detail in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011, and September 30, 2011, under the headings "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Cautionary Statement Pursuant to Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Litigation Reform Act of 1995" and in other filings the Company makes with the SEC from time to time:

-- Whether we can generate or raise cash and maintain a cash balance sufficient to fund our continued investments, capital needs, restructuring payments and service our debt;

-- Whether we can raise sufficient proceeds from the sale of non-core assets and the potential sale of our digital imaging patent portfolios within our plan;

-- Whether we are successful in licensing and enforcing our intellectual property rights on which our business depends, or if third parties assert that we violate their intellectual property rights which could adversely affect our revenue, earnings, expenses and liquidity;

-- The competitive pressures we face which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margins and market share;

-- Whether our commercialization and manufacturing processes fail to prevent product reliability and quality issues which could adversely affect our financial results, harm our reputation and delay product launch plans;

-- Whether we are successful with the strategic investment decisions we have made which could adversely affect our financial performance;

-- Whether we effectively anticipate technology trends and develop and market new products to respond to changing customer preferences which could adversely affect our revenue, earnings and cash flow;

-- Continued weakness or worsening of economic conditions which could continue to adversely affect our financial performance and our liquidity;

-- Whether we are successful in attracting, retaining and motivating key employees which could adversely affect our revenue and earnings;

-- Whether our future pension and postretirement plan costs and required contribution levels are impacted by changes in actuarial assumptions, future market performance of plan assets or obligations imposed by legislation or pension authorities which could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flow;

-- Due to the nature of products we sell and our worldwide distribution, we are subject to changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity costs which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position;

-- Whether we are able to provide competitive financing arrangements to our customers or if we extend credit to customers whose creditworthiness deteriorates which could adversely affect our revenue, profitability and financial position;

-- Our failure to implement plans to reduce our cost structure in anticipation of declining demand for certain products or delays in implementing such plans which could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations, financial position and liquidity;

-- We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing, logistics and back office operations and face the risks associated with reliance on third party suppliers.

The Company cautions readers to carefully consider such factors. Many of these factors are beyond the Company's control. In addition, these forward-looking statements represent the Company's expectations only as of the date they are made, and should not be relied upon as representing the Company's expectations as of any subsequent date. While the Company may elect to update forward-looking statements at some point in the future, the Company specifically disclaims any obligation to do so, even if its expectations change.

Any forward-looking statements in this document should be evaluated in light of the factors and uncertainties referenced above and should not be unduly relied upon.

Non-Operational Items

The Company defines Non-Operational Items as restructuring and related charges, pension and OPEB cost components not included in segment earnings, gains and losses on sales of assets, certain asset impairments, the related tax effects of those items and certain other significant pre-tax and tax items not related to the Company's core operations. Non-Operational Items, as defined, are specific to the Company and other companies may define the term, or similar terms, differently. The following table presents a description of the Non-Operational Items affecting the Company's quarterly results by line item in the statement of operations for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        
                                                                                                           3rd Quarter
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 2011                      2010
                                                                                       ------------------------   -----------------------
        (in millions, except per share data)                                                          Diluted                   Diluted
                                                                                            $           EPS           $           EPS
        Loss from continuing operations available to common stockholders               $ (222)     $ (0.83)     $ (43)     $ (0.16)
        Non-operational items - Income/(Expense):
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Corporate components of Pension and OPEB (expense) income (COGS)                  (11)       (0.04)         6          0.02
        Corporate components of Pension and OPEB (expense) income (SG&A)                   (6)       (0.02)         9          0.03
        Corporate components of Pension and OPEB income (R&D)                               4          0.01          10          0.04
                                                                                         ----         -----         ---         -----
           Total corporate components of Pension and OPEB (expense) income                (13)       (0.05)        25          0.09
        Restructuring charges (COGS)                                                       (1)           -          (5)       (0.02)
        Restructuring charges (Restructuring costs, rationalization                       (17)       (0.07)       (24)       (0.09)
        and other)
                                                                                         ---- -       ----- --      --- -       ----- --
           Total restructuring and rationalization charges                                (18)       (0.07)       (29)       (0.11)
        Gains (losses) on asset sales or impairments (Other operating                     (12)       (0.05)         3          0.01
        income/(expense), net)
        Tax impacts of the above items, net (Benefit for income taxes)                      3          0.01           1          0.01
                                                                                         ----         -----         ---         -----
                Total Non-operational items, net of tax, before discrete tax items        (40)       (0.16)         -             -
        Other discrete tax items (Benefit (provision) for income taxes)                    42          0.16         (13)       (0.05)
                                                                                         ----         -----         --- -       ----- --
               Total Non-operational items, net of tax                                 $    2             -       $ (13)       (0.05)
                                                                                       = ====         =====       = === =       ===== ==
        

Within the Company's third quarter 2011 earnings release, reference is made to certain non-GAAP financial measures, including"Consumer Digital Imaging Group Operating Profitability Excluding Prior-Year Non-Recurring Patent Licensing Revenue", "Revenue Excluding Prior-Year Non-Recurring Patent Licensing Transaction", "Digital Revenue Excluding Prior-Year Non-Recurring Patent Licensing Transaction and Decline in Digital Cameras and Devices Revenue", "Gross Profit Excluding Prior-Year Non-Recurring Patent Licensing Revenue and Silver and Aluminum Cost Increases", "Cash (Usage) Generation Before Restructuring Payments" and "Segment (Loss) Earnings Forecast".

The Company believes that these non-GAAP measures represent important internal measures of performance. Accordingly, where they are provided, it is to give investors the same financial data management uses with the belief that this information will assist the investment community in properly assessing the underlying performance of the Company, its financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

The following reconciliations are provided with respect to terms used in the November 3, 2011 earnings release.

The following table reconciles consumer digital imaging group operating profitability excluding prior-year non-recurring patent licensing revenue to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of consumer digital imaging group operating profitability (amounts in millions):

        
                                                                                  Q3          Q3
                                                                                 2011        2010         Change
                                                                               --------    ---------    -----------
        Consumer digital imaging group operating profitability excluding
           prior-year non-recurring patent licensing revenue, as presented     $ (90)     $ (143)      $   53
        Prior-year non-recurring patent licensing revenue                          -          210          (210)
                                                                                 ---         ----          ---- --
        Consumer digital imaging group operating profitability (GAAP
           basis), as presented                                                $ (90)     $   67        $ (157)
                                                                               = === =     = ====       == ==== ==
        

The following table reconciles revenue excluding a prior-year non-recurring patent licensing transaction to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of total company revenue (dollar amounts in millions):

        
                                                                           Q3           Q3
                                                                          2011         2010        Change
                                                                        ---------    ---------    ---------
        Revenue excluding prior-year non-recurring patent licensing      $ 1,462      $ 1,546       -5 %
        transaction, as presented
        Prior-year non-recurring patent licensing transaction                  -          210     -100 %
                                                                           -----        -----
        Total company revenue (GAAP basis), as presented                 $ 1,462      $ 1,756      -17 %
                                                                        == =====     == =====
        

The following table reconciles digital revenue excluding a prior-year non-recurring patent licensing transaction and decline in digital cameras and devices revenue to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of total company revenue (dollar amounts in millions):

                                                                                   Q3          Q3
                                                                                  2011        2010       Change
                                                                                ---------   ---------   ---------
        Digital revenue excluding prior-year non-recurring patent licensing
        transaction and
           decline in digital cameras and devices, as presented                  $   874     $   846       3 %
        Prior-year non-recurring patent licensing transaction                          -         210    -100 %
        Decline in digital cameras and devices revenue, as presented                 199         267     -25 %
                                                                                   -----       -----
        Digital revenue                                                            1,073       1,323     -19 %
        Traditional revenue, as presented                                            389         433     -10 %
                                                                                   -----       -----
        Total company revenue (GAAP basis), as presented                         $ 1,462     $ 1,756     -17 %
                                                                                == =====    == =====
        

The following table reconciles gross profit excluding prior-year non-recurring patent licensing revenue

and silver and aluminum cost increases to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of gross profit:

        
                                                                                Q3            Q3
                                                                               2011          2010
                                                                               Gross         Gross        % Point
                                                                             Profit %      Profit %       Change
                                                                             --------      --------      -------
        Gross profit excluding prior-year non-recurring patent licensing
           revenue and silver and aluminum cost increases, as presented         18     %      15     %     +3pp
        Prior-year non-recurring patent licensing revenue                        0     %      12     %     -12pp
        Silver and aluminum cost increases                                      -4     %       0     %     -4pp
        Gross profit (GAAP basis), as presented                                 14     %      27     %     -13pp
        

The following table reconciles cash (usage) generation before restructuring payments to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations from operating activities (amounts in millions):

        
                                                                                 Q3 2011     Q3 2010     Change
                                                                                -------     -------     -------
        Cash (usage) generation before restructuring payments, as presented     $ (189)       $ 123     $ (312)
        Cash restructuring payments                                                (16)        (12)         (4)
                                                                                -------     -------     -------
        Cash (usage) generation                                                   (205)         111       (316)
        Proceeds from sales of businesses/assets                                   (18)           -        (18)
                                                                                -------     -------     -------
        Free cash flow                                                            (223)         111       (334)
        Additions to properties                                                      32          29           3
                                                                                -------     -------     -------
        Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations from operating
           activities (GAAP basis), as presented                                $ (191)       $ 140     $ (331)
                                                                                =======     =======     =======
        

The following table reconciles segment (loss) earnings to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of (loss) earnings from continuing operations before interest expense, other income (charges), net and income taxes (amounts in millions):

        
                                                                                        2011                2011
                                                                                      Previous             Revised
                                                                                      Forecast            Forecast
                                                                                  ----------------    ----------------
        Segment (loss) earnings, as presented                                      $(300) - $(100)          $(300)
        Non-operational pension & OPEB components                                       (25)                (25)
        Restructuring charges                                                       (170) - (150)       (170) - (150)
        Other operating income (expense), net                                         300 - 400           100 - 200
                                                                                  ----------------    ----------------
        (Loss) earnings from continuing operations before interest expense,
        other
           income (charges), net and income taxes (GAAP basis), as presented        $(150) - $50       $(400) - $(300)
                                                                                  ================    ================
        

SOURCE: Eastman Kodak Company

        
        Kodak 
        Financial Media: 
        Gerard Meuchner, +1 585-724-4513 
        gerard.meuchner@kodak.com 
        or 
        Christopher Veronda, +1 585-724-2622 
        christopher.veronda@kodak.com 
        or 
        Investor Relations: 
        Angela Nash, +1 585-724-0982 
        angela.nash@kodak.com 
        or 
        Sandra Rowland, +1 585-724-5147 
        sandra.rowland@kodak.com

"Epson has a longstanding commitment to sustainable manufacturing, from product design to built-in features, like industry leading paper and energy saving options," commented Mike Helm, Director of Sales and Marketing, Epson Business Systems Division. "Many retailers have already moved away from receipts containing BPA chemicals, and now all point of service businesses have a choice of not only BPA-free paper, but also BPA-free, recycled paper qualified by Epson."

The new BPA-free, recycled paper contains 70% PCW, which is the highest percentage available in any thermal receipt paper today. Other advantages:

-- Epson-qualified paper ensures reliable performance with approved Epson printers

-- Print quality and price comparable to standard thermal paper

-- Paper cores and cartons are made of recyclable materials

-- Available in standard roll sizes

-- Easy to order from authorized Epson channel partners

-- Back of receipt can accommodate promotions with 70% PCW or BPA-free messages

About Epson America, Inc.

Epson is one of the world's leading manufacturers of highly reliable point-of-service technology, including printers, precision printing mechanisms and digital image scanners. Founded in 1975 and headquartered in Long Beach, CA, Epson America, Inc. is the U.S. affiliate of Japan-based Seiko Epson Corporation, a global manufacturer and supplier of high-quality technology products that meet customer demands for increased functionality, compactness, systems integration and energy efficiency. The Seiko Epson organization is proud of its ongoing contributions to the global environment, and for the third year in a row is part of the Dow Jones Sustainability World Index -- an indicator for leading companies in economic, environmental and social criteria. Epson offers the most comprehensive line of POS printers, as well as the widest selection of ENERGY STAR qualified models available today. To learn more about Epson America Business Systems Division, please visit: http://pos.epson.com . You may also connect with Epson America Business Systems Division on Facebook ( http://tinyurl.com/EpsonFacebook-BizSys ), Twitter ( http://twitter.com/EpsonB2B_PR ) and YouTube ( http://tinyURL.com/EpsonYouTube ).

Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation. ENERGY STAR is a registered trademark of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

SOURCE: Epson America, Inc.

        
        Epson America, Inc. 
        The Stephenz Group 
        Angela Diffly, 404-221-8895 
        adiffly@stephenz.com

FOSTER CITY, Calif., Nov 2, 2011 (GlobeNewswire via COMTEX) -- EFI(TM) /quotes/zigman/71411/quotes/nls/efii EFII +4.03% , a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation, today announced PrintMe(R) Mobile, a mobile print solution that is breaking down the barriers to printing from tablets and smartphones in businesses. PrintMe Mobile is a cost-effective, scalable and secure on-premises mobile printing software solution that is easy to use, deploy, support and manage. Users don't have to download any software to their Apple, Android, Blackberry and other tablets and smartphones to print on any networked printer. IT departments can install PrintMe Mobile and deliver mobile printing on any printer connected to the network in as little as 20 minutes (view demo here).

"The tablet phenomenon in the enterprise will only continue to gain momentum," said Tim Bajarin, president of Creative Strategies, a Silicon Valley-based technology consulting firm. "As devices become a more widespread business tool, there will be a natural need to support printing. EFI is getting out ahead of this enterprise IT requirement with PrintMe Mobile."

Research shows that two-thirds of businesses are adopting tablets in 2011(1) and 65 percent of companies are adding five or more new mobile apps in 2011(2). This growth in smart device usage is also driving demand for the ability to print from mobile devices. According to a February 2011 report from InfoTrends, 56 percent of CIOs are considering implementing a mobile print solution(3). Unfortunately, no true enterprise-class mobile print solution to date has addressed both the end-user and IT challenges for printing from mobile devices. Solutions have been costly or complex to implement and manage, and printouts do not always look the way a user expects them to look.

EFI PrintMe Mobile shields end users from the technological complexity of mobile printing and lets them solely experience the benefits. This simplicity and flexibility eliminates end-user frustration, and improves user efficiency and productivity in the workplace. Users are not required to leave the application in which they are working in order to print. PrintMe Mobile uniquely enables all printers on an enterprise network to be capable of direct wireless printing from Apple iPads and iPhones. The solution is printer and device agnostic, integrates seamlessly into a company's network infrastructure without impacting network security policies, and supports both new and legacy printing infrastructure. With high-fidelity file conversion, PrintMe Mobile preserves fonts and layouts so that printed documents look like they should.

"We've addressed the two largest barriers to adoption for mobile device printing in businesses today -- ease of deployment and ease of use," said Toby Weiss, general manager of the Fiery business unit and senior vice president at EFI. "With PrintMe Mobile, IT departments can increase user productivity, reduce help desk headaches and achieve hero status with a growing number of mobile device users in businesses of any size. EFI is the only major mobile print provider that is exclusively focused on helping customers gain the maximum value out of their existing print infrastructure."

PrintMe Mobile enables users to print based on their work style with three flexible ways of printing from mobile devices, without installing printer drivers. Options for printing include:

        
          --  Direct to Print: enables Apple and Android devices to print directly to
              any existing printer on the network through the company's secure Wi-Fi
              network.
          --  Email to Print: allows users to print an email, including all attached
              files, by simply sending or forwarding an email.
          --  Release to Print: protects security and confidentiality by holding the
              print job until the user releases the file with a retrieval code. The
              user controls when and where the file is printed so personnel, financial
              or other sensitive documents don't sit in the printer tray unattended.
        
        
        

PrintMe Mobile is built on proven EFI technologies. EFI first introduced a direct-to-print feature for Apple iPad and iPhones on its Fiery Driven(TM) printers and multifunction peripherals (MFPs) from Canon, Konica Minolta, Kyocera Mita, Ricoh and Xerox. EFI PrintMe, a cloud-based printing service, launched 10 years ago and has thousands of installations worldwide with millions of pages printed.

Pricing and Availability

A full-featured version of EFI PrintMe Mobile software is available for download and free 90-day trial at www.efi.com/printmemobile . The estimated MSRP for PrintMe Mobile is USD $500 per printer for a one-time perpetual license for unlimited users and printouts. The first year of support and maintenance is included. Contact sales at 800-875-7117.

About EFI

EFI ( www.efi.com ) is a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation. EFI's award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. The company's robust product portfolio includes Fiery(R) digital print controllers and solutions; VUTEk(R) superwide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks; Rastek(TM) UV wide-format inkjet printers; Jetrion(R) industrial inkjet printing systems; print production workflow and business process automation software; and enterprise printing solutions.

1 -- "Tablet Demand and Disruption," Morgan Stanley Research, AlphaWise 2010 CIO Survey, February 14, 2011

2 -- Sybase/Kelton Research, January 12, 2011

3 -- "Mobile Knowledge Workers: Emerging Opportunities," InfoTrends, February 2011

The Electronics For Imaging, Inc. logo is available at http://www.globenewswire.com/newsroom/prs/?pkgid=7332

Follow us Online:

Follow us on Twitter: @EFI_Print_Tech

Find us on Facebook: www.facebook.com/EFI.Digital.Print.Technology

NOTE TO EDITORS: The EFI logo, Fiery, PrintMe, VUTEk and Jetrion are registered trademarks of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. in the U.S. and/or certain other countries. EFI, Fiery Driven and Rastek are trademarks of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. in the U.S. and/or certain other countries. All other terms and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners, and are hereby acknowledged.

Nothing herein should be construed as a warranty in addition to the express warranty statements provided with EFI products and services.

This news release contains forward-looking statements, that are statements other than statements of historical fact including words such as "anticipate", "believe", "estimate", "expect", "consider", "plan" and similar, any statements related to strategies or objectives of management for future operations, products, development, performance, any statements of assumptions or underlying any of the foregoing and any statements in the future tense. Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual or future results to differ materially. For further information regarding risks and uncertainties associated with EFI's businesses, please refer to the risk factors section in the Company's SEC filings, including, but not limited to, its annual report on Form 10-K and its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. EFI undertakes no obligation to update information contained herein, including forward-looking statements.

This news release was distributed by GlobeNewswire, www.globenewswire.com

SOURCE: Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

        CONTACT: Roger Fortier
        McGrath/Power Public Relations for EFI
        +1 408.727.0351
        rogerfortier@mcgrathpower.com

With 75% of Ricoh India’s sales coming from its sales partners, Ricoh plans to increase its presence and revenue in India, from its current Rs 300 crore to Rs 1,000 crore by 2014.  The company plans to introduce the latest innovations in printing, including high-speed production print solutions and automated document factory portfolio (ADF).  Ricoh currently has 50% market share in the production printer category and 20% in the multi-functional printers, thus, making Manoj Kumar, Chief Financial Officer at Ricoh India, confident about reaching its goal.

Ricoh India also recently acquired Noida-based Momentum Infocare Pvt. Ltd, an information technology company.  “We have successfully achieved the integration of InfoPrint and production print assets in the region --- people, solutions and sales and support coverage --- and are now working together in a seamless way,” said Nobuaki Majima, Ricoh Asia Pacific Managing Director.  With this partnership, Ricoh subsidiaries in Asia Pacific will now carry the full portfolio of Ricoh production innovations, thereby increasing sales and service coverage of Ricoh production print solutions to all major countries in Asia Pacific.  “Each Ricoh subsidiary can now bring the benefits of the combined production print solutions portfolio from InfoPrint and Ricoh to our customers, further extending our value proposition as a one-stop solution provider for high end cut-sheet to continuous form printers, print management solutions and managed services,” Majima added.

-based on an article from www.thehindu.com

Following the rise of the BRICs, Vietnam is one of the emerging markets where big growth is expected. Economic growth continues at an average of 6% annually(*2), and in recent years there has been a conspicuous influx of foreign enterprises, including Japanese companies, into major cities. There are currently over 20 million Internet subscribers (about 25% of the population) resulting from the rapid development of the IT environment. With such rapid growth, the copier market is expected to continue to show nearly two-digit expansion(*3). Moreover, focusing on foreign enterprises, there will be a need for more advanced products and services similar to the needs of Europe, America and Japan, and this is also expected to expand the market.

So far, Ricoh has operated through local distributors to develop its business in Vietnam, focusing on government agencies and small and medium-sized enterprises. With the establishment of a sales company, the following kinds of local development will occur: ? Strengthening of sales / service education and support for sales, increased cooperation with distributors, and further enhanced sales to the small and medium-sized business sector ? Direct sales to meet the needs of large-scale local and foreign enterprises by offering high value-added products, solutions and services ? Development of additional sales channels for printers ? Expansion of the business domain to new area, such as production printing, MDS(*4), and IT services in the future.

Takahisa Nakaji, who has been appointed as Ricoh Vietnam General Director, shared his aspirations for the future, "The establishment of Ricoh Vietnam is aimed at providing timely support to and better catering to the needs of our clients on top of the main objective of expanding the sales network in Vietnam. In this rapidly changing business environment, customers are looking for products and services that offer not only quality, but also increased efficiencies with short turnaround time and prompt after-sales service. I believe Ricoh's market share will continue to increase with our investment in the support infrastructure including recruiting talents to support the business operations." Name : Ricoh Vietnam Company Limited HQ address : Unit 3, 19 Floor, A&B Tower, 76 Le Lai Street, Ben Thanh Ward, District 1, Ho Chi Min City Establishment : November 1, 2011 (registered on September 12, 2011) Chairman : Nobuaki Majima (President of Ricoh Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.) General Director : Takahisa Nakaji Capital : US$5,000,000 Business : Sales of office equipment, supplies, support and other related products and services Number of employees : About 30 (the first year of establishment) *1: Not including Japan, China (mainland)and Korea. *2: Source: International Monetary Fund, Real GDP growth rate over four years (actual result for 2008-2010 and prediction for 2011). *3: Source: IDC *4: MDS (Managed Document Services): Ricoh's MDS approach is an extension and evolution of MPS, which addresses the three fundamental functions relating to the entire document management ecosystem of input, throughput, and output. Ricoh's MDS aims to streamline core business processes by focusing on processes, people, technology and innovation to establish a foundation for continuous improvement.

Evolution of MPS, which addresses the three fundamental functions relating to the entire document management ecosystem of input, throughput, and output. Ricoh's MDS aims to streamline core business processes by focusing on processes, people, technology and innovation to establish a foundation for continuous improvement.

((M2 Communications disclaims all liability for information provided within M2 PressWIRE. Data supplied by named party/parties. Further information on M2 PressWIRE can be obtained at http://www.presswire.net on the world wide web. Inquiries to info@m2.com)).

(c) 2011 M2 COMMUNICATIONS

LEXINGTON, Ky., Sept. 30, 2011 /PRNewswire/ -- Lexmark International, Inc. (NYSE: LXK) announced today that the United States International Trade Commission (ITC) has ruled in its favor in connection with litigation initiated by Lexmark last year against 24 companies engaged in the manufacture, importation and sale of replacement laser toner cartridges for various Lexmark devices.

On September 27, 2011, the ITC issued a Final Determination holding that these replacement laser toner cartridges infringe at least 15 U.S. patents owned by Lexmark.  Accordingly, the ITC issued a General Exclusion Order that bans all imports of infringing cartridges by any party, as well as a Cease and Desist Order that bars the named parties from selling infringing cartridges.

The accused cartridges covered by the ITC's orders include:

• Remanufactured, cloned (new), counterfeit, and/or compatible laser toner cartridges, and
• Empty cartridges or components first sold outside the United States,

for use in any of the following Lexmark laser printer and multifunction devices: T520, X520, T522, X522, T610, T612, T614, T616, T620, X620e, T622, T630, T632, T634, T640, T642, T644, E120, E220, E230, E232, E234, E238, E240, E250, E320, E322, E321, E323, E330, E332, E340, E342, E350, E352, and/or E450 or similar laser printers manufactured by Lexmark for third parties.

After a standard 60-day Presidential review period, the ITC orders will take full effect.  Lexmark will coordinate with U.S. Customs & Border Protection on enforcement of the ITC's orders, and will work vigorously to prevent any continuing infringement.

In addition to the ITC proceeding, Lexmark also filed a related patent infringement complaint against the same 24 companies in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Ohio, containing allegations similar to those in the ITC complaint and seeking injunctive relief, monetary damages and attorneys' fees.

Supporting Quote:

"Lexmark has made substantial investments in research and development of our laser toner cartridge technology to ensure that our customers receive the best possible quality and value," said Robert Patton, Lexmark vice president and general counsel.  "The decision by the ITC is an important milestone in our ongoing effort to protect that investment and our customers from products that violate the intellectual property laws."

About Lexmark

Lexmark International, Inc. (NYSE: LXK) provides businesses of all sizes with a broad range of printing and imaging products, software, solutions and services that help customers to print less and save more. Perceptive Software, a stand-alone software business within Lexmark, is a leading provider of enterprise content management software that helps organizations easily manage the entire lifecycle of their documents and content, simplifying their business processes, and fueling greater operational efficiency. In 2010, Lexmark sold products in more than 170 countries and reported more than $4 billion in revenue.

To learn more about Lexmark, please visit www.lexmark.com. For more information on Perceptive Software, please visit www.perceptivesoftware.com.

For more information on Lexmark, see the Lexmark Facebook page and follow us on Twitter.

For more information about Perceptive Software, please visit the company’s Facebook and Twitter profiles.

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

SOURCE Lexmark International, Inc.

AUSTIN, Texas, Sep 29, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- Spiceworks(TM), Inc. today announced that IT professionals at small and mid-sized businesses (SMBs) can now manage and automate printer ink and toner purchasing directly within the Spiceworks social network for IT. The new social commerce feature will make it easier for the 1.6 million IT pros in Spiceworks to keep their printers up and running, while giving ink and toner suppliers access to more than $3 billion in refills every year.

Spiceworks users, who are responsible for managing and maintaining 10.9 million printers for over 1 million businesses worldwide, will now be able to track ink and toner usage levels on networked printers, receive automated alerts when levels run low, and then easily purchase refills -- all within the Spiceworks network. The streamlined approach, which helps IT pros to more easily manage the technology purchasing process, is one of the first examples of automated buying within a social business network.

"Today, we're taking a big step forward in helping businesses automate the last link in the IT management lifecycle -- the buying process," said Scott Abel, co-founder and CEO of Spiceworks. "By facilitating connections between IT pros and technology vendors, we're creating a passionate community where marketers and decision makers can interact and help each other do their jobs. Whether it's ink, computer warranties or cloud services, our goal is to make Spiceworks the place for everything IT for technology buyers and sellers."

Details on the new ink and toner management and buying capabilities include:

-- Ink and Toner Level Monitoring -- Enables users to monitor printers and set thresholds that alert them when ink and toner are below acceptable levels. In addition, Spiceworks provides advanced analytics that help users track how often they replace cartridges and predict when ink or toner will run out. This takes guesswork out when cartridges need replacing, while ensuring refills are ordered in a timely manner.

-- Automated Click-to-Buy -- Allows users to find the proper ink and toner cartridge refills needed for any printer on their networks. They can then click to purchase the correct cartridge refill, which streamlines the buying process and eliminates the need for IT pros to go elsewhere for information on replacements.

-- Community Product Ratings & Reviews -- Gives IT pros access to product reviews on more than 1,000 printers from 100 different vendors. In addition, they can connect directly with peers and leading cartridge suppliers in the Spiceworks community to get answers to their most pressing questions about printers, ink and toner. Together, these capabilities help IT professionals make better ink and toner purchasing decisions.

"The technology purchasing workflow has typically been a cumbersome part of the IT support workload, especially for small and mid-sized companies, who have limited staffing and financial resources," said Jonah Kowall, Research Director, Gartner. "By integrating social buying, and the ability to gather multiple bids into a free, easy to use platform, businesses can streamline how technology assets are procured and managed."

The new printer ink and toner buying capabilities are currently available to Spiceworks users in the United States. In the coming months, Spiceworks will deploy the features in additional regions around the world.

The Spiceworks social business network enables 'Social IT' by combining free network management, network monitoring and help desk software with a rapidly growing and active Facebook-like community of IT professionals. More than 30 percent of the world's SMB IT pros use Spiceworks to discover, buy and manage technology in a social way. Together, they support 53 million workers, 93 million computers and devices, and 5.9 billion software installations.

For more information on Spiceworks, visit http://www.spiceworks.com .

About Spiceworks

Founded in 2006, Spiceworks(TM) is the world's largest and fastest growing social business network for IT. By combining free IT management software with a Facebook-like community, Spiceworks helps over 1.6 million IT professionals to discover, buy and manage $283 billion worth of technology products and services each year. Spiceworks is headquartered in Austin, Texas and backed by Adams Street Partners, Tenaya Capital, Institutional Venture Partners (IVP), Austin Ventures and Shasta Ventures. For more information visit http://www.spiceworks.com .

Follow Spiceworks on Twitter: http://twitter.com/spiceworks . Connect with Spiceworks on Facebook: http://www.facebook.com/Spiceworks . Search for available career and networking opportunities on LinkedIn: http://www.linkedin.com/companies/spiceworks .

Spiceworks is a trademark and Voice of IT is a registered trademark of Spiceworks, Inc. All other names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Photos/Multimedia Gallery Available: http://www.businesswire.com/cgi-bin/mmg.cgi?eid=6872482&lang=en

SOURCE: Spiceworks

        
        For Spiceworks 
        Karl Scholz, 512-493-0909 
        karls@spiceworks.com

Provo, Utah (PRWEB) October 24, 2011

Retail Inkjet Solutions, Inc (RIS) and BYU-Provo announce the installation of the RIS InkCenter® in the BYU campus bookstore.

Based on the success of the RIS refill service at their sister campus in Idaho, BYU-Provo has added this innovative inkjet cartridge refilling service in the BYU Bookstore to help their students save money on printing, while making a visible contribution to the university’s sustainability objectives.

“We saw the success at BYU-Idaho and knew we had to bring this cartridge refilling service to our students and faculty,” said Roger Reynolds, Director of the BYU Bookstore. “We reviewed the alternatives and decided to install the RIS InkCenter® because RIS supports more cartridges, delivers high-quality refills and provides excellent support to help us market the service.”

Because it refills the broadest range of cartridges, including the newest single color ‘tank’ cartridges, RIS InkCenter® retail partners have the ability to serve a much larger market.

“We are very excited to add BYU to our growing list of campus locations,” said RIS Chief Marketing Officer, Mike Stanicek. “The RIS InkCenter® is a great way to build store traffic and provide a green service that saves money and the environment. By bringing together the power of affordable ink with the quality of new cartridges, Retail Inkjet Solutions provides a service that students will keep coming back for.”

RIS has partnered with the National Association of College Bookstores(NACS) to promote this service to their 3,100 member campuses.

The BYU Bookstore and RIS will feature the RIS InkCenter® during the BYU campus tour at the annual CAMEX 2012 tradeshow which serves the campus bookstore market.

About the BYU Bookstore

As the official campus store for Brigham Young University, the BYU Bookstore is a university campus partner in life-long learning, serving the BYU community since 1906. BYU owns and operates the BYU Bookstore with all proceeds supporting university facilities, operations and programs.

About Retail Inkjet Solutions, Inc. (RIS)

RIS produces the only inkjet refilling system that puts more ink in than you took out. Designed by inkjet cartridge engineers, the RIS InkCenter® delivers high-quality refills proven to print the same or more pages than new cartridges at a savings of more than 50% vs. the new cartridge. With the highest quality and broadest cartridge range, our retail partners have the most profitable inkjet refilling operations in the category. Please go to http://www.retailinkjet.com for more information on the RIS InkCenter® solution.

NORWALK, Conn., Oct 25, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- --Adjusted EPS of 26 cents, up 18 percent

--Revenue up 3 percent, 1 percent constant currency

--Operating margin increased to 9.6 percent

--Stock repurchase of $309 million

Xerox Corporation /quotes/zigman/246904/quotes/nls/xrx XRX +0.52% announced today third-quarter 2011 results that include adjusted earnings per share of 26 cents, up 18 percent from third-quarter 2010. Adjusted EPS excludes 4 cents related to the amortization of intangibles, resulting in GAAP EPS of 22 cents.

"We delivered steady revenue growth this quarter along with earnings and cash in line with our expectations," said Ursula Burns, Xerox chairman and chief executive officer. "Our consistent performance positions us well to grow full-year adjusted EPS by 15 to 18 percent, reflecting our global strengths in business process and document management and the efficiencies we're driving across our enterprise."

Third-quarter revenue of $5.6 billion was up 3 percent or 1 percent in constant currency. Revenue from technology, representing the sale of document systems, supplies, technical service and financing of products, was up 1 percent or down 1 percent in constant currency. "Supply constraints due to the natural disaster in Japan have eased considerably," noted Burns. "As we continue to meet new demand, all while reducing our backlog, we're confident these challenges are entirely behind us."

Revenue from services was up 6 percent or 5 percent in constant currency, reflecting growth in business process and document outsourcing, while revenue from IT outsourcing was flat. Signings for Xerox's services were very strong, totaling $3.9 billion in the third quarter -- an increase of 33 percent from third quarter 2010, and down 9 percent on a trailing 12-month basis due to the cyclicality of large deals.

"Our services-led, technology-driven approach gives us a competitive advantage in the many markets we serve, especially as businesses and governments seek more efficient ways to run their operations and turn to Xerox for the long term benefits of our outsourcing expertise," said Burns.

"Backed by a growing pipeline, our increasing services signings boost our annuity stream and contribute to a strong revenue base. Notable in the quarter was 12 percent revenue growth in our document outsourcing business as we continue to lead the industry with our broad-based managed print services, and 6 percent growth in business process outsourcing.

"As demand increased for services, we did see an impact on gross margin, which we continued to offset with cost reductions and operational improvements that helped deliver solid bottom-line results," she added.

Third-quarter gross margin was 32.7 percent, and selling, administrative and general expenses were 19.9 percent of revenue. Operating margin of 9.6 percent was up 0.4 points from third-quarter 2010.

Xerox generated $366 million in operating cash flow during the third quarter. As planned, the company resumed its stock buyback program during the third quarter, repurchasing $309 million in Xerox shares with approximately $400 million more expected in the fourth quarter.

Xerox expects fourth-quarter 2011 GAAP earnings per share of 28 cents to 31 cents, resulting in full-year GAAP earnings per share of 92 cents to 95 cents. Fourth-quarter adjusted EPS is expected to be 32 cents to 35 cents per share, delivering full-year adjusted EPS of $1.08 to $1.11.

About Xerox

Xerox Corporation is a $22 billion leading global enterprise for business process and document management. Through its broad portfolio of technology and services, Xerox provides the essential back-office support that clears the way for clients to focus on what they do best: their real business. Headquartered in Norwalk, Conn., Xerox provides leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size. Through ACS, A Xerox Company, which Xerox acquired in February 2010, Xerox also offers extensive business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing, HR benefits management, finance support, and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide. The 134,000 people of Xerox serve clients in more than 160 countries. For more information, visit http://www.xerox.com , http://news.xerox.com , http://www.realbusiness.com or http://www.acs-inc.com . For investor information, visit http://www.xerox.com/investor .

Non- GAAP Measures: This release refers to the following non-GAAP financial measures:

-- Adjusted EPS (earnings per share) for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010 as well as for the fourth quarter and full year 2011 guidance that excludes certain items.

-- Operating margin for the third quarter 2011 that excludes certain expenses.

-- Constant Currency revenue growth that excludes the effects of currency translation.

Refer to the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section of this release for a discussion of these non-GAAP measures and their reconciliation to the reported GAAP measure.

Forward-Looking Statements

This release contains "forward-looking statements" as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "will," "should" and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management's current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. These factors include but are not limited to: changes in economic conditions, political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements, environmental regulations and tax matters in the United States and in the foreign countries in which we do business; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; the outcome of litigation and regulatory proceedings to which we may be a party; actions of competitors; our ability to expand equipment placements and to drive the expanded use of color in printing and copying; development of new products and services; interest rates, cost of borrowing and access to credit markets; our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services and to maintain and improve cost efficiency of operations, including savings from restructuring actions; the risk that unexpected costs will be incurred; reliance on third parties for manufacturing of products and provision of services; the risk that we will not realize all of the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.; our ability to recover capital investments; the risk that subcontractors, software vendors and utility and network providers will not perform in a timely, quality manner; the risk that multi-year contracts with governmental entities could be terminated prior to the end of the contract term; the risk that individually identifiable information of customers, clients and employees could be inadvertently disclosed or disclosed as a result of a breach of our security; and other factors that are set forth in the "Risk Factors" section, the "Legal Proceedings" section, the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other sections of our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011 and our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of new information or future events or developments, except as required by law.

Note: To receive RSS news feeds, visit http://news.xerox.com/pr/xerox/rss.aspx . For open commentary, industry perspectives and views from events visit http://twitter.com/xeroxcorp , http://twitter.com/xeroxoffice , http://twitter.com/xeroxproduction , http://twitter.com/servicesatxerox , http://twitter.com/xeroxevents , http://www.xerox.com/blogs , http://www.xerox.com/podcasts .

XEROX(R), XEROX and Design(R) are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

        
                                                               Xerox Corporation
                                                       Condensed Consolidated Statements
                                                             of Income (Unaudited)
        (in millions, except per-share data)                                   Three Months                         Nine Months
                                                                            Ended September 30,                 Ended September 30,
                                                                          ----------------                   ------------------
                                                                              2011        2010     % Change      2011         2010      % Change
                                                                          ---------    -------    --------   ----------    --------    --------
        Revenues
             Sales                                                         $ 1,738      $ 1,700      2 %      $  5,129      $  5,169     (1 %)
             Service, outsourcing and rentals                                3,689        3,567      3 %        11,052         9,990     11 %
             Finance income                                                    156          161     (3 %)          481           498     (3 %)
                                                                             -----        -----                 ------        ------
        Total Revenues                                                       5,583        5,428      3 %        16,662        15,657      6 %
                                                                             -----        -----                 ------        ------
        Costs and Expenses
             Cost of sales                                                   1,154        1,127      2 %         3,383         3,381      0 %
             Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals                        2,545        2,417      5 %         7,597         6,647     14 %
             Equipment financing interest                                       56           61     (8 %)          176           186     (5 %)
             Research, development and engineering expenses                    183          189     (3 %)          542           588     (8 %)
             Selling, administrative and general expenses                    1,109        1,136     (2 %)        3,347         3,398     (2 %)
             Restructuring and asset impairment charges                         (4)          4      *             (28)         210      *
             Acquisition-related costs                                           -            5      *               -            68      *
             Amortization of intangible assets                                  87           85      2 %           259           227     14 %
             Other expenses, net                                                86           76     13 %           268           314    (15 %)
                                                                             -----        -----                 ------        ------
        Total Costs and Expenses                                             5,216        5,100      2 %        15,544        15,019      3 %
                                                                             -----        -----                 ------        ------
        Income before Income Taxes & Equity Income(1)                          367          328     12 %         1,118           638     75 %
             Income tax expense                                                 81           98    (17 %)          284           232     22 %
             Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates                  43           26     65 %           111            52      *
                                                                             -----        -----                 ------        ------
        Net Income                                                             329          256     29 %           945           458      *
             Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests           9            6     50 %            25            23      9 %
                                                                             -----        -----                 ------        ------
        Net Income Attributable to Xerox                                   $   320      $   250     28 %      $    920      $    435      *
                                                                          == =====     == =====              == ======     == ======
        Basic Earnings per Share                                           $  0.23      $  0.18     28 %      $   0.65      $   0.32      *
        Diluted Earnings per Share                                         $  0.22      $  0.17     29 %      $   0.63      $   0.32     97 %
        * Percent change not meaningful.
        (1) Referred to as "Pre-Tax Income" throughout the
        remainder of this document.
        

        
                                                   Xerox Corporation
                                            Condensed Consolidated Balance
                                                  Sheets (Unaudited)
        (in millions, except share data in thousands)                     September 30,        December 31,
                                                                              2011                 2010
        ----------------------------------------------------------    -----------------    -----------------
        Assets
        Cash and cash equivalents                                       $        785         $      1,211
        Accounts receivable, net                                               3,001                2,826
        Billed portion of finance receivables, net                               170                  198
        Finance receivables, net                                               2,178                2,287
        Inventories                                                            1,209                  991
        Other current assets                                                   1,138                1,126
                                                                           ---------            ---------
           Total current assets                                                8,481                8,639
        Finance receivables due after one year, net                            4,007                4,135
        Equipment on operating leases, net                                       505                  530
        Land, buildings and equipment, net                                     1,645                1,671
        Investments in affiliates, at equity                                   1,388                1,291
        Intangible assets, net                                                 3,172                3,371
        Goodwill                                                               8,786                8,649
        Deferred tax assets, long-term                                           414                  540
        Other long-term assets                                                 2,143                1,774
                                                                           ---------            ---------
           Total Assets                                                 $     30,541         $     30,600
                                                                      ==== =========       ==== =========
        Liabilities and Equity
        Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt           $      2,096         $      1,370
        Accounts payable                                                       1,811                1,968
        Accrued compensation and benefits costs                                  752                  901
        Unearned income                                                          375                  371
        Other current liabilities                                              1,618                1,807
                                                                           ---------            ---------
           Total current liabilities                                           6,652                6,417
        Long-term debt                                                         7,099                7,237
        Liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities                 -                  650
        Pension and other benefit liabilities                                  1,748                2,071
        Post-retirement medical benefits                                         885                  920
        Other long-term liabilities                                              888                  797
                                                                           ---------            ---------
           Total Liabilities                                                  17,272               18,092
                                                                           ---------            ---------
        Series A Convertible Preferred Stock                                     349                  349
                                                                           ---------            ---------
        Common stock                                                           1,425                1,398
        Additional paid-in capital                                             6,788                6,580
        Treasury stock, at cost                                                 (309)                  -
        Retained earnings                                                      6,736                6,016
        Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                  (1,886)             (1,988)
                                                                           --------- ----       --------- ----
           Xerox shareholders' equity                                         12,754               12,006
        Noncontrolling interests                                                 166                  153
                                                                           ---------            ---------
           Total Equity                                                       12,920               12,159
                                                                           ---------            ---------
           Total Liabilities and Equity                                 $     30,541         $     30,600
                                                                      ==== =========       ==== =========
        Shares of common stock issued                                      1,424,765            1,397,578
        Treasury stock                                                       (37,712)                  -
                                                                           --------- ----       ---------
        Shares of common stock outstanding                                 1,387,053            1,397,578
                                                                           =========            =========
        

        
                                                                 Xerox Corporation
                                                         Condensed Consolidated Statements
                                                             of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
                                                                                         Three Months Ended          Nine Months Ended
                                                                                            September 30,              September 30,
                                                                                      ------------------        -------------------
        (in millions)                                                                     2011         2010         2011         2010
        --------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
        Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
        Net income                                                                     $   329      $   256      $   945      $    458
        Adjustments required to reconcile net income to cash flows from
        operating activities:
             Depreciation and amortization                                                 301          284          890           804
             Provision for receivables                                                      45           48           99           141
             Provision for inventory                                                        13            7           32            24
             Net gain on sales of businesses and assets                                      -          (15)         (8)         (16)
             Undistributed equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates               (43)        (26)        (83)         (35)
             Stock-based compensation                                                       29           29           92            86
             Restructuring and asset impairment charges                                     (4)          4          (28)         210
             Payments for restructurings                                                   (42)        (54)       (162)        (148)
             Contributions to pension benefit plans                                       (225)       (142)       (348)        (205)
             Increase in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance                (262)       (183)       (548)        (318)
             receivables
             Collections of deferred proceeds from sales of receivables                    105           73          287           115
             Increase in inventories                                                      (141)       (113)       (278)        (311)
             Increase in equipment on operating leases                                     (76)        (72)       (205)        (194)
             Decrease in finance receivables                                                74           69          234           270
             Increase in other current and long-term assets                                (61)        (56)       (184)         (43)
             Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued compensation              181          134         (197)         321
             Increase (decrease) in other current and long-term liabilities                 78           (4)        (97)         (70)
             Net change in income tax assets and liabilities                                52           76          220           183
             Net change in derivative assets and liabilities                                19           73           43            69
             Other operating, net                                                           (6)        (22)        (21)          78
                                                                                         ----- --     ----- --     ----- --     ------
                  Net cash provided by operating activities                                366          366          683         1,419
                                                                                         -----        -----        -----        ------
        Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
             Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment                            (80)       (100)       (245)        (234)
             Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment                            5           15            9            40
             Cost of additions to internal use software                                    (41)        (45)       (122)        (114)
             Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                            (51)       (146)       (188)      (1,674)
             Net change in escrow and other restricted investments                          (1)         13           (9)          19
             Other investing, net                                                            1           (3)         20             1
                                                                                         -----        ----- --     -----        ------
                  Net cash used in investing activities                                   (167)       (266)       (535)      (1,962)
                                                                                         ----- --     ----- --     ----- --     ------ --
        Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
             Net (payments) proceeds on debt                                              (101)       (150)        602        (2,188)
             Payment of liability to subsidiary trust issuing preferred securities           -            -         (670)           -
             Common stock dividends                                                        (63)        (59)       (182)        (156)
             Preferred stock dividends                                                      (6)         (6)        (18)          (9)
             Proceeds from issuances of common stock                                        10            3           41           120
             Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation                               1            2            5            12
             Payments to acquire treasury stock, including fees                           (309)          -         (309)           -
             Repurchases related to stock-based compensation                               (21)        (12)        (27)         (14)
             Other financing                                                                (3)         (9)        (15)         (18)
                                                                                         ----- --     ----- --     ----- --     ------ --
                  Net cash used in financing activities                                   (492)       (231)       (573)      (2,253)
                                                                                         ----- --     ----- --     ----- --     ------ --
        Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                       (20)         24           (1)         (28)
                                                                                         ----- --     -----        ----- --     ------ --
        Decrease in cash and cash equivalents                                             (313)       (107)       (426)      (2,824)
        Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                 1,098        1,082        1,211         3,799
                                                                                         -----        -----        -----        ------
        Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period                                     $   785      $   975      $   785      $    975
                                                                                      == =====     == =====     == =====     == ======
        

Financial Review

Revenues

                                                      Three Months Ended                  % of Total Revenue
                                                         September 30,
                                                 ----------------------                   --------------
        (in millions)                                 2011           2010       % Change    2011      2010
        -------------------------------------    -------------- -------------- ---------- -------- ----------
        Equipment sales                            $   938        $   907         3 %      17 %     17 %
        Annuity revenue(1)                           4,645          4,521         3 %      83 %     83 %
                                                     -----          -----                 --- ---  --- -----
        Total Revenue                              $ 5,583        $ 5,428         3 %     100 %    100 %
                                                 === =====      === =====                 === ===  === =====
        Memo: Color(2)                             $ 1,668        $ 1,527         9 %      30 %     28 %
        Reconciliation to Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:
        Sales                                      $ 1,738        $ 1,700
        Less: Supplies, paper and other sales         (800)         (793)
                                                     ----- ---      ----- ---
        Equipment Sales                            $   938        $   907
                                                 === =====      === =====
        Service, outsourcing and rentals           $ 3,689        $ 3,567
        Add: Finance income                            156            161
        Add: Supplies, paper and other sales           800            793
                                                     -----          -----
        Annuity Revenue(1)                         $ 4,645        $ 4,521
                                                 === =====      === =====
        

Third quarter 2011 total revenues increased 3% compared to the third quarter 2010, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. Total revenues included the following:

-- 3% increase in annuity revenue(1), including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. Annuity revenue(1) is comprised of the following: -- Service, outsourcing and rentals revenue of $3,689 million increased 3%, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. This was primarily driven by growth in document and business process outsourcing revenue in our Services segment.

-- Supplies, paper and other sales of $800 million increased by 1%, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. A 4% increase in supplies revenue was offset by a 6% decline in paper revenue.

-- 3% increase in equipment sales revenue, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. This increase was driven by partial recovery of the Japan related supply constraints as well as continued positive performance in mid-range and high-end color installs. Consistent with prior quarters, price declines were in the range of 5%to 10%.

-- 9% increase in color revenue(2), including a 3-percentage point positive impact from currency, reflects: -- 9% increase in color(2) annuity(1) revenue, including a 4-percentage point positive impact from currency. The increase was driven by higher color page volumes.

-- 11% increase in color(2) equipment sales revenue, including a 4-percentage point positive impact from currency. Growth of 40% in mid-range install activity assisted in part by recovery of some of the Japan related supply constraints and 3%in high-end install activity was partially offset by a 3% decline in entry install activity.

An analysis of the change in revenue for each business segment is included in the "Segment Review" section.

Costs, Expenses and Other Income

Summary of Key Financial Ratios

The following is a summary of key financial ratios used to assess our performance:

                                  Three Months Ended
                                     September 30,
                                  --------------
                                    2011      2010        B/(W)
                                  -------   -------   ----------
        Total Gross Margin        32.7 %    33.6 %    (0.9)  pts.
        RD&E as a % of Revenue     3.3 %     3.5 %     0.2    pts.
        SAG as a % of Revenue     19.9 %    20.9 %     1.0    pts.
        Operating Margin (3)       9.6 %     9.2 %     0.4    pts.
        Pre-Tax income margin      6.6 %     6.0 %     0.6    pts.
        

Third quarter 2011 operating margin(3) of 9.6% increased 0.4-percentage points as compared to the third quarter 2010. The increase was primarily due to disciplined cost and expense management.

Gross Margin

Gross margin of 32.7% decreased 0.9-percentage points, as compared to the third quarter 2010. The decrease was driven by the ramping of new services contracts, the line of business mix within the Services segment and the higher mix of Services revenue.

Technology gross margin decreased by 0.6-percentage points as compared to the third quarter 2010, due primarily to a lower supplies margin driven by mix within supplies sales. Price erosion was more than offset by the impact of cost productivities and restructuring savings.

Services gross margin decreased by 0.9-percentage points as compared to the third quarter 2010, due primarily to the ramping of new services contracts within BPO and ITO as well as the line of business mix within the Services segment.

Research, Development and Engineering Expenses ("RD&E")

Third quarter 2011 RD&E as a percent of revenue of 3.3% decreased 0.2-percentage points from the third quarter 2010. In addition to lower spending, the decrease was driven by the positive mix impact of the continued growth in Services revenue, which historically has a lower RD&E percent of revenue.

RD&E of $183 million in the third quarter 2011 was $6 million lower than the third quarter 2010, reflecting the impact of restructuring and productivity improvements. Innovation is one of our core strengths and we continue to invest at levels that enhance this core strength, particularly in color, software and services. Xerox R&D is strategically coordinated with Fuji Xerox.

Selling, Administrative and General Expenses ("SAG")

SAG as a percent of revenue of 19.9% decreased 1.0-percentage points from the third quarter 2010. In addition to spending reductions including lower compensation, the decrease was driven by positive mix impact from the continued growth in Services revenue, which historically has a lower SAG percent of revenue.

SAG Expenses of $1,109 million in the third quarter 2011 were $27 million lower than the third quarter 2010. There was a $26 million unfavorable impact from currency for the quarter. SAG expenses reflect the following:

-- $15 million decrease in selling expenses, reflecting benefits from restructuring, productivity improvements and a decrease in brand advertising, partially offset by the impact of acquisitions.

-- $10 million decrease in general and administrative expenses, reflecting the benefits from restructuring and operational improvements.

-- $2 million decrease in bad debt expenses, as improvements in the write-off trends for the U.S. and Canada were partially offset by higher write-offs in Europe. 2011 third quarter bad debt expense continued to remain at less than one percent of receivables.

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

During the third quarter 2011, we recorded net restructuring and asset impairment credits of $4 million, primarily resulting from net reversals and changes in estimated reserves from prior period initiatives. During the third quarter 2010, we recorded $4 million of net restructuring and asset impairment charges for actions primarily in North America.

The restructuring reserve balance as of September 30, 2011, for all programs was $126 million, of which approximately $119 million is expected to be spent over the next twelve months.

Acquisition Related Costs

Acquisition related costs associated with our acquisition of ACS were $5 million in the third quarter 2010. These costs primarily represent incremental external costs directly related to the integration of ACS and Xerox.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

During the third quarter 2011, we recorded $87 million of expense related to the amortization of intangible assets, which is $2 million higher than third quarter 2010.

Worldwide Employment

Worldwide employment of 134,200 at September 30, 2011 decreased approximately 2,300 from year-end 2010, primarily due to restructuring related actions more than offsetting the impact of acquisitions.

Other Expenses, Net

                                                    Three Months Ended
                                                       September 30,
                                                   -------------
        (in millions)                                2011       2010
        ---------------------------------------    --------- ----------
        Non-financing interest expense              $ 60      $  87
        Interest income                               (5)       (4)
        Gains on sales of businesses and assets        -        (15)
        Currency losses, net                          10          -
        Litigation matters                             3          2
        All other expenses, net                       18          6
                                                      --        ---
             Total Other Expenses, Net              $ 86      $  76
                                                   == ==     == ===
        

Non-Financing Interest Expense

Third quarter 2011 non-financing interest expense of $60 million was $27 million lower than third quarter 2010 primarily reflecting a lower average debt balance due to the redemption of the $550 million 2013 Senior Notes in October 2010 and other repayments of debt, as well as the benefit of lower borrowing costs achieved as a result of utilizing the commercial paper program.

Gains on Sales of Businesses and Assets

Third quarter 2010 gains on sales of businesses and assets of $15 million was related primarily to the sale of a facility in Latin America.

Currency Losses, net

Third quarter 2011 currency losses of $10 million were primarily due to the significant movement in exchange rates during the quarter among the U.S. Dollar, Euro, Yen and several developing market currencies.

Income Taxes

Third quarter 2011 effective tax rate was 22.1%. On an adjusted basis(3), third quarter 2011 tax rate was 25.1%, which was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to geographical mix of profits as well as a higher foreign tax credit benefit as a result of our decision to repatriate current year income from certain non U.S. subsidiaries.

Third quarter 2010 effective tax rate was 29.9%. On an adjusted basis(3), third quarter 2010 tax rate was 31.8%, which was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to the net tax benefits from the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related tax rates in these jurisdictions as well as the settlement and remeasurement of certain previously unrecognized tax benefits. These benefits were partially offset by the incremental U.S. tax cost on foreign income.

Xerox operations are widely dispersed. The statutory tax rate in most non U.S. jurisdictions is lower than the combined U.S. and state tax rate. The amount of income subject to these lower foreign rates relative to the amount of U.S. income will impact our effective tax rate. However, no one country outside of the U.S. is a significant factor to our overall effective tax rate. Certain foreign income is subject to U.S. tax net of any available foreign tax credits. Our full year estimated effective tax rate includes a benefit of approximately 9 percentage points from these non U.S. operations which is comparable to 2010.

Our effective tax rate is based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors, including the taxation of foreign income. In addition, our effective tax rate will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events that may not be predictable. We anticipate that our effective tax rate for fourth quarter 2011 will be approximately 29%, excluding the effects of intangibles amortization and discrete events.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates, which primarily reflects our 25% share of Fuji Xerox net income, was $43 million, an increase of $17 million compared to third quarter 2010.

Third quarter 2011 equity income includes charges of $1 million related to our share of Fuji Xerox after-tax restructuring compared to $6 million of charges for the third quarter 2010.

Net Income

Third quarter 2011 net income attributable to Xerox was $320 million, or $0.22 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis(3), net income attributable to Xerox was $374 million, or $0.26 per diluted share. Third quarter 2011 adjustments to net income include amortization of intangible assets.

Third quarter 2010 net income attributable to Xerox was $250 million, or $0.17 per diluted share. On an adjusted basis(3), net income attributable to Xerox was $314 million, or $0.22 per diluted share.

The Net Income and EPS reconciliation table in the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section contains the third quarter adjustments to net income.

The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share are included as Appendix I. See Non-GAAP financial measures for calculation of adjusted EPS.

Segment Review

                                         Three Months Ended September30,
                                ------------------------------------
        (in millions)              Total   % of Total      Segment       Segment
                                 Revenues    Revenue    Profit (Loss)    Margin
        ----------------        -------    ---------   ------------    --------
          2011
               Technology        $ 2,500      45 %       $   258        10.3 %
               Services            2,717      49 %           323        11.9 %
               Other                 366       6 %           (86)     (23.5 %)
                                   -----   ----- ----       ---- ----  ----- ---
               Total             $ 5,583     100 %       $   495         8.9 %
                                == =====   ===== ====  ==== ====       ===== ===
          2010
               Technology        $ 2,466      45 %       $   247        10.0 %
               Services            2,554      47 %           286        11.2 %
               Other                 408       8 %           (79)     (19.4 %)
                                   -----   ----- ----       ---- ----  ----- ---
               Total             $ 5,428     100 %       $   454         8.4 %
                                == =====   ===== ====  ==== ====       ===== ===
        

Refer to Appendix II for the reconciliation of Segment Profit to Pre-tax Income.

Technology

Our Technology segment includes the sale of products and supplies, as well as the associated technical service and financing of those products.

Revenue

                                  Three Months Ended
                                     September30,
                                 --------------
        (in millions)               2011       2010     Change
        ------------------       ---------- ---------- --------
        Equipment sales           $   798    $   805    (1 %)
        Annuity revenue(1)          1,702      1,661     2 %
                                    -----      -----
        Total Revenue             $ 2,500    $ 2,466     1 %
                                 == =====   == =====
        

Third quarter 2011 Technology revenue of $2,500 million increased 1% from the third quarter 2010, including a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. Revenue results included the following:

-- 1% decrease in equipment sales revenue with a 2-percentage point positive impact from currency. This decrease was driven by continued positive performance in mid-range and high-end color installs more than offset by a decline in entry installs. Consistent with prior quarters, price declines were in the range of 5%to 10%. Technology revenue excludes sales in our document outsourcing offerings. As noted in the Revenues section above, combined with our Services-related equipment sales revenue, total company equipment sales increased 3%from third quarter 2010.

-- 2% increase in annuity revenue(1) with a 3-percentage point positive impact from currency. An increase in supplies revenue was offset by a decline in pages, while revenue per page continued to increase.

-- Technology revenue mix was 22% entry, 58% mid-range and 20% high-end.

Segment Margin

Third quarter 2011 Technology segment margin of 10.3% increased 0.3 percentage points from third quarter 2010. Lower cost and expense from restructuring savings in addition to an increase in equity in net income from unconsolidated affiliates more than offset the gross margin decline.

Installs

Entry

-- 11% decrease in total black-and-white and color multifunction devices and color printers driven by a combination of continued higher backlog and timing of product introductions.

Mid-Range

-- 40% increase in installs of mid-range color devices partially driven by recovery of some of the Japan related constraints. Growth was strong in all geographies and was driven by demand for the Xerox Color 550/560 and WorkCentre(R) 7545/7556. Growth in these products has enabled market share gains in the fastest growing segment of the office color market.

-- 6% decrease in installs of mid-range black-and-white devices driven by declines in Europe.

High-End

-- 3% increase in installs of high-end color systems driven by continued growth of the Xerox Color 800 and 1000 and the iGen, which continues to enable market share growth in the fastest growing segment of the Production market. This growth was partially offset by a decline in the Entry Production Color products. Two new products were recently announced that will improve our future competitiveness in the Entry Production Color product category.

-- 8% decrease in installs of high-end black-and-white systems.

Note: Install activity percentages include installations for Document Outsourcing and the Xerox-branded products shipped to GIS. "Entry", "Mid-Range" and "High-End" are defined in Appendix II.

Services

Our Services segment comprises three service offerings: Document Outsourcing ("DO"), Business Process Outsourcing ("BPO") and Information Technology Outsourcing ("ITO").

Revenue

Third quarter 2011 Services total revenue of $2,717 million increased 6%, including a 1-percentage point positive impact from currency.

-- DO revenue increased 12%, including a 3-percentage point positive impact from currency, and represented 33% of total Services revenue. Growth was driven primarily by new signings . DO revenue includes revenues from our partner print services offerings.

-- BPO delivered growth of 6% and represented 55% of total Services revenue. Consistent with our strategy to expand our services offerings through tuck-in acquisitions, BPO growth was driven by recent acquisitions. In addition, the human resource services, customer care, transportation solutions and healthcare payer services businesses contributed to growth.

-- ITO revenue was flat in comparison to third quarter 2010 and represented 12% of total Services revenue.

Segment Margin

Third quarter 2011 Services segment margin of 11.9% increased 0.7-percentage points from third quarter 2010. Lower cost and expense from productivity and restructuring savings more than offset the gross margin decline.

Metrics

Pipeline

Our total services sales pipeline, including synergy opportunities, grew 5% over the third quarter 2010. This sales pipeline includes the Total Contract Value ("TCV") of new business opportunities that potentially could be contracted within the next six months and excludes business opportunities with estimated annual recurring revenue in excess of $100 million.

Signings

Signings are defined as estimated future revenues from contracts signed during the period, including renewals of existing contracts. Services signings were an estimated $3.9 billion in TCV for the quarter.

-- BPO signings of $2.3 billion TCV.

-- DO signings of $1.0 billion TCV.

-- ITO signings of $0.6 billion TCV.

Signings increased 33% from the third quarter 2010, driven by strong growth across all three service offerings. Signings decreased 9% on a trailing twelve month basis as compared to the comparable prior year period driven by the cyclicality of large deals. Signings continued to trend positively, increasing sequentially for the second straight quarter.

Note: TCV is estimated total revenue for future contracts for pipeline or signed contracts for signings as applicable.

Other

Revenue

Third quarter 2011 Other revenue of $366 million decreased 10%, including a 3-percentage point positive impact from currency due to a decline in paper sales, wide format systems and other supplies partially offset by an increase in network integration and electronic presentation systems. Paper comprised approximately 60% of the third quarter 2011 Other segment revenue.

Segment Margin

Third quarter 2011 Other loss of $86 million increased $7 million from third quarter 2010, primarily driven by the revenue declines referenced above and partially offset by a decline in SAG expense.

Notes

(1) Annuity revenue = Service, outsourcing and rentals + Supplies, paper and other sales + Finance income.

(2)Represents revenues from color devices and is a subset of total revenues and excludes Global Imaging Systems ("GIS") revenues.

(3)See the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section for an explanation of the non-GAAP financial measure.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

                                                                                Three Months Ended
                                                                                   September 30,
                                                                         ----------------------
        (in millions)                                                       2011       2010      Change
        ------------------------------------------------------------     ---------- ---------- -----------
        Net cash provided by operating activities                         $  366     $  366     $    -
        Net cash used in investing activities                               (167)     (266)       99
        Net cash used in financing activities                               (492)     (231)     (261)
        Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents         (20)       24        (44)
                                                                           ----- -    -----       ---- --
        Decrease in cash and cash equivalents                               (313)     (107)     (206)
        Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                   1,098      1,082         16
                                                                           -----      -----       ----
        Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period                        $  785     $  975     $ (190)
                                                                         = =====    = =====    == ==== ==
        

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $366 million in the third quarter 2011, which was flat from third quarter 2010 primarily due to the following:

-- $77 million increase due to changes in other assets and liabilities primarily reflecting the timing of interest and other payments.

-- $63 million increase in pre-tax income before depreciation and amortization, net gain on sales of businesses and assets and restructuring.

-- $47 million increase due to higher accounts payable and accrued compensation primarily related to accounts payable reflecting improvement in payment terms, as well as higher inventory.

-- $12 million increase due to lower restructuring payments.

-- $83 million decrease due to higher contributions to our defined pension benefit plans.

-- $54 million decrease in derivatives primarily due to the absence of proceeds from the early termination of certain interest rate swaps.

-- $47 million decrease due to a lower benefit from accounts receivable sales partially offset by improved collections.

-- $28 million decrease due to higher inventory levels reflecting anticipated fourth quarter 2011 activity.

In September 2011, we also elected to make a US pension contribution of 16.6 million shares of our common stock, with an aggregate value of approximately $130 million, to meet our planned level of funding for 2011.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $167 million in the third quarter 2011. The $99 million decrease in the use of cash from third quarter 2010 was primarily due to the following:

-- $95 million decrease primarily due to the 2011 acquisition of ESM for $43 million as compared to the acquisitions of ExcellerateHRO, LLP for $125 million and Georgia Duplication Products for $21 million in 2010.

-- $24 million decrease due to lower capital expenditures (including internal use software).

-- $10 million increase due to lower cash proceeds from asset sales.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $492 million in the third quarter 2011. The $261 million increase in the use of cash from third quarter 2010 was primarily due to the following:

-- $309 million resulting from the resumption of our share repurchase program.

-- $49 million decrease from net debt activity. Third quarter 2011 reflects the repayment of $750 million of Senior Notes and net payments of $2 million on other debt offset by net proceeds of $651 million on Commercial Paper. Third quarter 2010 reflects net payments of $100 million on the Credit Facility and $50 million on other debt.

Customer Financing Activities

The following represents our Total finance assets, net associated with our lease and finance operations:

        (in millions)                           September 30 December 31,
                                                    2011         2010
        ----------------------------------      ---------    ---------
        Total Finance receivables, net (1)        $  6,355     $  6,620
        Equipment on operating leases, net             505          530
                                                     -----        -----
        Total Finance Assets, net                 $  6,860     $  7,150
                                                ==== =====   ==== =====
        

The decrease of $290 million in Total finance assets, net includes favorable currency of $42 million.

(1) Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following summarizes our debt:

        (in millions)                                        September 30,     December 31,
                                                                 2011              2010
        --------------------------------------------       --------------    --------------
        Principal debt balance(1)                            $   8,997         $   8,380
        Net unamortized discount                                    (7)              (1)
        Fair value adjustments                                     205               228
                                                                ------            ------
        Total Debt                                               9,195             8,607
        Less: current maturities and short-term debt            (2,096)          (1,370)
                                                                ------ ----       ------ ----
        Total Long-Term Debt                                 $   7,099         $   7,237
                                                           ==== ======       ==== ======
        _____________
        

(1) Includes Commercial Paper of $651 million and $300 million as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. September 30, 2011 balance also includes $650 million in debt resulting from the refinancing of the Xerox Capital Trust I preferred securities.

Our lease contracts permit customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation; therefore, we maintain a certain level of debt (that we refer to as financing debt) to support our investment in these lease contracts, which are reflected in Total finance assets, net. For this financing aspect of our business, we maintain an assumed 7:1 leverage ratio of debt to equity as compared to our finance assets. Based on this leverage, the following represents the breakdown of total debt between financing debt and core debt:

        
        (in millions)            September 30, December 31,
                                     2011          2010
        -----------------       -----------    ---------
        Financing Debt(1)         $  6,003       $  6,256
        Core Debt                    3,192          2,351
                                     -----          -----
        Total Debt                $  9,195       $  8,607
                                ==== =====     ==== =====
        

(1) Financing Debt includes $5,561 million and $5,793 million as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, of debt associated with Total Finance receivables, net and is the basis for our calculation of "Equipment financing interest" expense. The remainder of the financing debt is associated with equipment on operating leases.

Sales of Accounts Receivables

We have facilities in the U.S., Canada and several countries in Europe that enable us to sell to third-parties, on an on-going basis, certain accounts receivable without recourse. The accounts receivables sold are generally short-term trade receivables with payment due dates of less than 60 days. Accounts receivable sales were as follows:

                                                                 Three Months
                                                              Ended September 30,
                                                             --------------
        (in millions)                                           2011       2010
        ----------------------------------------------       ---------- ----------
        Accounts receivable sales                             $ 754      $ 574
        Deferred proceeds                                        93         97
        Fees associated with sales                                5          3
        Estimated decrease to operating cash flows (1)          (35)      (11)
        _____________
        

(1) Represents the difference between current and prior period receivable sales adjusted for the effects of the deferred proceeds, collections prior to the end of the quarter and currency.

Forward-Looking Statements

This release contains "forward-looking statements" as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "will," "should" and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management's current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. These factors include but are not limited to: changes in economic conditions, political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements, environmental regulations and tax matters in the United States and in the foreign countries in which we do business; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; the outcome of litigation and regulatory proceedings to which we may be a party; actions of competitors; our ability to expand equipment placements and to drive the expanded use of color in printing and copying; development of new products and services; interest rates, cost of borrowing and access to credit markets; our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services and to maintain and improve cost efficiency of operations, including savings from restructuring actions; the risk that unexpected costs will be incurred; reliance on third parties for manufacturing of products and provision of services; the risk that we will not realize all of the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of Affiliated Computer Services, Inc.; our ability to recover capital investments; the risk that subcontractors, software vendors and utility and network providers will not perform in a timely, quality manner; the risk that multi-year contracts with governmental entities could be terminated prior to the end of the contract term; the risk that individually identifiable information of customers, clients and employees could be inadvertently disclosed or disclosed as a result of a breach of our security; and other factors that are set forth in the "Risk Factors" section, the "Legal Proceedings" section, the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other sections of our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and June 30, 2011 and our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of new information or future events or developments, except as required by law.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We have reported our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). In addition, we have discussed the non-GAAP measures described below. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are set forth below as well as in the 2011 third quarter presentation slides available at www.xerox.com/investor .

These non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the Company's reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted Earnings Measures

To better understand the trends in our business and the impact of the ACS acquisition, we believe it is necessary to adjust the following amounts determined in accordance with GAAP to exclude the effects of the certain items as well as their related income tax effects. Note: In 2011, adjustments are expected to be limited to the amortization of intangible assets and other discrete items.

-- Net income and Earnings per share ("EPS")

-- Effective tax rate

-- Operating income and margin

The above have been adjusted for the following items:

-- Restructuring and asset impairment charges (including those incurred by Fuji Xerox) (2010 only): Restructuring and asset impairment charges consist of costs primarily related to severance and benefits for employees terminated pursuant to formal restructuring and workforce reduction plans. We exclude these charges because we believe that these historical costs do not reflect expected future operating expenses and do not contribute to a meaningful evaluation of our current or past operating performance. In addition, such charges are inconsistent in amount and frequency. Such charges are expected to yield future benefits and savings with respect to our operational performance.

-- Acquisition related costs (2010 only): We incurred significant expenses in connection with our acquisition of ACS which we generally would not have otherwise incurred in the periods presented as a part of our continuing operations. Acquisition related costs include transaction and integration costs, which represent external incremental costs directly related to completing the acquisition and the integration of ACS and Xerox. We believe it is useful for investors to understand the effects of these costs on our total operating expenses.

-- Amortization of intangible assets: The amortization of intangible assets is driven by our acquisition activity which can vary in size, nature and timing as compared to other companies within our industry and from period to period. Accordingly, due to the incomparability of acquisition activity among companies and from period to period, we believe exclusion of the amortization associated with intangible assets acquired through our acquisitions allows investors to better compare and understand our results. The use of intangible assets contributed to our revenues earned during the periods presented and will contribute to our future period revenues as well. Amortization of intangible assets will recur in future periods.

In addition to the above excluded items, operating income and margin also exclude other expenses, net. Other expenses, net is primarily composed of non-financing interest expense.

Constant Currency

To better understand trends in our business, we believe that it is helpful to adjust revenue to exclude the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. We refer to this adjusted revenue as "constant currency." Currencies for developing market countries (Latin America, Brazil, Middle East, India, Eurasia and Central-Eastern Europe) that we operate in are reported at actual exchange rates for both actual and constant revenue growth rates because (1) these countries historically have had volatile currency and inflationary environments and (2) our subsidiaries in these countries have historically taken pricing actions to mitigate the impact of inflation and devaluation. Management believes the constant currency measure provides investors an additional perspective on revenue trends. Currency impact can be determined as the difference between actual growth rates and constant currency growth rates.

Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide an additional means of analyzing the current periods' results against the corresponding prior periods' results. However, these non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the Company's reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for comparable GAAP measures and should be read only in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our management regularly uses our supplemental non-GAAP financial measures internally to understand, manage and evaluate our business and make operating decisions. These non-GAAP measures are among the primary factors management uses in planning for and forecasting future periods. Compensation of our executives is based in part on the performance of our business based on these non-GAAP measures.

A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures and the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are set forth on the following tables:

Net Income and EPS reconciliation:

        (in millions; except per share amounts)       Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended
                                                     September 30, 2011(1)   September 30, 2010
                                                    ---------------        ---------------
                                                    Net Income      EPS    Net Income      EPS
        ------------------------------------------  ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
        Reported                                      $   320     $ 0.22     $   250     $ 0.17
        Adjustments:
        ------------------------------------------
        Amortization of intangible assets                  54       0.04          53       0.04
        Xerox and Fuji Xerox restructuring charges                                 8       0.01
        ACS acquisition-related costs                                              3          -
                                                                               -----       ----
                                                           54       0.04          64       0.05
        Adjusted                                      $   374     $ 0.26     $   314     $ 0.22
                                                    === =====   === ====   === =====   === ====
        Weighted average shares for adjusted EPS        1,453                  1,444
        __________
        (1) For 2011, we are only adjusting for Amortization of intangible
        assets.
        

Average shares for the calculation of adjusted EPS for the third quarter 2011 were 1,453 million and include 27 million shares associated with the Series A convertible preferred stock and therefore the quarterly dividend of $6 million is excluded. Third quarter 2010 shares of 1,444 million also include the 27 million shares associated with the Series A convertible preferred stock and the quarterly dividend of $6 million was excluded. We evaluate the dilutive effect of the Series A convertible preferred stock on an "if-converted" basis.

2011 Guidance:

                                                                       Earnings Per Share
                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                    Q4 2011            FY 2011
                                                              ------------------ ------------------
        GAAP EPS                                                 $0.28 - $0.31      $0.92 - $0.95
        Adjustments:
        --------------------------------------------------
        Amortization of intangible assets                                 0.04               0.15
        Loss on early extinguishment of liability                            -               0.01
                                                                 -------------      -------------
                                                                          0.04               0.16
        Adjusted EPS                                             $0.32 - $0.35      $1.08 - $1.11
                                                                 =============      =============
        Estimated weighted average shares for adjusted EPS               1,425              1,450
        Estimated fully diluted shares at 12/31/2011                                        1,405
        --------------------------------------------------                          -------------
        

Effective Tax reconciliation:

                                                Three Months Ended           Three Months Ended
                                               September 30, 2011(1)         September 30, 2010
                                           ------------------           ------------------
        (in millions)                       Pre-Tax  Income   Effective  Pre-Tax  Income   Effective
                                            Income     Tax    Tax Rate   Income     Tax    Tax Rate
                                                     Expense                      Expense
        ---------------------------------  -----    -----    --------   -----    -----    --------
        Reported                            $ 367    $  81   22.1 %      $ 328    $  98   29.9 %
        Adjustments:
        ---------------------------------
        Amortization of intangible assets      87       33                  85       32
        Xerox restructuring charge                                           4        2
        ACS acquisition-related costs                                        5        2
                                                                           ---      ---
        Adjusted                            $ 454    $ 114   25.1 %      $ 422    $ 134   31.8 %
                                           == ===   == ===   ==== ====  == ===   == ===   ==== ====
        _______________
        (1) For 2011, we are only adjusting for Amortization of intangible
        assets.
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        

Operating Income / Margin reconciliation

                                                                 Three Months Ended             Three Months Ended
                                                                 September 30, 2011             September 30, 2010
                                                           --------------------           --------------------
        (in millions)                                        Profit     Revenue   Margin    Profit     Revenue   Margin
        -------------------------------------------------  ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------
        Reported pre-tax income                             $ 367      $ 5,583   6.6 %     $ 328      $ 5,428   6.0 %
        Adjustments:
        -------------------------------------------------
        Xerox restructuring (credit) charge                    (4)                            4
        ACS acquisition-related costs                           -                              5
        Amortization of intangible assets                      87                             85
        Other expenses, net                                    86                             76
                                                              ---                            ---
             Adjusted Operating                             $ 536      $ 5,583   9.6 %     $ 498      $ 5,428   9.2 %
        Fuji Xerox restructuring charge                         1                              6
        Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates      43                             26
        Other expenses, net*                                  (85)                          (76)
                                                              --- --                         --- --
             Segment Profit/Revenue                         $ 495      $ 5,583   8.9 %     $ 454      $ 5,428   8.4 %
                                                           == ===     == =====   === ===  == ===     == =====   === ===
        _______________
        * Includes rounding adjustments.
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        

        
                                                                      APPENDIX I
                                                                   Xerox Corporation
                                                                       Earnings
                                                                   per Common Share
                                                         (in millions, except per share data.
                                                                 Shares in thousands)
                                                                                  Three Months Ended                 Nine Months Ended
                                                                                     September 30,                     September 30,
                                                                           --------------------------        --------------------------
                                                                                 2011             2010             2011             2010
                                                                           ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
        Basic Earnings per Share:
        Net income attributable to Xerox                                    $       320      $       250      $       920      $       435
        Accrued Dividends on preferred stock                                         (6)             (6)            (18)            (15)
                                                                              --------- --     --------- --     --------- --     --------- --
        Adjusted net income available to common shareholders                $       314      $       244      $       902      $       420
                                                                           == =========     == =========     == =========     == =========
        Weighted average common shares outstanding                            1,396,176        1,387,110        1,398,855        1,301,950
                                                                              =========        =========        =========        =========
        Basic Earnings per Share                                            $      0.23      $      0.18      $      0.65      $      0.32
                                                                           == =========     == =========     == =========     == =========
        Diluted Earnings per Share:
        Net income attributable to Xerox                                    $       320      $       250      $       920      $       435
        Accrued Dividends on preferred stock                                         (6)             (6)            (18)            (15)
        Interest on Convertible Securities, net                                       -                -                1                -
        Adjusted net income available to common shareholders                $       314      $       244      $       903      $       420
                                                                           == =========     == =========     == =========     == =========
        Weighted average common shares outstanding                            1,396,176        1,387,110        1,398,855        1,301,950
        Common shares issuable with respect to:
             Stock options                                                        7,952           11,691           10,932           11,795
             Restricted stock and performance shares                             19,578           15,912           19,906           15,036
             Convertible preferred stock                                              -                -                -                -
             Convertible securities                                               1,992            1,992            1,992                -
                                                                              ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
        Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding                   1,425,698        1,416,705        1,431,685        1,328,781
                                                                              =========        =========        =========        =========
        Diluted Earnings per Share                                          $      0.22      $      0.17      $      0.63      $      0.32
                                                                           == =========     == =========     == =========     == =========
        The following securities were not included in the computation of
        diluted earnings per share
        because to do so would have been
        anti-dilutive:
        Stock options                                                            56,507           70,747           53,527           70,643
        Restricted stock and performance shares                                  23,692           24,147           23,364           25,022
        Convertible preferred stock                                              26,966           26,966           26,966           26,966
        Convertible Securities                                                        -                -                -            1,992
                                                                              ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                                                107,165          121,860          103,857          124,623
                                                                              =========        =========        =========        =========
        Dividends per Common Share                                          $    0.0425      $    0.0425      $    0.1275      $    0.1275
                                                                           == =========     == =========     == =========     == =========
        

        
                                             APPENDIX II
                                          Xerox Corporation
                                           Reconciliation
                            of Segment Operating Profit to Pre-Tax Income
                                                                       Three Months Ended
                                                                          September 30,
                                                                    ------------------
        (in millions)                                                   2011         2010
        ------------------------------------------------------      ------------ ------------
        Segment Profit                                                $  495       $ 454
           Reconciling items:
             Restructuring and asset impairment charges                   4           (4)
             Restructuring charges of Fuji Xerox                         (1)         (6)
             Acquisition-related costs                                    -           (5)
             Amortization of intangible assets                          (87)        (85)
             Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates          (43)        (26)
             Other                                                       (1)          -
                                                                        --- ---      ---
        Pre-Tax Income                                                $ 367        $ 328
                                                                    === ===      === ===
        

Our reportable segments are aligned to how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Technology, Services and Other.

        Technology:
                      The Technology segment is centered around strategic product
                      groups, which share common technology, manufacturing and product
                      platforms.
                      This segment includes the sale of document systems
                      and supplies, provision of technical service and financing of
                      products. Our products range from:
                         --
                         "Entry", which includes A4 devices and desktop printers.
                         --
                         "Mid-Range", which includes A3 devices that generally serve
                         workgroup environments in mid to large enterprises. This
                         includes products that fall into the market categories, Color
                         41+ppm
        Services:     The Services segment comprises three service offerings:
                         --
                         Document Outsourcing, which includes Managed Print Services and
                         revenues from our partner print services offerings.
                         --
                         Business Process Outsourcing, which includes Xerox's historic
                         Business Process Outsourcing services.
                         --
                         Information Technology Outsourcing.
        Other:     The Other segment includes Xerox Supplies Business Group ("XSBG")
                      (predominantly paper), Wide Format Systems, licensing revenue, GIS
                      network integration solutions and electronic presentation systems,
                      and non-allocated corporate items.
        

SOURCE: Xerox Corporation

        
        Xerox Corporation 
        Media: 
        Karen Arena, +1-203-849-5521 
        karen.arena@xerox.com 
        Ken Ericson, +1-410-571-0161 
        kenneth.ericson@xerox.com

EPS unfavorably impacted by discrete tax items of $0.06 per share

Repurchased $125 million of LXK shares in 3Q, anticipate another $125 million in 4Q

Announced acquisition of Netherlands-based Pallas Athena, a leading provider of business process management (BPM), document output management (DOM) and process mining software

Lexmark International, Inc. /quotes/zigman/131011/quotes/nls/lxk LXK +0.54% today announced financial results for the third quarter of 2011.

"Our revenue growth for the quarter was once again stronger than expected, highlighted by core growth of 10 percent year on year driven by a double digit increase in high end hardware, supplies and managed print services," said Paul Rooke, Lexmark chairman and chief executive officer. "Lexmark remains committed to driving value for our shareholders, demonstrated by our recent actions including the repurchase of $125 million of Lexmark stock in the third quarter and the planned repurchase of another $125 million in fourth quarter; the acquisition of Pallas Athena; and the introduction of our enterprise-focused, cloud-based, mobile Print Release solution.

"Our acquisition of Pallas Athena and investment in the BPM market demonstrates Lexmark's continued focus on strategic acquisitions of technologies that strengthen our unique portfolio of leading end-to-end fleet management and business process solutions," added Rooke. "We expect this to be attractive to our global enterprise customers and help expand both our managed print services and Perceptive Software offerings."

Third Quarter 2011 Results

For the third quarter of 2011, revenue of $1.035 billion grew 1 percent compared with the same quarter last year.

Third quarter 2011 earnings per share were unfavorably impacted by discrete tax items of $0.06 per share. Third quarter 2010 earnings per share were favorably impacted by discrete tax items of $0.04 per share.

        
        Earnings Per Share                3Q11  3Q10
        GAAP                              $0.86 $0.90
        Restructuring-related adjustments 0.03  0.08
        Acquisition-related adjustments   0.06  0.11
        Non-GAAP                          $0.95 $1.09
        

GAAP earnings per share for the third quarter of 2011 were $0.86. Excluding $0.09 per share for restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments, earnings per share for the third quarter of 2011 would have been $0.95. GAAP earnings per share for the third quarter of 2010 were $0.90. Earnings per share for the third quarter of 2010 would have been $1.09 excluding $0.19 per share for restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments.

In the third quarter, Hardware revenue grew 2 percent, Supplies revenue was about flat, and Software and Other revenue grew 15 percent, or 5 percent excluding acquisition-related adjustments.

Imaging Solutions and Services (ISS) revenue of $1.012 billion grew 1 percent in the third quarter compared to the same period last year. Perceptive Software revenue in the third quarter of $23 million grew 57 percent, or 15 percent excluding acquisition-related adjustments.

Third quarter 2011 GAAP results:

Revenue was $1.035 billion compared to $1.020 billion last year.

Gross profit margin was 36.9 percent versus 35.4 percent in 2010.

Operating expense was $283 million compared to $268 million last year.

Operating income margin of 9.6 percent includes $9 million pretax for restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments. Operating income margin in 2010 of 9.1 percent included $19 million for pretax restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments.

Net earnings for the quarter were $67 million compared to third quarter 2010 net earnings of $72 million.

Third quarter 2011 non-GAAP results, excluding restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments:

Revenue would have been $1.035 billion compared to $1.025 billion last year.

Gross profit margin would have been 37.3 percent versus 36.5 percent in 2010.

Operating expense would have been $279 million compared to $262 million last year.

Operating income margin would have been 10.4 percent compared to 10.9 percent last year.

Net earnings would have been $74 million compared to $87 million in the third quarter of 2010.

The company ended the third quarter of 2011 with $1.2 billion in cash and current marketable securities. In the third quarter, net cash provided by operating activities was $48 million, capital expenditures were $41 million, and depreciation and amortization was $54 million. On August 2, 2011, the company announced the resumption of its share repurchase program. The company indicated that it anticipated repurchasing $250 million of its shares during the second half of 2011. Lexmark repurchased approximately 4.1 million of its shares during the third quarter for $125 million. The company anticipates completing the remaining $125 million during the fourth quarter of 2011. The company's remaining share repurchase authorization was about $366 million at quarter end.

Lexmark Acquires Pallas Athena

Last week, Lexmark announced the acquisition of Netherlands-based Pallas Athena in a cash transaction, valued at approximately $50.2 million. The Dutch company will become a part of Perceptive Software, a stand-alone business unit within Lexmark.

Pallas Athena is a leading provider of BPM, DOM and process mining software, with significant industry experience in the insurance, government and life sciences segments. Pallas Athena's software products enable a broad range of BPM capabilities, which include dynamic case management and customer communications management. Key differentiators of its software products include ease of implementation and an intuitive user interface.

The rapidly growing BPM software market is closely adjacent to Perceptive Software's existing enterprise content management (ECM) market. By bringing these closely aligned technologies together, Lexmark will further strengthen its industry-leading fleet management solutions and services with a broader range of workflow solutions that are more functional, and easier to implement and use than existing tools available in the market today.

Lexmark's Cloud-Based Print Release Solution Enables Mobile Printing from Anywhere

Last week, Lexmark announced its enterprise-class, cloud-based Print Release solution with the Lexmark Mobile Printing App, which is designed for Apple iOS and Android smartphones and tablets(1). The solution enables employees, using a hosted deployment, to submit print jobs directly to the print queue and release them at any hosted Print Release enabled(2) output device. Print Release can be hosted in the cloud via a Software as a Service (SaaS) model or on premise. The hosted deployment allows IT administrators to scale their Lexmark Print Release solution quickly without the need to invest in new IT infrastructure, all while enabling comprehensive mobile printing capabilities across the fleet.

The Lexmark Print Release solution can also be configured to allow employees to print from any email-enabled mobile device, including a BlackBerry, by simply attaching the document to an email and sending it to their corporate Print Release email account.

Perceptive Software Driving Growth in Healthcare Vertical

Perceptive Software continues to expand its healthcare clinical customer base, having signed several new hospitals that will integrate ImageNow with their core health information systems. Two of the new healthcare customers include Piedmont Healthcare in Atlanta and the University of Chicago Medical Center. Perceptive customers continue to choose the company's solutions based upon their deep integration with health information systems from industry leading companies such as Cerner, Epic and MEDITECH.

Looking Forward

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the company currently expects revenue to decline in the mid-single digit range year on year. GAAP earnings per share in the fourth quarter of 2011 are expected to be around $1.02 to $1.12, or $1.15 to $1.25 excluding $0.13 per share for restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments. GAAP earnings per share in the fourth quarter of 2010 were $1.10, or $1.29 excluding $0.19 per share for restructuring-related and acquisition-related adjustments. The company continues to expect its effective tax rate for 2011 will be 23 percent.

Conference Call Today

The company will be hosting a conference call with securities analysts today at 8:30 a.m. (EDT). A live broadcast and a complete replay of this call can be accessed from Lexmark's investor relations website at http://investor.lexmark.com . If you are unable to connect to the Internet, you can access the call via telephone at 888-693-3477 (outside the U.S. by calling 973-582-2710) using access code 12620499.

Lexmark's earnings presentation slides, including reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures, will be available on Lexmark's investor relations website prior to the live broadcast.

About Lexmark

Lexmark International, Inc. /quotes/zigman/131011/quotes/nls/lxk LXK +0.54% provides businesses of all sizes with a broad range of printing and imaging products, software, solutions and services that help customers to print less and save more. Perceptive Software, a stand-alone software business within Lexmark, is a leading provider of enterprise content management software that helps organizations easily manage the entire lifecycle of their documents and content, simplifying their business processes, and fueling greater operational efficiency. In 2010, Lexmark sold products in more than 170 countries and reported more than $4 billion in revenue.

To learn more about Lexmark, please visit www.lexmark.com . For more information on Perceptive Software, please visit www.perceptivesoftware.com .

For more information on Lexmark, see the Lexmark Facebook page and follow us on Twitter.

For more information about Perceptive Software, please visit the company's Facebook and Twitter profiles.

"Safe Harbor" Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: Statements in this release which are not historical facts are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties which may cause the company's actual results or performance to be materially different from the results or performance expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that may impact such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, volatility of the global economy, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; reliance on international production facilities, manufacturing partners and certain key suppliers; inability to be successful in the Company's transition to higher-usage segments of the inkjet market; inability to realize all of the anticipated benefits of the Company's business combinations, including the Perceptive Software and Pallas Athena acquisitions; market acceptance of new products and pricing programs; increased investment to support product development and marketing; the financial failure or loss of business with a key customer or reseller, including loss of retail shelf placements; periodic variations affecting revenue and profitability; excessive inventory for the Company and/or its reseller channel; failure to manage inventory levels or production capacity; credit risk associated with the Company's customers, channel partners, and investment portfolio; aggressive pricing from competitors and resellers; the inability to develop new products and enhance existing products to meet customer needs on a cost competitive basis; entrance into the market of additional competitors focused on printing solutions and software solutions, including enterprise content management and business process management solutions; inability to perform under managed print services contracts; decreased supplies consumption; increased competition in the aftermarket supplies business; possible changes in the size of expected restructuring costs, charges, and savings; unforeseen cost impacts as a result of new legislation; changes in the Company's tax provisions or tax liabilities; fees on the Company's products or litigation costs required to protect the Company's rights; inability to obtain and protect the Company's intellectual property rights and defend against claims of infringement and/or anticompetitive conduct; the outcome of litigation or regulatory proceedings to which the Company may be a party; the inability to attract, retain and motivate key employees; changes in a country's political or economic conditions; conflicts among sales channels; the failure of information technology systems; disruptions at important points of exit and entry and distribution centers; business disruptions; terrorist acts; acts of war or other political conflicts; or the outbreak of a communicable disease; and other risks described in the company's Securities and Exchange Commission filings. The company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

All product features, specifications and capabilities are subject to change without notice.

(1) Sending a print job from the Lexmark Mobile Printing App requires iPhone® 3G or newer, devices running iOS 4.2 or later, or Android® devices running version 2.1 or newer.

(2) Lexmark Embedded Solutions Framework supported print devices or non-Lexmark PCL/PostScript printers equipped with a card reader and connected through a Lexmark Print Release Appliance (Lexmark N7020e).

        LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
        (In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)
        (Unaudited)
                                                      Three Months Ended        Nine Months Ended
                                                      September 30              September 30
                                                      ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                      2011         2010         2011         2010
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Revenue                                       $ 1,034.9    $ 1,019.7    $ 3,113.5    $ 3,095.7
        Cost of revenue                               653.2        658.5        1,929.0      1,969.7
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Gross profit                                  381.7        361.2        1,184.5      1,126.0
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Research and development                      95.0         91.4         276.3        272.4
        Selling, general and administrative           187.3        178.1        560.4        505.2
        Restructuring and related charges (reversals) 0.4          (1.5)        (2.3)        3.0
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Operating expense                             282.7        268.0        834.4        780.6
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Operating income                              99.0         93.2         350.1        345.4
        Interest (income) expense, net                7.5          6.5          22.3         18.9
        Other (income) expense, net                   (0.4)        (0.8)        (0.7)        0.3
        Net impairment losses on securities           -            -            -            0.2
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Earnings before income taxes                  91.9         87.5         328.5        326.0
        Provision for income taxes                    24.9         15.5         76.9         73.6
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Net earnings                                  $      67.0  $      72.0  $    251.6   $    252.4
        Net earnings per share:
        Basic                                         $      0.87  $      0.92  $      3.21  $      3.21
        Diluted                                       $      0.86  $      0.90  $      3.17  $      3.18
        Shares used in per share calculation:
        Basic                                         77.2         78.6         78.5         78.6
        Diluted                                       78.0         79.7         79.3         79.4
        

        LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
        (In Millions)
        (Unaudited)
                                                   September 30         December 31
                                                   2011                 2010
                                                   -------------------  -----------------
        ASSETS
        Current assets:
        Cash and cash equivalents                  $             373.9  $           337.5
        Marketable securities                      847.6                879.7
        Trade receivables, net                     468.4                479.6
        Inventories                                343.6                366.1
        Prepaid expenses and other current assets  259.0                206.7
                                                   -------------------  -----------------
        Total current assets                       2,292.5              2,269.6
        Property, plant and equipment, net         880.5                904.8
        Marketable securities                      11.5                 18.0
        Goodwill                                   185.0                187.3
        Intangibles, net                           138.3                155.3
        Other assets                               173.6                170.2
        Total assets                               $          3,681.4   $        3,705.2
        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
        Current liabilities:
        Accounts payable                           $             491.7  $           535.3
        Accrued liabilities                        648.0                711.0
                                                   -------------------  -----------------
        Total current liabilities                  1,139.7              1,246.3
        Long-term debt                             649.3                649.1
        Other liabilities                          371.3                415.5
                                                   -------------------  -----------------
        Total liabilities                          2,160.3              2,310.9
                                                   -------------------  -----------------
        Stockholders' equity:
        Common stock and capital in excess of par  864.1                842.4
        Retained earnings                          1,431.4              1,179.8
        Treasury stock, net                        (529.4)              (404.4)
        Accumulated other comprehensive loss       (245.0)              (223.5)
                                                   -------------------  -----------------
        Total stockholders' equity                 1,521.1              1,394.3
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $          3,681.4   $        3,705.2
        

        LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES
        (Unaudited)
        Net Earnings (In Millions)                     3Q11                 3Q10
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        GAAP                                           $                67  $           72
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs  2                    6
        Acquisition-related adjustments                5                    9
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        Non-GAAP                                       $                74  $           87
                                                       Nine months ended September 30
        Net Earnings (In Millions)                     2011                 2010
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        GAAP                                           $              252   $         252
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs  8                    24
        Acquisition-related adjustments                15                   15
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        Non-GAAP                                       $              274   $         291
        Earnings Per Share                             3Q11                 3Q10
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        GAAP                                           $             0.86   $        0.90
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs  0.03                 0.08
        Acquisition-related adjustments                0.06                 0.11
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        Non-GAAP                                       $             0.95   $        1.09
                                                       Nine months ended September 30
        Earnings Per Share                             2011                 2010
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        GAAP                                           $             3.17   $        3.18
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs  0.10                 0.30
        Acquisition-related adjustments                0.19                 0.19
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        Non-GAAP                                       $             3.46   $        3.67
        Earnings Per Share Guidance                    4Q11                 4Q10
                                                       -------------------  --------------
        GAAP                                           $1.02 - $1.12        $        1.10
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs  0.05                 0.07
        Acquisition-related adjustments                0.08                 0.12
                                                                            --------------
        Non-GAAP                                       $1.15 - $1.25        $        1.29
        

         Refer to Appendix 1 for discussion of management's use of GAAP and Non-GAAP measures.
         Totals may not foot due to rounding.
        

        LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES
        (Unaudited)
        Revenue (In Millions) *                               3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  $ 1,035    $ 1,020
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                0          5
        Non-GAAP                                              $ 1,035    $ 1,025
        Software and Other Revenue (In Millions) **           3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  $      67  $      58
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                0          5
        Non-GAAP                                              $      67  $      64
        Perceptive Software Revenue (In Millions) ***         3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  $      23  $      14
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                0          5
        Non-GAAP                                              $      23  $      20
        Gross Profit (In Millions)                            3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  $    382   $    361
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs (3)(4)  0          4
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                4          9
        Non-GAAP                                              $    386   $    374
        Gross Profit Margin (%)                               3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  36.9%      35.4%
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs         0.0%       0.4%
        Acquisition-related adjustments                       0.4%       0.9%
        Non-GAAP                                              37.3%      36.5%
        Operating Expense (In Millions)                       3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  $    283   $    268
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs (3)(4)  (2)        (4)
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                (2)        (2)
        Non-GAAP                                              $    279   $    262
        Operating Income  (In Millions)                       3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  $      99  $      93
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs (3)(4)  3          8
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                6          11
        Non-GAAP                                              $    108   $    112
        Operating Income Margin (%)                           3Q11       3Q10
                                                              ---------  ---------
        GAAP                                                  9.6%       9.1%
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs         0.3%       0.7%
        Acquisition-related adjustments                       0.6%       1.1%
                                                              ---------  ---------
        Non-GAAP                                              10.4%      10.9%
        

            Refer to Appendix 1 for discussion of management's use of GAAP and Non-GAAP measures.
            Totals may not foot due to rounding.
        *   Year-to-year Revenue growth was 1% on a GAAP basis and 1% on a non-GAAP basis.
        **  Year-to-year Software and Other Revenue growth was 15% on a GAAP basis and 5% on a non-GAAP basis.
        *** Year-to-year Perceptive Software Revenue growth was 57% on a GAAP basis and 15% on a non-GAAP basis.
        (1) Amounts for the three months ended September 30, 2011, include total acquisition-related adjustments of $5.8 million with $0.1 million, $3.9 million, $0.1 million and $1.7 million included in  Revenue, Cost of revenue, Research and development and Selling, general and administrative, respectively.
        (2) Amounts for the three months ended September 30, 2010, include total acquisition-related adjustments of $11.3 million with $5.4 million, $3.7 million, and $2.2 million included in  Revenue, Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative, respectively.
        (3) Amounts for the three months ended September 30, 2011, include total restructuring-related charges and project costs of $2.8 million with $0.5 million and $1.9 million included in Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative, respectively, in addition to the $0.4 million in Restructuring and related charges (reversals).
        (4) Amounts for the three months ended September 30, 2010, include total restructuring-related charges and project costs of $7.7 million with $4.1 million and $5.1 million included in Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative, respectively, in addition to the ($1.5) million in Restructuring and related charges (reversals).
        

    LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES
        (Unaudited)
                                                              Nine months ended September 30
        Revenue (In Millions) *                               2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  $ 3,113     $ 3,096
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                4           7
        Non-GAAP                                              $ 3,117     $ 3,103
        Software and Other Revenue (In Millions) **           2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  $    202    $    156
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                4           7
        Non-GAAP                                              $    206    $    163
        Perceptive Software Revenue (In Millions) ***         2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  $      65   $      21
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                4           7
        Non-GAAP                                              $      69   $      28
        Gross Profit (In Millions)                            2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  $ 1,185     $ 1,126
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs (3)(4)  1           16
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                15          12
        Non-GAAP                                              $ 1,200     $ 1,154
        Gross Profit Margin (%)                               2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  38.0%       36.4%
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs         0.0%        0.5%
        Acquisition-related adjustments                       0.5%        0.4%
        Non-GAAP                                              38.5%       37.2%
        Operating Expense (In Millions)                       2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  $    834    $    781
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs (3)(4)  (9)         (15)
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                (4)         (8)
        Non-GAAP                                              $    821    $    758
        Operating Income  (In Millions)                       2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  $    350    $    345
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs (3)(4)  10          31
        Acquisition-related adjustments (1)(2)                19          20
        Non-GAAP                                              $    379    $    396
        Operating Income Margin (%)                           2011        2010
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        GAAP                                                  11.2%       11.2%
        Restructuring-related charges & project costs         0.3%        1.0%
        Acquisition-related adjustments                       0.6%        0.6%
                                                              ----------  ------------------
        Non-GAAP                                              12.2%       12.8%
        

            Refer to Appendix 1 for discussion of management's use of GAAP and Non-GAAP measures.
            Totals may not foot due to rounding.
        *   Year-to-year Revenue growth was 1% on a GAAP basis and 0% on a non-GAAP basis.  Perceptive Software was acquired on June 7, 2010.  Financial results of 2010 include those of Perceptive Software subsequent to the date of acquisition.
        **  Year-to-year Software and Other Revenue growth was 29% on a GAAP basis and 26% on a non-GAAP basis.
            Perceptive Software was acquired on June 7, 2010.  Financial results of 2010 include those of Perceptive Software subsequent to the date of acquisition.
        *** Year-to-year Perceptive Software Revenue growth was 213% on a GAAP basis and 144% on a non-GAAP basis.
            Perceptive Software was acquired on June 7, 2010.  Financial results of 2010 include those of Perceptive Software subsequent to the date of acquisition.
        (1) Amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, include total acquisition-related adjustments of $19.1 million with $3.6 million, $11.3 million, $0.3 million and $3.9 million included in  Revenue, Cost of revenue, Research and development and Selling, general and administrative, respectively.
        (2) Amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, include total acquisition-related adjustments of $19.7 million with $7.4 million, $4.7 million, and $7.6 million included in  Revenue, Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative, respectively.
        (3) Amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, include total restructuring-related charges and project costs of $10.0 million with $0.8 million and $11.5 million included in Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative, respectively, in addition to the $(2.3) million in Restructuring and related charges (reversals).
        (4) Amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, include total restructuring-related charges and project costs of $31.0 million with $15.8 million and $12.2 million included in Cost of revenue and Selling, general and administrative, respectively, in addition to the $3.0 million in Restructuring and related charges (reversals).
        

        Appendix 1
        Note: Management believes that presenting non-GAAP measures is useful because they enhance investors' understanding of how management assesses the performance of the Company's businesses. Management uses non-GAAP measures for budgeting purposes, measuring actual results to budgeted projections, allocating resources and in certain circumstances for employee incentive compensation. Adjustments to GAAP results in determining non-GAAP results fall into two broad general categories that are described below:
              1) Restructuring-related charges
              In recent years, the Company has initiated restructuring plans which have resulted in operating expenses which otherwise would not have been incurred. The size of these items can vary significantly from period to period and the Company does not consider these items to be core operating expenses of the business.  Restructuring and related charges that are excluded from GAAP earnings to determine non-GAAP earnings consist of accelerated depreciation, asset impairments, employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges. They also include project costs that relate to the execution of the restructuring plans. These project costs are incremental to normal operating charges and are expensed as incurred, such as compensation costs for overlap staffing, travel expenses, consulting costs and training costs.
              2) Acquisition-related adjustments
              In connection with acquisitions, management provides supplementary non-GAAP financial measures of revenue and expenses to normalize for the impact of business combination accounting rules as well as to exclude certain expenses which would not have been incurred otherwise.
              a. Adjustments to Revenue
              Due to business combination accounting rules, deferred revenue balances for service contracts assumed as part of acquisitions are adjusted down to fair value. Fair value approximates the cost of fulfilling the service obligation, plus a reasonable profit margin. Subsequent to acquisitions, management adds back the amount of amortized revenue that would have been recognized had the acquired company remained independent and had the deferred revenue balances not been adjusted to fair value.   Management reviews non-GAAP revenue to allow for more complete comparisons to historical performance as well as to forward-looking projections and also uses it as a metric for employee incentive compensation.
              b. Amortization of intangible assets
              Due to business combination accounting rules, intangible assets are recognized which were not previously presented on the balance sheet of the acquired company. These intangible assets consist primarily of purchased technology, customer relationships, trade names, in-process R&D and non-compete agreements. Subsequent to the acquisition date, some of these intangible assets begin amortizing and represent an expense that would not have been recorded had the acquired company remained independent. The total amortization of the acquired intangible assets varies from period to period, due to the mix in value and useful lives of the different assets. For the purpose of comparing financial results to historical performance as well as for defining targets for employee incentive compensation, management excludes the amortization of the acquired intangible assets on a non-GAAP basis.
              c. Acquisition and integration costs
              In connection with its acquisitions, the Company incurs expenses that would not have been incurred otherwise. The acquisition costs include items such as investment banking fees, legal and accounting fees, and costs of retention bonus programs for the senior management of the acquired company. Integration costs may consist of information technology expenses, consulting costs and travel expenses. The costs are expensed as incurred and can vary substantially in size from one period to the next. For these reasons, management excludes these expenses from non-GAAP earnings in order to evaluate the Company's performance on a continuing and comparable basis.
              In addition to GAAP results, management presents these non-GAAP financial measures to provide investors with additional information that they can utilize in their own methods of evaluating the Company's performance.
              Management compensates for the material limitations associated with the use of non-GAAP financial measures by having specific initiatives associated with restructuring actions and acquisitions approved by management, along with their budgeted costs. Subsequently, actual costs incurred as a part of these approved restructuring plans and acquisitions are monitored and compared to budgeted costs to assure that the Company's non-GAAP financial measures only exclude pre-approved restructuring-related costs and acquisition-related adjustments. Any non-GAAP measures provided by the Company may not be comparable to similar measures of other companies as not all companies calculate these measures in the same manner.
        

SOURCE Lexmark International, Inc.

Press release from the issuing company

2011 Third Quarter in Review

Looking back at the global economy in the third quarter of 2011, the pace of economic recovery further decelerated due to downward pressure on the economies of Europe and the United States. In the United States, a lack of progress in alleviating the high unemployment rate and housing problems led to a decline in the growth rate, while in Europe, as the peripheral countries confront the debt crisis, the major economies of the region also slowed down. In contrast, emerging Asian countries, such as China and India, continued to achieve solid economic growth fueled by stable domestic demand. In Japan, although the economy continued to face severe challenges, progress was made in restoring the supply chain and indications pointed to a recovery in production in the aftermath of the Great East Japan Earthquake. As for the markets in which Canon operates amid these conditions, within the office equipment market, demand for network digital multifunction devices (MFDs) continued to recover moderately. The laser printer market continued to display solid growth boosted by emerging economies. With regard to the consumer products market, demand for digital single-lens reflex (SLR) cameras maintained significant growth in all regions, while the market for compact digital cameras grew steadily in emerging markets. Demand for inkjet printers achieved healthy growth in emerging markets and a recovery of demand was also felt in Japan, resulting in stable growth overall. In the industry and others sector, investment in semiconductor lithography equipment used to manufacture DRAM memory devices was partially restrained due to a slowdown in the PC market. Despite solid growth in liquid crystal display (LCD) lithography equipment for the manufacture of mid- and small-size LCD panels used in smartphones, demand for equipment used to manufacture large LCD panels has remained sluggish since the beginning of the year.

The average values of the yen during the third quarter and first nine months of the year were ¥77.75 and ¥80.39 to the U.S. dollar, respectively, year-on-year appreciations of approximately ¥8 and ¥9, and ¥109.98 and ¥113.23 to the euro, respectively, year-on-year appreciations of approximately ¥1 and ¥3.

In the third quarter, owing to recovery efforts following the earthquake through increased production and expanded sales, net sales of digital SLR cameras recorded significant year-on-year growth. As for network digital MFDs and laser printers, despite the signs of recovery from the previous quarter, third-quarter net sales declined from the year-ago period. Additionally, the Industry and Others Business Unit recorded an increase in net sales during the three-month period. Amid the impact of the strong yen against the U.S. dollar, which led to significantly reduced sales, overall net sales for the third quarter totaled ¥916.9 billion (U.S.$11,908 million), an increase of 0.4% from the year-ago period. Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 totaled ¥2,592.7 billion (U.S.$33,671 million), slipping 1.8% year on year, reflecting the effects of the earthquake in the first half of the year. The gross profit ratio for the third quarter improved by 0.5 points to 49.4%, thanks to ongoing cost-cutting efforts that absorbed the impact of the appreciation of the yen to the U.S. dollar, while the ratio for the first nine months of the year rose 0.4 points to 49.3%. Gross profit for the third quarter totaled ¥452.5 billion (U.S.$5,877 million), a year-on-year increase of 1.3%, and totaled ¥1,277.2 billion (U.S.$16,588 million) for the first nine months, a year-on-year decline of 1.1%, due to reduced sales. Operating expenses decreased by ¥12.5 billion (U.S.$163 million) for the quarter owing to Group-wide efforts to thoroughly reduce spending. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, however, the amount increased by ¥7.6 billion (U.S.$99 million), mainly stemming from the effects of new consolidation arising from the acquisition of Océ N.V. in the previous year. Consequently, third-quarter operating profit totaled ¥122.5 billion (U.S.$1,592 million), jumping 17.4% year on year, income before income taxes totaled ¥118.3 billion (U.S.$1,536 million), an increase of 8.7% from the year-ago period, and net income attributable to Canon Inc. totaled ¥77.9 billion (U.S.$1,011 million) for the quarter, an increase of 14.2%, achieving year-on-year increases in both sales and profit for the first time in four quarters. As for the first nine months of the year, operating profit decreased by 7.0% to ¥283.5 billion (U.S.$3,681 million), income before income taxes declined 9.2% to ¥281.9 billion (U.S.$3,661 million), and net income attributable to Canon Inc. dipped 2.8% to ¥187.2 billion (U.S.$2,431 million).

Basic net income attributable to Canon Inc. stockholders per share for the third quarter was ¥64.43 (U.S.$0.84), an increase of ¥9.36 (U.S.$0.12) compared with the corresponding quarter for the previous year, and ¥153.42 (U.S.$1.99) for the first nine months of 2011, a year-on-year decrease of ¥2.37 (U.S.$0.03).

Results by Segment

Looking at Canon’s quarterly performance by business unit, within the Office Business Unit, amid stable demand for color network digital MFDs, particularly the imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5000/C2000-series, efforts to restore production following the earthquake led to a year-on-year increase in overall sales volumes. In addition, sales of imagePRESS C7010VPS/C6010VPS/C6010S-series color MFDs for production printing, which were launched in March this year and are the first products to be jointly developed by Canon and Océ, gained momentum and contributed to increased unit sales of digital commercial printing and production printing devices for corporate clients. As for laser printers, hearty demand centered on emerging countries boosted unit sales volume, mainly for monochrome models, resulting in nearly double-digit growth compared with the corresponding period of the previous year. These performances, however, were affected by the appreciation of the yen against the U.S. dollar along with a shift in demand to lower-priced products. As a result, third-quarter sales for the segment dropped 6.7% year on year to ¥472.9 billion (U.S.$6,142 million), while operating profit for the quarter decreased 11.2% to ¥67.8 billion (U.S.$880 million) due to the appreciation of the yen against the U.S. dollar along with the decline in gross profit accompanying reduced sales. Sales for the first nine months of the year totaled ¥1,419.6 billion (U.S.$18,436 million), slipping 1.3% year on year, while operating profit decreased by 17.9% to ¥190.7 billion (U.S.$2,476 million).

Within the Consumer Business Unit, active efforts to boost production and expand sales in response to robust demand for digital SLR cameras resulted in significant increases in sales volumes over the corresponding year-ago period for such models as the entry-level EOS Rebel T3i/T2i/T3 and the advanced-amateur EOS 5D Mark II and EOS 60D. As for compact digital cameras, sales of the PowerShot ELPH 100 HS/300 HS and PowerShot SX230 HS, which were launched this spring, remained solid while sales of the PowerShot ELPH 310 HS introduced in September recorded a healthy start, resulting in a year-on-year increase of unit sales overall. With regard to inkjet printers, despite the impact of severe price competition among market players in Europe and elsewhere, unit sales increased year on year, fueled by sales growth for the mid- to high-end PIXMA MG6220/6120/5120, mainly in Japan, and for the entry-level PIXMA MP280, mainly in emerging markets. Accordingly, amid the effects of the strong yen to the U.S. dollar, third-quarter sales for the Consumer Business Unit increased 7.0% year on year to ¥347.4 billion (U.S.$4,512 million), and quarterly operating profit climbed 27.9% to ¥75.2 billion (U.S.$976 million), reflecting the effects of increased sales along with cost-reduction and expense-cutting efforts. Having not fully recovered from the negative effects of the earthquake in the first half and the impact of the appreciation of the yen, net sales for the first nine months totaled ¥939.3 billion (U.S.$12,198 million), a decline of 4.1% year on year, while operating profit totaled ¥160.4 billion (U.S.$2,083 million), a decrease of 7.3% year on year.

In the Industry and Others Business Unit, owing to active investment in semiconductor lithography equipment for the manufacture of NAND flash memories and digital-imaging sensors, which are used in smartphones, and power devices utilized in environmentally friendly products, sales of i-line steppers remained solid. Unit sales of LCD lithography equipment dropped substantially in the face of shrinking demand for equipment to produce large-size panels, an area in which Canon is particularly strong. In addition to these factors, sales of equipment used to manufacture organic light-emitting panels, which applies vacuum technologies and is sold by a Canon Group company, increased significantly, contributing to third-quarter sales for the segment, which totaled ¥123.8 billion (U.S.$1,608 million), an increase of 12.8%. Operating profit was ¥9.1 billion (U.S.$118 million), a surge of 106.9%, owing to the improved gross profit ratio along with efforts to curb expenses. Sales for the first nine months of the year totaled ¥306.8 billion (U.S.$3,985 million), rising 1.9% year on year, while operating profit was ¥20.5 billion (U.S.$267 million).

Cash Flow

During the first nine months of 2011, cash flow from operating activities totaled ¥342.6 billion (U.S.$4,449 million), a decrease of ¥176.8 billion (U.S.$2,297 million) compared with the year-ago period, as the amounts of accounts payable and accrued income tax increased in the previous year amid the recovery following the collapse of Lehman Brothers. Cash out flow from investing activities decreased ¥41.2 billion (U.S.$535 million) year on year, mainly as a result of corporate acquisition activities implemented in the year-ago period, totaling ¥202.0 billion (U.S.$2,623 million). Accordingly, free cash flow totaled ¥140.6 billion (U.S.$1,826 million), a decrease of ¥135.6 billion (U.S.$1,762 million) from the corresponding period of the previous year.

Cash flow from financing activities recorded an outlay of ¥251.6 billion (U.S.$3,267 million), mainly arising from the dividend payout and repurchases of treasury stock. This, along with the negative impact of foreign currency translation adjustments, resulted in cash and cash equivalents of ¥711.6 billion (U.S.$9,242 million), a decrease of ¥128.9 billion (U.S.$1,675 million) year on year.

Outlook

As for the outlook in the fourth quarter of 2011, the global economy is expected to realize low growth and also faces increasing downward risks due to public finance and financial market problems. Amid lingering concerns over high unemployment and housing issues in the United States, coupled with the debt crisis in Europe, the pace of recovery in these economies is expected to be weak. As for emerging economies such as China and India, which are expected to continue enjoying robust growth, there is concern over weakening export growth to Europe and the United States and the economic impact of tighter financial measures. Despite signs of recovery in Japan following the earthquake, the negative effects of the current historically strong yen on exports and the impact on production activities are expected to continue to have a negative influence on the Japanese economy.

In the businesses in which Canon is involved, within the office equipment market, demand for such products as network digital MFDs is anticipated to recover modestly. Although the slowdown in European economies and the United States is cause for concern, overall demand for laser printers is growing steadily. With regard to the consumer products market, demand for digital SLR cameras is expected to achieve robust growth. Amid the slowed growth for compact digital cameras due to weak consumer spending in developed countries, demand in emerging markets continues to grow steadily. Despite the fierce price competition within the inkjet printer segment, which is expected to continue, demand is projected to grow steadily. However, due to the floods in Thailand in this month, the company anticipates delays in production for select inkjet printer and digital camera products. In the industry and others market, although chip manufacturers are expected to further curb investment in semiconductor lithography equipment for the manufacture of DRAM memory devices, solid demand is projected for i-line steppers, a segment in which Canon excels. Demand for LCD lithography equipment targeting mid- and small-size LCD panels is also expected to grow in contrast to the sluggish demand for lithography equipment targeting large-size panels.

With regard to currency exchange rates for the last quarter in 2011, on which Canon’s performance outlook is based, despite the uncertain prospects of the current historically strong yen amid the instability in financial markets, Canon anticipates exchange rates for the period of ¥77 to the U.S. dollar and ¥105 to the euro. The annual average exchange rates are ¥79.41 to the U.S. dollar and ¥110.83 to the euro, representing appreciation of approximately ¥8 against the U.S. dollar and ¥4 against the euro compared with the annual average rates for the previous year.

Upon taking into consideration the abovementioned foreign exchange rate assumptions along with the current economic forecasts and market prospects, and incorporating the predicted impact of the floods in Thailand, Canon projects full-year consolidated net sales of ¥3,650.0 billion (U.S.$47,403 million), a year-on-year decrease of 1.5%; operating profit of ¥360.0 billion (U.S.$4,675 million), a year-on-year decrease of 7.1%; income before income taxes of ¥350.0 billion (U.S.$4,545 million), a year-on-year decrease of 10.9%; and net income attributable to Canon Inc. of ¥230.0 billion (U.S.$2,987 million), a year-on-year decrease of 6.7%.

PALO ALTO, Calif., Oct 26, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- HP HPQ -0.93% today announced it has been named a "leader" in the latest Gartner "Magic Quadrant Report for MFPs and Printers, Worldwide."(1)

An independent provider of IT and research advice, Gartner has published its latest Magic Quadrant report for MFPs (multifunction printers) and printers worldwide, which assessed technology providers on their "ability to execute" and "completeness of vision."

According to Gartner's report, "traditional speeds and feeds for typical office printing, such as output quality (for example, dots per inch and engine speed), have given way to the hardware's ability to integrate and deploy software applications that connect them to company's document management systems. Remote monitoring capabilities, diagnostics, security, cloud printing and other factors are becoming the true differentiators."

HP's strategic investments in these differentiators have enabled the company to establish a portfolio of innovative MFPs and printers that are supported by a broad range of applications and solutions.

Consumers, small to midsize businesses and enterprises working with HP as their technology on-ramp and off-ramp have effectively managed their information and document workflows using HP's cloud-enabled, web-connected print technologies that streamlined their workflows and increased security for significant gains in productivity and cost savings.

HP's Open Extensibility Platform and FutureSmart Firmware bolster the company's leadership position in MFPs and printers by simplifying the development and deployment of HP and third-party solutions, and allowing customers to quickly and easily update, manage and extend the capabilities of their MFPs and printers with the latest solutions and applications.

"We believe this recognition affirms not only the investment HP has made in imaging and printing, but also our strategy of ensuring that customers gain a real competitive advantage with these devices," said Ron Coughlin, senior vice president, LaserJet Enterprise Solutions, Imaging and Printing Group, HP. "HP is dedicated to building on its legacy of innovation to help customers meet their evolving needs."

About Gartner Magic Quadrant

The Magic Quadrant is copyrighted 2011 by Gartner, Inc. and is reused with permission. The Magic Quadrant is a graphical representation of a marketplace at and for a specific time period. It depicts Gartner's analysis of how certain vendors measure against criteria for that marketplace, as defined by Gartner. Gartner does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in the Magic Quadrant, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors placed in the "Leaders" quadrant. The Magic Quadrant is intended solely as a research tool, and is not meant to be a specific guide to action. Gartner disclaims all warranties, express or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

About HP

HP creates new possibilities for technology to have a meaningful impact on people, businesses, governments and society. The world's largest technology company, HP brings together a portfolio that spans printing, personal computing, software, services and IT infrastructure at the convergence of the cloud and connectivity, creating seamless, secure, context-aware experiences for a connected world. More information about HP is available at http://www.hp.com .

According to an article on Okezone.com, it suggests that the printing industry is growing fast in Indonesia, at a rate that continues to increase each year.

Although Brother is a new game player in the industry, President Director of PT Indonesia Brother International Sales, Yuichi Suzuki, is optimistic about their position in the market despite the global economic downturn.  During the recent launch of Brother at the Hotel Sangrila, Suzuki said, “We are committed to developing local markets and strengthening the position of our company in the region.” He also believes that Indonesia has a rapidly growing market, which is why the company is committed to improving its sales and customer service to further strengthen the image of Brother in the country.

With a population of 240 million people, and with a rapid development in computer technology, Indonesia is one of the fastest growing countries in the world.  In conjunction, demand for imaging products such as printers and multi-function centers (MFCs) will also increase.  Thus, the Indonesian market is expected to contribute to the overall revenue of Brother, Suzuki further explained.  Since entering the market in 2009, Brother Indonesia has established 38 service locations in 20 major cities throughout the country.

Meanwhile, Representative Director and Senior Managing Executive Officer of Brother Industries, Ltd., Yuji Furukawa explains that Brother Industries’ world-wide net profit for 2010 was 502.6 billion Yen.  As of April 2011, the company has 16 manufacturing facilities in most parts of Asia, including Malaysia and Taiwan.  By 2015, Brother’s goal is to dominate the world market, particularly Asia.  “We hope to become the leading brand of Mono laser MFC manufacturer in the world,” said Furukawa.

Lexmark International, Inc. announced that its enterprise-class Print Release solution can be hosted in the cloud via a Software as a Service (SaaS) model. The hosted deployment allows IT administrators to scale their Lexmark Print Release solution quickly without the need to invest in new IT infrastructure, all while enabling comprehensive mobile printing capabilities across the fleet.

To view the multimedia assets associated with this release, go to: http://multivu.prnewswire.com/mnr/lexmark/48234/

Enterprises will have flexibility in choosing the best Lexmark Print Release deployment option to meet their needs - either a traditional, on-premise deployment, or as a hosted service on a subscription basis. With the new service-oriented model, Lexmark provides a quick deployment and manages the Print Release solution, and associated infrastructure, remotely in a secure data center.

The hosted implementation of Lexmark Print Release includes broad support for enterprise-class mobile printing. With the Lexmark Mobile Printing App, which is designed for Apple iOS and Android smartphones and tablets(1), employees can submit print jobs directly to the print queue and release them at any hosted Print Release enabled(2) output device. The Lexmark Print Release solution can also be configured so employees can print from any email-enabled mobile device, including a BlackBerry, by simply attaching the document to an email and sending it to their corporate Print Release email account.

Lexmark Print Release not only supports printing from mobile devices, it also gives enterprises the ability to track and manage print jobs submitted from these devices when coupled with Lexmark's activity tracking solution, Document Accounting. This powerful combination gives IT administrators better visibility into and greater control over the output environments they manage. Lexmark Document Accounting adds comprehensive tracking and reporting capabilities, which monitor the activity on output devices to collect detailed data and create reports by users, groups and devices. Print Release jobs submitted by mobile device users are tracked just the same as jobs submitted from a desktop PC.

Equipped with this valuable information, large organizations can analyze, adapt and drive improved printing habits among employees and more efficiently manage their printing and imaging assets to cut costs and save resources. In fact, customers who have implemented Lexmark Print Release as part of a managed services engagement have seen a dramatic reduction in page output, also enabling them to reduce the number of devices in their fleet.

Lexmark's SaaS offerings will be available through Lexmark professional services engagements(3).

Supporting Quote:

"Tablets, smartphones and cloud-based technology are rapidly changing the way enterprises are managing their technology assets, and Lexmark's latest enhancements to its Print Release solution enable IT professionals to continue enhancing their output strategies while concurrently managing infrastructure costs and empowering today's mobile workers," said Marty Canning, Lexmark executive vice president and president of Imaging Solutions and Services. "For the past 20 years, Lexmark has helped many of the world's largest companies maximize their IT investment and improve their business processes, and Lexmark's new offerings are our latest examples of doing both successfully."

Supporting Resources:

Video: Lexmark and the Cloud

Lexmark Deployment Options Brochure

Lexmark Print Release and Document Accounting Brochure

About Lexmark

Lexmark International, Inc. provides businesses of all sizes with a broad range of printing and imaging products, software, solutions and services that help customers to print less and save more. Perceptive Software, a stand-alone software business within Lexmark, is a leading provider of enterprise content management software that helps organizations easily manage the entire lifecycle of their documents and content, simplifying their business processes, and fueling greater operational efficiency. In 2010, Lexmark sold products in more than 170 countries and reported more than $4 billion in revenue.

To learn more about Lexmark, please visit www.lexmark.com . For more information on Perceptive Software, please visit www.perceptivesoftware.com .

For more information on Lexmark, see the Lexmark Facebook page and follow us on Twitter.

For more information about Perceptive Software, please visit the company's Facebook and Twitter profiles.

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

(1) Sending a print job from the Lexmark Mobile Printing App requires iPhone® 3G or newer, devices running iOS 4.2 or later, or Android® devices running version 2.1 or newer.

(2) Lexmark Embedded Solutions Framework supported print devices or non-Lexmark PCL/PostScript printers equipped with a card reader and connected through a Lexmark Print Release Appliance (Lexmark N7020e).

(3) Per user subscription fees apply.

SOURCE Lexmark International, Inc.

EFI(TM), a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation, began showcasing one of the industry's largest and most robust sign and display graphics printing portfolios at the SGIA EXPO, running through October 21 in New Orleans. Located in booth 701, EFI is featuring its VUTEk(R), Rastek(TM) and Jetrion(R) lines of inkjet presses, together with the high-performance EFI Fiery(R) XF proServer. The company is also showing their industry-leading inkjet workflow bundles that fully integrate Web-to-Print and business automation software with Fiery XF RIPs and qualifying VUTEk GS Series inkjet printers.

"We're excited to be back at SGIA, one of the leading show venues in North America for the sign and display graphics market," said Scott Schinlever, senior vice president and general manager of inkjet solutions at EFI. "Visitors to our booth will find many new innovations since last year, including the breakthrough VUTEk GS3250lx with innovative LED ink curing, the first in its class. In addition, we have placed special focus on our workflow products, helping our customers eliminate bottlenecks and improve productivity and throughput to bring increased profitability to sign and display graphics businesses large and small."

Innovative VUTEk Inkjet Printers

The latest generation of VUTEk GS Series printers on display at SGIA are designed to expand the range of applications that can be created, increase throughput, boost profit potential, and integrate seamlessly via JDF with EFI Web-to-Print and MIS solutions for a streamlined, end-to-end production workflow.

The EFI VUTEk GS3250lx, a new addition to the GS family, is a breakthrough superwide format hybrid UV printer that features first-in-class innovative LED curing technology combined with proven UV ink technology. LED UV-curing extends the range of supported substrates and reduces production time and costs, significantly reducing total cost of ownership. Its ability to print on new types of thinner substrates enables new revenue streams, while enabling cost savings by printing on thinner, lower-cost versions of standard substrates. The VUTEk GS3250lx, which prints directly to rigid or flexible roll-to-roll substrates, satisfies customer demands for a greener printing solution with less waste, fewer consumables and decreased power consumption. It also increases productivity with its continuous board print mode.

Nick Olson, owner of PVS, which recently installed a VUTEk GS3250lx, has leveraged its capabilities to reduce costs and grow his business. He says, "The GS3250lx has enabled us to print on thinner substrates. This saves on both cost of materials and shipping. Now we can roll up output for shipping instead of using flat boxes, saving the customer about 30 percent on the job due to a lower cost of materials, as well as a 30 percent reduction in the cost of shipping. In addition, we are very excited about the new applications this printer has enabled, including the ability to print on aluminum (.020) and steel (22 gauge), wood, artist cotton canvas, .015 or thinner rigid materials, and thermoform PETG (.015-.020). It will certainly be a growth engine for our business."

The 3.2-meter EFI VUTEk GS3250r is designed to increase profitability by quickly and efficiently producing high-margin, closely viewed indoor applications with its 6-color, 1000 dpi image quality and UV roll-to-roll productivity. Its stunning print quality at high-speed ensures that customers will profit from increased production speeds and lower costs on a wider range of substrates and applications, and capture higher volume, premium-margin jobs with high quality point-of-purchase (P-O-P) output at up to 1,200 ft m2/hr (111 m2/hr). The VUTEk GS3250r includes multi-queue functionality and double-sided printing for added efficiency and capability. It comes standard with flexible co-branded EFI and 3M Premium UV Ink that increases application range and enables printing on a wider range of substrates, and output printed on 3M flexible media may qualify for 3M(TM) MCS(TM) Warranty.

The highly versatile EFI VUTEk GS5000r five-meter, roll-to-roll UV printer enables print shops to quickly and efficiently produce premium-margin jobs, like exhibition graphics, retail signage and digital textiles, as well as commercial graphics and long-term outdoor signage, including building wraps and fleet graphics, with one printer. For P-O-P image quality demands, it offers high-definition, eight-color plus optional white capability to produce life-like skin tones, smooth gradients and crisp four-point text. Users gain market-penetrating versatility with multi-roll printing on up to three 60-inch rolls simultaneously along with optional automated double-sided printing. It also comes standard with flexible co-branded EFI and 3M Premium UV Ink and qualifies for the 3M(TM) MCS(TM) Warranty when printing on 3M flexible media.

The EFI VUTEk TX3250r3.2 meter dye-sublimation textile printer, which will be featured in Hilord's booth 401, combines industrial productivity, high-quality output and application versatility to meet the growing demand and requirements of the soft signage and digital textile market. Its sublimation dyes offer rich, durable colors for polyester-based materials. With the ability to print direct to textile and transfer paper, the VUTEk TX3250r is an ideal solution for shops looking to grow their soft signage and textile business with the speeds of a production-level printer. It also enables users to diversify their offering by converting traditional vinyl signage to a product with lower shipping costs, a greener footprint, easier installation and higher margins.

Entry-level Production Wide-Format Rastek Printers

For smaller businesses, those just getting started in the sign and display graphics business, or those wanting to augment their printing capabilities, EFI Rastek printers are an ideal solution and can meet ROI requirements with as little as two hours per day of operation.

The EFI Rastek H652 UV hybrid printer produces stunning image quality on rigid and flexible media with variable drop grayscale print heads. With standard white ink printing capability and mid-level production speeds, it is an ideal solution for growing print shops taking their first step into true production printing. It also offers larger print shops additional capacity relief, production redundancy and specialty capabilities.

EFI's Rastek T1000 flatbed has a three-zone, 52" x 98" vacuum table with the versatility to quickly and easily handle materials up two inches thick, including difficult-to-handle substrates that require superior hold-down. With speeds up to 460 square feet per hour and grayscale print quality with resolution up to 1200 dpi, the T1000 is ideal for creating head-turning posters and point-of-purchase displays, along with specialty industrial applications such as membrane switches and packaging applications. The T1000 offers white ink capabilities with the ability to print in white at close to the same speed as CMYK, making it many times faster than others in its class. It is ideal for shops that want to enter traditional signage and specialty applications.

New Business Opportunities with Jetrion

Also at the EFI booth will be the Jetrion 4830 UV-curable digital inkjet label production printer. This innovative machine gives print service providers new business opportunities with digital color labels and small-format signage, extending users' portfolios of services and enabling them to tap into vertical revenue streams.

High-Performance Production Solution

The EFI Fiery XF proServer is a high-performance production solution designed exclusively for, but not limited to, VUTEk printers. It is designed for optimal performance of the Fiery XF software to provide unparalleled RIP speed and printer throughput to increase productivity, performance and efficiency on every job. The Fiery XF proServer is a scalable solution that improves printing, production and color capabilities with its expanded set of Fiery XF options, high-performance hardware platform and integration with other EFI products. An added benefit to customers is a complimentary 13-month support and maintenance plan on software and hardware, including free software upgrades and hardware replacement if needed.

Integrated Inkjet Workflow

"In today's highly competitive market," added Marc Olin, GM of EFI's Software Applications ("APPS") business unit, "putting a new press on the production floor is not sufficient to guarantee business success. As run lengths decline overall, and as the cross-over point between analog and digital continues to climb, the secret to success is a fully integrated production and business environment that eliminates as many manual touches as possible. That is why EFI has put tremendous effort into providing business and production solutions for the sign and display graphics market that ensure as much efficiency and automation as possible."

With this in mind, EFI is now offering three inkjet workflow bundles that provide fully integrated solutions. The integrated workflow provided by the combination of EFI Digital StoreFront(R) Web-to-Print platform and EFI Pace(TM) print management system to the Fiery XF RIP and qualifying VUTEk GS Series printer provides a powerful, sustainable process improvement opportunity. Together, these tools can boost customer's profit potential by virtually eliminating touch points, reducing waste, improving communication and maximizing capacity utilization.

Backed by tiered services, the three inkjet workflow integration options are:

        
          --  EFI Pace Inkjet Production Manager
          --  EFI Digital StoreFront for Wide Format
          --  EFI Pace Automated Business Management with Digital StoreFront
        
        
        

EFI also offers custom solutions tailored to each customer's unique business needs.

About EFI

EFI ( www.efi.com ) is a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation. EFI's award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. The company's robust product portfolio includes Fiery(R) digital controllers; VUTEk(R) superwide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks; Rastek(TM) UV wide-format inkjet printers; Jetrion(R) industrial inkjet printing systems; print production workflow and business process automation software; and corporate printing solutions.

Singapore and Hong Kong, October 25, 2011 – IDC finds printer consumable market in the Asia/Pacific excluding Japan (APEJ) region grew 0.29% sequentially and 8.65% year-on-year to reach US$1,593.01 million in Q2 2011.  Slow purchase by government in high growth economies like India, Indonesia and the PRC during the quarter has affected the growth of the overall printer consumable market in the region.

Out of the total consumable market, compatible brands contribute nearly US$300 million, which is approximately 20% of the total value. In emerging economies like India and the PRC, compatible or after-market brands contribute approximately 30% of the total consumable market in terms of value. However, in unit terms, share of compatible players is much higher and contribute approximately 40% of the total unit shipped on an overall basis. In emerging economies like India, Indonesia and Thailand, compatible players have more than 50% share of total consumable market in unit terms.

“OEMs are now challenging after-market players on printing cost per page (CPP) to improve their connect ratio on machines in field. OEMs have launched printers with ink tank systems as well as economic consumables, which has reduced the CPP and initiated a war over market share particularly in inkjet business," says Pankaj Chawla, Senior Market Analyst for Peripherals Research at IDC Asia/Pacific.

After-market printing industry is going to be more volatile in the coming quarters as the market big players are acquiring other players to garner larger pie of the market. Clover has acquired TRS Group, a European manufacturer, which has given Clover access to manufacturing facilities of Sakaar Printing Design and Engineering located in India. Zemasch Corporation, Thailand has also acquired local operating unit of Taiwan-based Full Colour International to increase its market share in printer ink business.

The PRC is leading the way for other emerging economies as most of the countries in the region are importing remanufactured cartridges, parts and toner powder from the PRC. The PRC is also leading in technology innovations. For example, Seine Technology Company has launched their own laser printers based on indigenous technology and propriety intellectual properties. Seine is now partnering with after-market players in other countries in the region to market its laser printers in these countries.

Figure 1:  Asia/Pacific Printer Consumable Value Breakdown in Q2 2011

Source: IDC Asia/Pacific Quarterly Printer Consumables Tracker, Q2 2011

For more information about the research or to purchase this data, please contact Sheryl Fuertez at +65-6829-7758 or sfuertez @idc.com.

Sales of single-function-printers (SFP) and multi-function printers (MFP) reached a total of 243,071 units in the second quarter, compared to 223,900 units in the first quarter of 2011.  That’s 9% up quarter-on--quarter (QoQ).  Year-on-year (YoY), it’s still a decline of 17%, according to the IDC Taiwan Quarterly SFP and MFP Tracker report.  Although a 9% growth was achieved in the second quarter, sales are still not as strong as expected.

Inkjet printers were up to 173,836 units sold in the second quarter compared to 161,363 units in the first quarter.  An 8% increase QoQ, but still 22% decline YoY.  IDC believes the YoY decline was caused by heavy marketing strategies in the second quarter with no new flagship models to support the campaign.

MFP sales were up 139,060 units in Q2 compared to 114,050 units in Q1, a 22% increase.  SFP sales on the other hand are down to 34,776 units in Q2 compared to 47,313 units in Q1, a 26% decrease in sales QoQ, and a 19% decrease in sales YoY.

According to Joey Yen, Senior Market Analyst of Peripherals at IDC Taiwan, consumers demanded more of the multi-function capabilities of the MFPs in second quarter.  In addition, more vendors promoted the MFPs which attributed to the increase in sales in Q2.

Laser printers had its share of increase in sales as well.  Up by 4%, a total of 57,463 laser printers were sold in Q2, compared to 55,138 printers in Q1, representing an increase of 4% QoQ and 0.4% YoY.  These figures include 33,914 laser SFPs in Q2 (32,750 Q1), and 23,363 laser MFPs in Q2 (21,853 in Q1).  That represents 4% up QoQ, but down 6% YoY for the laser SFPs, and 7% up QoQ , 12% up YoY for the laser MFPs.

The decline in sales YoY can be attributed to the delay in the shipments of supplies from Japan in the aftermath of the massive earthquake in March, but Lu Meng-Ping, Analyst at IDC Taiwan, expects a recovery in the fourth quarter.

-based on an article by Quincy Liang,  cens.com 10/17/2011

The IP-2000 uses Epson proprietary Micro Piezo technology, which enables direct printing onto semiconductor packages using high-visibility white UV cured ink, also developed by Epson. This method eliminates the danger of cutting into the IC inside the package since engraving is not required. To strengthen the adhesion between the ink and the package surface, the IP-2000 performs a cleaning action prior to ink application. Printing and ultraviolet irradiation are done simultaneously for the purpose of solidifying the ink. This way, the IP-2000 provides an integrated semiconductor package marking process, enabling customers to easily introduce it into their operations.

Further, printing plates required in the conventional pad method is not needed in the new system, which means that the IP 2000 can easily be used in small lot manufacturing for a wide variety of products.

With AKICI Inkjet Ve Laser Teknolojileri, OCP has chosen another very motivated partner. Based on their engagement and their long expertise in the remanufacturing industry, AKICI Inkjet Ve Laser Teknolojileri will provide excellent technical support to all companies in Turkey.

AKICI Inkjet Ve Laser Teknolojileri - the latest member of OCP’s distribution network- is owned by Fatih Akici, who has been working as a remanufacturer with OCP for many years. After a trial of six months, OCP and Akici are now intensifying the cooperation with the signature of the distribution agreement.

Companies from Turkey, who are interested to test and/or purchase OCP inks should contact our partner directly:

AKICI Inkjet Ve Laser Teknolojileri San.Ve Tic.

Ataturk Bulvari, Begonya Sok. No: 5/6

Istanbul Trakya Free Zone

Catalca-Istanbul

Contact:

Mr. Fatih Akici

Phone:   +90-212-7866250

Fax:           +90-212-7866251

E-Mail: fatih@qc.com.tr

Web:     http://www.qc.com.tr

GIA announces the release of a comprehensive global report on Inkjet Heads markets. The global market for Inkjet Heads is forecast to reach US$1.8 billion by the year 2017. Key factors driving market growth include continuing growth in digital imaging; increasing adoption of new digital imaging devices; enduring developments in the area of multimedia; and emergence of new applications such as electronic deposition, microfabrication of three-dimensional structures, and microdispensing for biological applications. Increasing use of inkjet printheads in the industrial sector and textile printing industry are also expected to fuel future market growth.

Inkjet printheads represent the largest selling Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) devices, and are widely used for small businesses and personal printing applications, which represent the leading consumer applications for inkjet heads. Though the inkjet heads market is mature, and is expected to exhibit limited growth compared to the other segments of the MEMS market, digital imaging would continue to be the key driver for the inkjet heads market in future. The market for inkjet heads, though mature, is evolving continuously. Increasing use of digital imaging devices, such as digital cameras and mobile phones, and the resultant need for printing digital photos is the key factor propelling the global inkjet heads market. In addition, the use of printing technology for other purposes, such as printing of electronic deposition, microfabrication of three-dimensional structures, and microdispensing for biological applications, is also driving the growth of the inkjet heads market. The constantly evolving field of multimedia also represents one of the major factors resulting in increased sales of inkjet heads, backed by the fact that printing needs increase as with increasing connectivity increase. Further, new and emerging applications in the industrial sector would also spur the inkjet heads market growth.

The US represents the largest regional market for Inkjet Heads worldwide, as stated by the new market research report on Inkjet Heads. Europe trails behind the US market. However, growth in the market would be led by the Asia-Pacific region, which is projected to be the fastest growing regional market during the analysis period. The Asia-Pacific inkjet market is forecast to post a compounded annual growth rate of more than 5.0% during the analysis period. Consumer market represents the largest end-use sector for inkjet heads worldwide. Demand for inkjet heads from the Industrial market is projected to increase at a faster rate compared to the consumer sector, registering a compounded annual growth rate of 3.6% during the analysis period.

Digital Imaging, with the evolution of devices such as mobile phones and digital cameras, is an important contributor to the growth of the inkjet heads market. Developments in the field of digital imaging significantly increased the printing needs of customers in the home and retail segments. Digital imaging, with increasing technological developments, is creating the need for improvements in print quality and print speed at low costs. This represents a major challenge for inkjet head manufacturers, who are constantly faced with the need to upgrade their technologies, in order to keep pace with the new requirements of the digital imaging industry. Resultantly, the evolution of the digital imaging industry has in turn ushered the development of advanced inkjet heads featuring sophisticated technologies.

Inkjet printing, over the years, not only evolved in terms of printing quality and speed, but also as a key technology for applications other than paper printing. The inkjet technology possesses immense potential to expand beyond printing, to applications in manufacturing and deposition, as inkjet heads have the ability to deposit small drops of any kind of fluid (both inks and non-inks) in a precise, well-defined, and repeatable format. In case of manufacturing, inkjet heads would aid in what would be called as ‘Printed electronics' wherein the heads would deposit chemicals on any given substrate. However, the market for inkjet printhead in printed electronics is still in the nascent stages, as the field would need further technological advancements. Use of Inkjet technology used in the field of electronics would be a potential low-cost alternative to the traditional manufacturing process, thereby resulting in the manufacture of low cost electronics, including disposable RFID chips. Other emerging applications for inkjet heads include biomedical, retail kiosk systems, and inkjet in large companies.

The new site includes a feature that can automatically detect what smartphone is being used, so the customer will purchase the correct accessories for their smartphones.The unique new technology, developed by RhinoForce LLC, is compatible with all major smartphones, including Android, iPhone, Blackberry.This will make the shopping experience easier and more convenient for customers, and will result in fewer incorrect orders.

“Our customers have been vocal in their appreciation of the site and this feature,” says Mylan Le, customer service manager for PrintCountry. “They like how quickly they can find the products specifically for their phones. We’ve received numerous emails and phone calls just to compliment us. We love that it minimizes mistakes, which makes the purchase easier for our customers.”

PrintCountry.com has been a leading online seller of printer supplies since 2001. PrintCountry has consistently introduced innovative and customer-friendly technology to help make online shopping easier, faster, and more accurate. One example is the Printer Detector, a patent-pending technology which automatically finds and lists all the printers on the user’s computer or network, as well as the compatible toner cartridges. It’s all done with a single click.

In 2010, PrintCountry introduced an iPhone app that combined the retail shopping experience with a game, earning the players points which could be used as discount for printer supplies. This initial venture into the mobile marketplace has been very successful.

“The mobile commerce market is increasing at a phenomenal rate,” says Ms. Le.“Our smartphone visits are currently almost ten percent of the traffic to our site. In May, for the first time, Android users visiting the site surpassed iPhone visitors. To stay competitive, we must be innovative. We believe this site will enhance the shopping experience for our customers.”

Print quality was also commended, with PC Pro readers giving Brother a 92% quality rating and 95% of respondents saying they would buy a Brother printer again.

"Our focus is always on improving Brother's offer in response to the needs of our users and this award proves we are getting it right."

"The fact the award was voted for by the people buying the printers makes it even more significant and we are grateful to all of our customers for their ongoing support.
Phil Jones, sales and marketing director for Brother, said: "Achieving best printer vendor status in the UK with PC Pro is a fantastic accreditation for Brother and a testament to our dedicated team and consistently evolving range of products.

Brother beat off competition from seven other leading printer vendors, including Canon, Samsung, Epson and HP, to gain the award.

More than 11,000 readers of the magazine voted for the winners, rating each category across a number of different factors and criteria.Brother won both the laser and inkjet printer categories, beating competitors for value for money, speed and reliability and gaining an overall score of 91%.

The PC Pro Excellence Award for best printer manufacturer has been awarded to Brother for the quality of their printers and print quality.

Konica Minolta is ranked #75 (up from #83 in 2010), and is the only MFP Office Copier manufacturer included on the 2011 list. Konica Minolta has been positioned in the Top 100 five times in the past six years including the last four consecutive years. Other global powerhouse brands (and their respective ranking) listed on the 2011 list include: Amazon (1), Apple (2), Facebook (3), Google (16), Ford (86), McDonald’s (90), and Starbucks (100).

Each year, New York-based marketing consultancy Brand Keys publishes its Customer Loyalty Engagement Index, which surveys more than 46,000 adult Americans to determine how brands rank in customer loyalty. Earlier this year, Konica Minolta was awarded first place in the 2011 Brand Keys Customer Loyalty Engagement Index in the "MFP Office Copier" category for the fourth consecutive year.

"It's a good sign of customer loyalty when you end up in the Top 100. It's a better sign when you are the only one in your category to make the list. And it's the best sign when you move up every year. Our congratulations to Konica Minolta for their ability to engage customers and build loyalty. That's what the future is all about." Robert Passikoff, Founder and President, Brand Keys.

"Konica Minolta is honored to be recognized as the top global brand in the MFP Office Copier category for the fourth consecutive year by Brand Keys," said Kevin P. Kern, Senior Vice President, Marketing, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. “Our award-winning technologies and services continue to distinguish themselves as the highest quality technology solutions in the marketplace. This recognition further reinforces our company vision that customers count on Konica Minolta for their entire gamut of advanced document management needs, in addition to our industry-leading customer service.”

Developed to facilitate the ability of dealers to offer comprehensive MDS services to their customers, Canon U.S.A., Inc., a leader in digital imaging, announced new professional services support and a new Partner Transformation Program. The new professional services support offerings leverage Canon's enterprise document systems and solutions expertise to aid in the implementation of customer-facing MPS engagements. The Partner Transformation Program provides extensive training and mentoring developed to help dealers successfully initiate and manage MPS services.

"Canon continues to demonstrate how the Company is investing in our customer relationships and taking a leadership position in helping to ensure the success of our distribution channels," said Sam Yoshida, vice president and general manager, Imaging Systems Group, Canon U.S.A. "With businesses of all sizes seeking to improve workflow and better manage their document costs, it is critical for today's dealers to offer a full-suite of hardware and managed print services."

With many dealers uncertain about the steps required to launch a successful MPS engagement, or lacking the professional staff to handle complex implementations, Canon is now available to provide a host of MDS-focused services to support dealers. Depending on the individual needs of each dealer and each customer engagement, Canon now offers services addressing each phase of the engagement, including:

-- Customer assessment

-- Design

-- Deployment and Transition

-- Support and Management

-- Evaluation and Review

In addition to the launch of MDS professional services support from Canon, the Company also announced the launch of its new Partner Transformation Program, which focuses on the development of revenue enhancement and profit opportunities for Canon Authorized Dealers. Designed in conjunction with MPS industry experts Photizo Group and PROs Elite Group, the program addresses the key challenges facing dealers seeking to transition from traditional hardware providers to comprehensive document service providers including executive commitment, operational profitability, revenue generation, infrastructure effectiveness, ongoing education for all levels of the organization.

Available to Canon Authorized Dealers, Canon's program offers a high-level of expert engagement and customized planning to facilitate dealer implementation of MPS initiatives throughout all phases of the delivery process. Elements addressed in the program targeting the execution and acceleration of success for dealers include: best practices and operational strategies for parts, training, territory structure, inventory control, staffing, and more; measuring contract success through the service element of the engagement; developing MPS financial and operational metrics; identifying and quantifying inefficiencies in the service component of the contract; and capitalizing on operations and financial service opportunities to support an MPS initiatives.

For more information about Canon's complete line of document management products and solutions please visit www.usa.canon.com .

One of the latest to join a roster of brands in Xerox's Ready for Real Business marketing campaign, the Virgin America advertising highlights how Xerox manages the company's call center operations -- handling everything from teammate staffing and training to quality monitoring. As a result, the airline has increased productivity in the call center by 10 percent and quality of guest care continues to rise.

"We teamed with Xerox during a time of significant growth because we needed a partner that specializes in call center operations and could assist with our guest care services quickly -- ensuring that our service levels always reflect the high standards of our brand," said Dimitrios Papadogonas, director of marketing, Virgin America. "Xerox delivered -- and participating in the campaign became a natural extension of our relationship. We're highlighting how Xerox's support helps us focus on differentiating our brand in the increasingly competitive airline industry."

Michelin is also now featured in Xerox's campaign, highlighting how Xerox manages the company's finance and accounting processes ranging from accounts payable and receivable to fixed assets. As a result, productivity, service levels and quality are up, while associated costs have been reduced.

"The campaign is about connecting with business professionals in ways that are a bit unexpected coming from Xerox. Far from the traditional customer case study, we've invited our clients -- and the iconic representatives from their companies -- to showcase how Xerox helps them get back to real business," said Christa Carone, chief marketing officer, Xerox. "With the Michelin Man, Mr. Clean, Virgin America in-flight teammates, Marriott concierges, Ducati motorcyclists and more, we have an impressive lineup of clients who are telling the story of the new Xerox."

AirPrint will be supported by the majority of Canon PIXMA inkjet printers launched from this point forward. AirPrint works with iPad, iPad 2, iPhone 3GS, iPhone 4 and iPod touch (3rd generation and later) using iOS 4.2 or later.

For more information, please visit www.usa.canon.com/airprint .

At the Asia Pacific Premier Partner Annual Conference earlier this week in HCM city, an industry official explained that while offset printing still dominates the printing industry in Vietnam, he expects the digital printing segment to grow in the future.

Chairman of the Vietnam Printing Association Nguyen Van Dzong predicted that as demand in the industry for higher-volume printing, greater control over design and ability to change data rapidly grows, so would the digital printing industry.

Currently, 65 percent of printing done in Vietnam comes from offset printers and less than 5 percent comes from digital printing. The low cost of offset printing and offset printers themselves has so far held digital printing at bay, but Dzong feels that once businesses understand the benefits of digital printing and prices drop as the volume of digital printers entering the Vietnam market increases, the industry will begin to witness strong growth.

Currently, $2 billion in revenue is produced annually in the country by 3,000 printing companies. The printing industry demonstrated strong growth from 1993-2005, but growth dropped from 2005-2008 to 10 percent. Currently, the industry is growing at 5-7 percent.

Fifty-five percent of printing in Vietnam comes from packaging and labels, which is the only printing segment that is expected to grow. Magazines and newspapers account for 20 percent of printing done; books, 25 percent; and catalogues and brochures, 10 percent; though printing in these segments is expected to decrease.

More details can be found at www.vietnamnews.vnagency.com.

CHICAGO, Sep 12, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- Xerox Corporation XRX -0.13% and XMPie(R), a Xerox Company, garnered 20 awards for digital print excellence at Graph Expo 2011, the largest graphic communications event in North America.

Digital printing systems and software from Xerox and XMPie were awarded eight honors in the annual "Must See 'ems" award program, and 12 Gold Ink Awards recognizing exceptional digital printing technology in commercial print and graphic arts industries.

Xerox also highlighted customers in its own Best-of-the-Best contest. Submitted by customers from 24 countries, applications were judged on image quality, business results and the use of Xerox technology.

Must See 'ems

The Must See 'ems awards, sponsored by PrintCom Consulting Group, are given to the most unique, innovative and compelling products and services on display at Graph Expo. Products and services are recognized based on an independent evaluation of competitive offerings. The awards are selected by a panel of print industry consultants and non-vendor related program participants.

Winning applications include:

-- Xerox CiPress(TM) 500 Production Inkjet System (Must See 'ems)

-- Xerox iGen4(R) EXP with matte dry ink (Must See 'ems)

-- Espresso Book Machine(R), a Xerox Solution (Must See 'ems)

-- XMPie uVideo(R)(Must See 'ems)

-- Xerox Color 1000 Press (Encore Worth-a-Look)

-- Xerox DocuColor(R) 8080 Digital Press (Worth-a-Look)

-- Xerox FreeFlow(R) VI Suite (Worth-a-Look)

-- XMPie PersonalEffect(R) 5.2 (Worth-a-Look)

Xerox's Best-of-the-Best

The third annual Best-of-the-Best contest honored digital printing applications created by members of the Xerox Premier Partners Global Network in the following categories: books, collateral, digital and offset, digital packaging, direct marketing, photo publishing and transpromo. New additions to the program were the "Digital Trailblazer," awarded to the applicant with the most innovative and effective use of emerging technologies, and the "Printers' Choice," selected from an online gallery by members of the Xerox Premier Partners Global Network. Three winners were honored in each category, including:

-- Digital Trailblazer -- Keiger Direct created a 1:1 cross-media campaign utilizing QR Codes and XMPie software that increased enrollment rates at Salem College by 11 percent.

-- Printers' Choice & Direct Marketing -- QuantumDigital, Inc. used the Xerox iGen4 EXP and XMPie PersonalEffect Cross-Media software for a multi-touch campaign to boost attendance at a marketing summit. The campaign generated a 51 percent response rate.

-- Digital and Offset -- MagnetStreet, Inc. produced an "Invitation LookBook," showcasing their print capabilities for weddings. Sample inserts and perforated color swatches were printed on the Xerox iGen4 Press with Xerox FreeFlow Print Server.

-- Direct Marketing -- DG3 Asia Limited created a direct-mail piece on the Xerox Color 1000 Press to announce the expansion of their digital printing operation in Hong Kong. The piece generated new business opportunities--including offset customers who were exploring the flexibility of digital printing.

The winning entries are featured in Xerox booth No. 400 at Graph Expo 2011 in Chicago, Sept. 11-14.

Gold Ink Awards

Xerox was also represented in the annual Gold Ink Awards, produced by members of Printing Impressions, Publishing Executive and Book Business. The print competition awarded 12 honors to Xerox, including top "gold" and "silver" merits for digital pieces printed on the Xerox Color 550/560 Printer and the Xerox iGen4 EXP Press with matte dry ink.

About Xerox

Xerox Corporation is a $22 billion leading global enterprise for business process and document management. Through its broad portfolio of technology and services, Xerox provides the essential back-office support that clears the way for clients to focus on what they do best: their real business. Headquartered in Norwalk, Conn., Xerox provides leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size. Through ACS, A Xerox Company, which Xerox acquired in February 2010, Xerox also offers extensive business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing, HR benefits management, finance support, and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide. The 134,000 people of Xerox serve clients in more than 160 countries. For more information, visit http://www.xerox.com , http://news.xerox.com , http://www.realbusiness.com or http://www.acs-inc.com . For investor information, visit http://www.xerox.com/investor.

Global agreement provides customers with combination of offset and digital printing in U.S. and Brazil

CHICAGO, Sept. 11, 2011 /PRNewswire/ -- Heidelberg USA and Ricoh Americas Corporation today announced that the United States and Brazil have been chosen as the first markets in the Americas in the phased global rollout of the new Heidelberg and Ricoh strategic cooperation. Heidelberg Chairman Bernhard Schreier and Heidelberg USA President Jim Dunn along with Ricoh Company, Ltd. CEO Shiro Kondo and Ricoh Americas Corporation Chairman and CEO Kevin Togashi, formally announced today the contract signing at a press conference during GRAPH EXPO in Chicago, Ill.

The relationship enables Heidelberg to sell Ricoh's latest color digital press, the Ricoh Pro C901 Graphic Arts Edition, as part of Heidelberg's total print solution.

Jim Dunn of Heidelberg USA commented, "We have worked closely with the Ricoh regional management team in the Americas and have agreed on the best strategy for introducing Ricoh into Heidelberg's U.S. and Latin American markets. These countries are the first step, and we will continue to introduce Ricoh into Heidelberg operations in other markets through a phased approach."

The two companies entered into a global strategic partnership agreement in February this year. Heidelberg's and Ricoh's future plans include integration with Heidelberg's industry-standard workflow solution in the graphic arts industry, Prinect, as well as joint development activities for future printing applications.

Kevin Togashi of Ricoh Americas Corporation said, "Heidelberg and Ricoh share an uncompromising commitment to excellence. We are both dedicated to offering a broad and balanced range of solutions that truly embrace the era of digital and offset convergence with uncompromising customer service. Together, we will continue to share our knowledge and expertise in developing the best printing models that meet the needs of our customers."

Addressing the market need of integrated print production

Digital printing continues to grow as commercial printers extend their business models to offer marketing services, short-run color and same-day service. Offset printers are increasingly seeking to complete their portfolios with a flexible digital solution integrated into their existing high-quality offset environment. The Ricoh and Heidelberg relationship supports these customers in growing their core offset business and enables them to offer more flexibility to their clients using Ricoh's latest digital print technology. Today, offset printers have access to a nearly unlimited range of printing substrates and state-of-the-art coating applications as well as specialty inks through Heidelberg's market-leading offerings. By adding Ricoh's digital production printing technology, professional printers will be able to offer the well-known advantages of variable data printing, instant delivery of urgent print jobs, and cost-effective production of shorter run lengths.

The combination of offset and digital printing now available from Heidelberg enables print shops to respond with flexibility to customer requirements by offering profitable variable data printing and shorter runs in addition to cost-efficient, high-quality offset printing.

Interplay of Offset and Digital Printing offering additional flexibility

The Ricoh Pro C901 Graphic Arts Edition addresses the needs of commercial printers to build a high-quality, digital color printing environment. Featuring a production speed of 90 pages per minute (ppm), it is easily the fastest and most productive system in the digital value segment. This segment includes systems providing production speeds between 60 ppm and 90 ppm with an average monthly production volume from 80,000 to 300,000 A4 pages and beyond. Providing high-quality output, the Ricoh Pro C901 Graphic Arts Edition is an ideal solution to meet the expanding demand for shorter print-runs, variable data printing and rapid delivery on a wide range of substrates.

By combining Heidelberg's Prinect workflow and color management solutions with the dual platforms of offset (for example, with the Speedmaster 52 Anicolor press) and digital printing (with the Ricoh Pro C901 Graphic Arts Edition), print service providers will be able to derive greater profitability from short-run jobs and simplify color and job management.

For the global rollout, Heidelberg will follow a sequential approach in order to guarantee the highest available service level to its customer base. In April 2011, customers in Germany and the UK were able to purchase the Ricoh Pro C901 Graphic Arts Edition from Heidelberg. Both companies have begun the rollout for other Asian markets and are working on the rollout for China. The Eastern European market is targeted to rollout by drupa 2012, closing the worldwide process.

About Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG

A technology provider and partner in the print media industry, Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (Heidelberg) is the world-wide leading provider of solutions and services for the print media industry. The name Heidelberg is internationally associated with leading technology, top quality, and customer focus. The company's core business starts with its equipment and services the entire process and value chain of the sheetfed offset format classes from 20 inches to 64 inches as well as digital printing solutions.

While Heidelberg's expertise is rooted in engineering and manufacturing the best presses, it extends to a range of prepress and postpress equipment as well as services and solutions including: Business Consulting, Saphira Consumables, Professional Training, Parts, Service, Remarketed Equipment and Workflow software.

Visit us at Graph Expo in Booth 1200.

About Ricoh Americas Corporation

Ricoh Americas Corporation, headquartered in West Caldwell, N.J., is a subsidiary of Ricoh Company, Ltd., the 75-year-old leading provider of advanced office technology and innovative document imaging products, services and software, with fiscal year 2010 sales in excess of $23 billion. Ricoh's fully integrated hardware and customizable services and software help businesses share information efficiently and effectively by enabling customers to control the input, management and output of documents. Ricoh Americas Corporation, directly or through its network of authorized dealers, markets and distributes products in North, Central and South America. Information about Ricoh's complete range of offerings can be found at www.ricoh-usa.com. Visit Ricoh and see the demos at GRAPH EXPO Booth 2600

EMEA witnessed a 4.4 percent year-on-year decline in overall printer sales in Q2 compared to Q2 of last year, reports Context, a market research specialist. The second quarter saw a clear trend toward AIO laser printers as unit sales grew 20 percent year-on-year while single-function device sales suffered. In addition, sales of AIO inkjet devices fell significantly in Western Europe.

According to Context CEO and Co-founder Jeremy Davies, the recession has impacted both business and consumer markets across EMEA, particularly in Western Europe. While copier-based MFP sales were down in Q2 all over EMEA, sales of these devices were down 12 percent in Western Europe. A lack in demand among consumers contributed to a 7 percent drop in AIO inkjet sales in Western Europe, while sales of these devices across EMEA only fell 4 percent.

France witnessed the only second-quarter growth in printer sales at 3 percent year-on-year, while sales in other major Western European countries fell: Germany (by 8.9 percent), Italy (by 9.2 percent), UK (by 15.1 percent) and Spain (by 17.5 percent).

HP retained its position as market-share leader in the UK (54 percent market share), Spain (51 percent), Germany (38 percent), France (37 percent) and Italy (32 percent). Epson and Canon vied for the second and third positions among market-share leaders in those countries with the exception of Italy, in which Samsung took position two and Epson position three.

More details can be found at www.channelemea.com.

According to IT market watcher Contex, while total second-quarter printer sales fell in the UK and EMEA, the laser segment witnessed growth. All-in-one laser devices performed best in the UK as the segment grew 24 percent, while inkjet sales fell significantly. Second-quarter sales of copier-base MFPs and dot matrix machines also slid in the UK. EMEA witnessed similar trends as sales of all-in-one laser devices enjoyed growth while sales in all other segments fell. More details can be found on channelweb.co.uk.

By Andy Choi

IMI’s 8th Annual Security Printing Conference is to be held between November 16 and18, 2011 in Hollywood Beach, Florida. Allen Westerfield, the president of Imaging Supplies Coalition (ISC), and Andrew Gardner, the treasurer of ISC will be providing a presentation at the conference. Mr. Gardner is also the World Wide Brand Protection Manager for Lexmark International.

The Annual conference will be dealing with the developments, prospects, shortcomings and challenges facing the printing industry. It would specifically address security issues, secure packaging, brand protection and creation of secure documents for multiple applications including currency, ID’s, business documents, travel documents, event and gaming tickets.

Experts in the security printing industry will be addressing the shortcomings, as well as the ability of digital printing technology to produce secure output. They will also discuss the printing technology options that are available for improving the creation of secure products, devices, documents and packaging.

The ISC President and the ISC Treasurer will be discussing the problems faced, including counterfeiting issues, by the providers of imaging supplies. They will also discuss the coalition’s role, and the initiatives undertaken to tackle the issue. Westerfield and Gardner will cover the technologies used for the efforts and the role of imaging supplies consumers, vendors and OEMs to address the challenges.

Source: http://www.isc-inc.org/

FRAMINGHAM, Mass., Sep 07, 2011 (BUSINESS WIRE) -- Emerging markets were a key bright spot in the overall hardcopy peripherals (HCP) market in the second quarter of 2011 (2Q11), with unit shipments up 6% year over year for the seventh consecutive quarter of growth. In contrast, the developed regions recorded the first quarter of negative shipment growth since 1Q10, resulting in a year-over-year decline of 0.3% in the overall HCP market. According to the International Data Corporation (IDC) Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, the worldwide HCP market saw shipments of nearly 29 million units in the second quarter with inkjet continuing as the dominant technology at 63% share.

While the HCP market is largely shaped by Japanese manufacturers, in both hardware and consumable supplies, IDC expects the production decline due to the Great Eastern Japan Earthquake in March to be short term, said Phuong Hang, program manager, Worldwide Hardcopy Peripheral Trackers.

Technology Highlights

-- With more than 18.3 million units shipped, 2Q11 witnessed the lowest inkjet shipments since 2Q09. Laser, on the other hand, enjoyed 4% year-over-year growth in unit shipments and gained 1 point to 32% share over the same time period.

-- Monochrome laser continued its positive performance from the last six quarters in the second quarter with 5% year-over-year growth and close to 7.9 million units shipped. All regions except Western Europe and the U.S. saw year-over-year growth in monochrome shipments with Latin America leading the pack at 30%.

-- Color laser posted a decline of 3% year over year in unit shipments, the first negative trend since 2009. With close to 1.5 million units shipped in 2Q11, the best performance region for color laser was Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan) (APeJ) with more than 278 thousand units, resulting in 7% year-over-year growth.

Vendor Highlights

-- HP held the number 1 position in 2Q11 with 41.5% share and over 12 million units shipped. Despite nearly flat year-over-year growth, HP managed to gain one point of share from a year ago, driven mostly by gains in Latin America and APeJ.

-- Canon continued as the number 2 vendor with 19.5% share in the overall hardcopy market, essentially unchanged from a year ago. Canon's grew 1.8% year over year with more than 5.6 million units shipped. Central Europe, Middle East and Africa (CEMA) and APeJ were Canon's best performance regions with 14% and 9% growth, respectively.

-- Epson remained the number 3 vendor in the global HCP market with 12.3% market share, down 2 points from a year ago. Shipments fell in most regions, resulting in a 12% year-over-year contraction in 2Q11, the worst trend among the top 5.

-- Samsung strengthened its position as the number 4 vendor in the total HCP market with 6.0% share. The vendor grew 3.2% year over year and recorded shipments of more than 1.7 million units during the second quarter.

-- Brother held the number 5 ranking with 5.6% share, up one point from a year ago, and more than 1.6 million units shipped. Brother posted 4.0% growth, the best year-over-year trend among the top 5.

        Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year
        Growth, Second Quarter 2011
        Vendors       2Q11 Unit     2Q11 Market    2Q10 Unit     2Q10 Market    2Q11/2Q10
                      Shipments     Share          Shipments     Share          Growth
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        1. HP         12,007,946    41.5%          11,959,265    41.2%          0.4%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        2. Canon      5,630,871     19.5%          5,533,286     19.1%          1.8%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        3. Epson      3,546,696     12.3%          4,041,441     13.9%          -12.2%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        4. Samsung    1,722,055     6.0%           1,668,310     5.8%           3.2%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        5. Brother    1,617,180     5.6%           1,554,391     5.4%           4.0%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Others        4,404,528     13.5%          4,253,447     13.0%          3.6%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Total         28,929,276    100.0%         29,010,140    100.0%         -0.3%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        

Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, September 2011

        
        U.S. Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year
        Growth, Second Quarter 2011
        Vendors       2Q11 Unit    2Q11 Market    2Q10 Unit    2Q10 Market    2Q11/2Q10
                      Shipments    Share          Shipments    Share          Growth
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        1. HP         3,059,400    52.5%          3,502,509    53.5%          -12.7%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        2. Canon      816,042      14.0%          920,154      14.1%          -11.3%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        3. Epson      382,679      6.6%           483,173      7.4%           -20.8%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        4. Brother    356,347      6.1%           364,558      5.6%           -2.3%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        5. Lexmark    351,606      6.0%           459,011      7.0%           -23.4%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Others        857,321      14.7%          817,494      12.5%          4.9%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Total         5,823,395    100.0%         6,546,899    100.0%         -11.1%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        

Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, June 2011

Notes:

-- IDC tracks A2-A4 devices in the Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals

-- Hardcopy Peripherals include single-function printers, printer-based multifunctional systems (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Data for all vendors are reported for calendar periods.

The IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripheral Tracker provides total market size and vendor share for single-function printers, multifunctional printers (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). The tracker provides insightful analysis along with up to eight-quarter and five-year annual forecasts for both printers and MFPs. Forecast details include units, value, ASV, price band (inkjets) and speed ranges (lasers), and sub-technology information by product per country per region. Regional views are also available for 8 regions, including Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan), Canada, Central and Eastern Europe, Japan, Latin America, Middle East and Africa, United States, and Western Europe.

For more information about IDC's Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, please contact Phuong Hang (Phang@idc.com).

About IDC

International Data Corporation (IDC) is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com .

All product and company names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

SOURCE: IDC

While the HCP market is largely shaped by Japanese manufacturers, in both hardware and consumable supplies, IDC expects the production decline due to the Great Eastern Japan Earthquake in March to be short term, said Phuong Hang, program manager, Worldwide Hardcopy Peripheral Trackers.

Technology Highlights

-- With more than 18.3 million units shipped, 2Q11 witnessed the lowest inkjet shipments since 2Q09. Laser, on the other hand, enjoyed 4% year-over-year growth in unit shipments and gained 1 point to 32% share over the same time period.

-- Monochrome laser continued its positive performance from the last six quarters in the second quarter with 5% year-over-year growth and close to 7.9 million units shipped. All regions except Western Europe and the U.S. saw year-over-year growth in monochrome shipments with Latin America leading the pack at 30%.

-- Color laser posted a decline of 3% year over year in unit shipments, the first negative trend since 2009. With close to 1.5 million units shipped in 2Q11, the best performance region for color laser was Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan) (APeJ) with more than 278 thousand units, resulting in 7% year-over-year growth.

Vendor Highlights

-- HP held the number 1 position in 2Q11 with 41.5% share and over 12 million units shipped. Despite nearly flat year-over-year growth, HP managed to gain one point of share from a year ago, driven mostly by gains in Latin America and APeJ.

-- Canon continued as the number 2 vendor with 19.5% share in the overall hardcopy market, essentially unchanged from a year ago. Canon's grew 1.8% year over year with more than 5.6 million units shipped. Central Europe, Middle East and Africa (CEMA) and APeJ were Canon's best performance regions with 14% and 9% growth, respectively.

-- Epson remained the number 3 vendor in the global HCP market with 12.3% market share, down 2 points from a year ago. Shipments fell in most regions, resulting in a 12% year-over-year contraction in 2Q11, the worst trend among the top 5.

-- Samsung strengthened its position as the number 4 vendor in the total HCP market with 6.0% share. The vendor grew 3.2% year over year and recorded shipments of more than 1.7 million units during the second quarter.

-- Brother held the number 5 ranking with 5.6% share, up one point from a year ago, and more than 1.6 million units shipped. Brother posted 4.0% growth, the best year-over-year trend among the top 5.

        Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year
        Growth, Second Quarter 2011
        Vendors       2Q11 Unit     2Q11 Market    2Q10 Unit     2Q10 Market    2Q11/2Q10
                      Shipments     Share          Shipments     Share          Growth
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        1. HP         12,007,946    41.5%          11,959,265    41.2%          0.4%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        2. Canon      5,630,871     19.5%          5,533,286     19.1%          1.8%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        3. Epson      3,546,696     12.3%          4,041,441     13.9%          -12.2%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        4. Samsung    1,722,055     6.0%           1,668,310     5.8%           3.2%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        5. Brother    1,617,180     5.6%           1,554,391     5.4%           4.0%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Others        4,404,528     13.5%          4,253,447     13.0%          3.6%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        Total         28,929,276    100.0%         29,010,140    100.0%         -0.3%
        ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------    -----------    ---------
        

Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, September 2011

        
        U.S. Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year
        Growth, Second Quarter 2011
        Vendors       2Q11 Unit    2Q11 Market    2Q10 Unit    2Q10 Market    2Q11/2Q10
                      Shipments    Share          Shipments    Share          Growth
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        1. HP         3,059,400    52.5%          3,502,509    53.5%          -12.7%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        2. Canon      816,042      14.0%          920,154      14.1%          -11.3%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        3. Epson      382,679      6.6%           483,173      7.4%           -20.8%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        4. Brother    356,347      6.1%           364,558      5.6%           -2.3%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        5. Lexmark    351,606      6.0%           459,011      7.0%           -23.4%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Others        857,321      14.7%          817,494      12.5%          4.9%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        Total         5,823,395    100.0%         6,546,899    100.0%         -11.1%
        ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
        

Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, June 2011

Notes:

-- IDC tracks A2-A4 devices in the Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals

-- Hardcopy Peripherals include single-function printers, printer-based multifunctional systems (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Data for all vendors are reported for calendar periods.

The IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripheral Tracker provides total market size and vendor share for single-function printers, multifunctional printers (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). The tracker provides insightful analysis along with up to eight-quarter and five-year annual forecasts for both printers and MFPs. Forecast details include units, value, ASV, price band (inkjets) and speed ranges (lasers), and sub-technology information by product per country per region. Regional views are also available for 8 regions, including Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan), Canada, Central and Eastern Europe, Japan, Latin America, Middle East and Africa, United States, and Western Europe.

For more information about IDC's Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, please contact Phuong Hang (Phang@idc.com).

About IDC

International Data Corporation (IDC) is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com .

All product and company names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

SOURCE: IDC

The amount of printing equipment distributed in Kazakhstan rose by 17 percent compared to figures from the first half of last year, which amounts to a 32 percent increase in monetary value of equipment distributed, CaspioNet reported, citing IDC research. The supply of inkjet devices and consumables fell significantly, however. The middle segment of MFDs demonstrated the most growth.

Info-Tech Research Group Vendor Landscape report recognizes HP, Canon, Konica Minolta and Xerox as Champions in the Multifunction Printer market. These vendors demonstrate innovation in integration, security, green practices, and managed print services making printing efficient, safe and guilt free for the modern business.

London, ON (PRWEB) August 31, 2011

A recent Multifunction Printer (MFP) Vendor Landscape report published by Info-Tech Research Group, ranked HP, Canon, Konica Minolta and Xerox as Champions in the MFP market. In a market that has experienced little innovation in the last 3-5 years, these vendors have made progress in areas of mobile printing, security options, green features, and integration capabilities including customized integration proving they are in tune with modern business needs.

"The needs of businesses are changing and the focus is evolving from consolidation and cutting back on printing completely, to managed printing and the ability to print from any device, in any location and do it securely," said Melanie Davy, Senior Analyst with Info-Tech Research Group. "Green printing practices are also becoming a major focus for this market. Energy management and user access controls will easily become table stakes for enterprises in the next few years."

According to the Vendor Landscape report, HP offers the most value for money in the MFP market and received the Overall Value Award. HP impresses with their mobile offering and environmental stewardship and ranked as a Champion in the report.

Canon is another Champion in the market. Their strong, feature rich product offering comes at a price, but their focus on innovation is unparalleled. In 2010 Canon spent $3.9B on innovation which is the highest among the Champions in the report. Their MFP solution's compatibility with MEAP, Canon's Java-based open development platform, allows developers and enterprises to customize applications to fit their architecture needs without installing extra hardware.

Konica Minolta was also listed as a Champion in the report. Since Konica and Minolta merged in 2003 the company has developed affordable products with an emphasis on research and development. 8.5% of their operations were spent on R&D in 2010. As a result they offer an impressive open platform technology which allows businesses to customize solutions to their enterprise environment.

Xerox, a long time market leader, is also included among the Champions in this report. Xerox provides the most complete standard package in the market for the security conscience, but is noted to have one of the highest price tags. Keep in mind, their offering includes security, scan and fax where competitors may require additional kits for these requirements adding hidden costs.

For the full list of Info-Tech Research Group's recommendations for selecting a Multifunction Printer vendor, visit: www.infotech.com/research/ss/it-vendor-landscape-multifunction-printers

Info-Tech Research Group Vendor Landscape reports recognize outstanding vendors in the technology marketplace. Assessing vendors by the strength of their offering and their strategy for the enterprise, Info-Tech Research Group Vendor Landscapes pay tribute to the contribution of exceptional vendors in a particular category.

About Info-Tech Research Group

With a paid membership of over 8,000 organizations worldwide, Info-Tech Research Group (www.infotech.com) is the global leader in providing tactical, practical Information Technology research and analysis. Info-Tech Research Group has a thirteen-year history of delivering quality research and is North America's fastest growing full-service IT analyst firm.

Read more: http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/g/a/2011/08/31/prweb8757339.DTL#ixzz1XlJ2S1ij

Lexmark International reported a strong surge in quarterly earnings due to high demand in the corporate sector for core supplies and managed print services. The company’s reported net income rose to $101.3 million from $85.1 million last year and caused a 17 percent surge in share value.

Higher sales of printing supplies were largely responsible for a 1 percent year-on-year rise in quarterly revenue ($1.04 billion from $ 1.03 billion). Lexmark plans to offset a 9 percent decrease in hardware revenue by focusing on a growing corporate customer base (by expanding presence in software solutions and strengthening workgroup color lineup).

HP and Canon are strong competitors in the laser-printer market, so focusing on enterprise clients is a better strategic move for Lexmark than competing with HP and Canon in consumer printers, writes Arunava De.

Due to recent performance, the increased demand expected in its market and retail presence through Best Buy, Lexmark looks strong.

In June 2010, HP filed for a patent for an ink cartridge vending machine, leading some to speculate that HP is preparing to launch a new strategy for the ink cartridge market.

The patent describes a vending machine that would sell new and recycled cartridges, take back old cartridges and refill, service and check the condition of used cartridges. There are numerous potential benefits of such a system: more locations where consumers can fulfill their ink cartridge needs, decreased chance that customers will go to an independent party to service, recycle or refill used cartridges, decreased amount of hassle involved in refilling cartridges, lower costs compared to internet prices, a lower cost option in buying recycled cartridges, and the opportunity for discounts or rebates by returning used cartridges.

HP has not announced official plans for the patent.

More details can be found at www.tomsguide.com.

The total market for Technical Consumer Goods (TCG) in Western Europe recorded a 5.1 percent decrease in sales volume from last year’s figures.

Sales in IT markets grew by 5.7 percent in the second quarter of 2011. Due to the popularity of Tablet PCs, high growth rates are expected in the coming years in all Western European countries.

A boom in demand for smartphones helped the Telecom sector experience a slight increase in the second quarter as compared to the same quarter last year.

Sales volume in the Small Domestic Appliance market rose slightly in the second quarter in comparison to the same quarter last year, and this performance was positively impacted by the espresso machines and portioned coffee/espresso machines market in particular.

Sales volume in the Major Domestic Appliances market in Western Europe fell by 1.5 percent in 2011 due to significant declines in the markets of Spain, Portugal, Italy and Greece. Trends toward energy-efficient appliances were witnessed in the washing machine and tumble dryer markets as well as in the dishwasher market.

A decline of 6.3 percent in the value of the Western European Photo market occurred, which development was largely influenced by declines in the markets of Spain, Portugal, Italy and Greece. Digital cameras, imaging picture frames and imaging accessories all exhibited negative trends, though compact system and SLR cameras showed positive developments.

The Office and Consumables sector experienced total sales of EUR 3.9 billion, which amounts to a 7 percent year-on-year decrease. The decline, which all countries demonstrated, was largely a result of price drops on many devices.  However, one positive development was recorded in the multifunctional color laser device market, as it showed a double-digit increase in the second quarter.

The Consumer Electronics market in Western Europe witnessed a 21.7 percent year-on-year decline in the second quarter of 2011, though positive signals are present in most segments.

It appears the trouble in American and European financial markets has taken its toll on the TGC market in Western Europe, with the markets in Greece, Spain, Portugal and Italy experiencing the most difficulty. The Netherlands, Germany and Austria showed positive developments, however, and certain products with technological and ecological value show positive signs for growth.

According to Kensaku Konishi, Canon India CEO and president, the best prospects for his company exist in China and India (particularly in rural markets). Canon’s revenues in these regions have grown significantly in recent years, and because of increasing interest in gadgets due to emerging disposable incomes in rural markets, Canon plans to open 300 exclusive retail stores across India by 2013, which Konishi expects will produce a significant growth in revenue in the coming years.

As a new business vertical in India, Canon is also focusing on managed print services (MPS), which essentially work to improve efficiency and cost-effectiveness in the printing, copying and documentation services that the company provides to its corporate customers.  Canon now provides 40 large corporates with the service and expects to rope in 10 more by year’s end.

In other news, Canon’s inkjet printer sales have declined in India due to saturation of the PC market, but the company plans to reverse the trend by pushing inkjet multifunction and focusing on sales to household users.

The digital-printing market is growing by 20 percent annually, and Canon is planning to increase market share in laser printers and copier machine markets. Also, the company plans to enter India’s medical equipment sector by providing digital radiography systems for radiographic applications.

In August, Epson Korea fell victim to a security breach during which hackers gained access to the personal information of 350,000 registered customers. Gabia, a local web domain management company, endured a similar attack in August, but suffered no substantial losses or theft of the personal information of its clients. Ross Brewer, LogRhythm’s managing director for international markets, stated that Epson lacked proper security controls and sufficient surveillance for this kind of attack because there was not enough evidence to discern the hackers’ identity. Other attacks of this nature have occurred in Korea, such as the theft of the personal information of 35 million users of a popular social networking site.

Growth is expected in the Color Laser MFP segment, according to a new report 
(Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service, Worldwide Forecast for Segment 1-3 Color Laser MFPs, 2008-2015), though growth in Asian markets is predicted to be slower than growth in other regions. Analysts think increased competition in this market will drive the price per unit down, and the lower printing cost per page of color laser MFPs will help fuel the growth as well.  The economic recovery was also cited as a reason for the prediction.

A new report from Lyra Research’s Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service, Worldwide Forecast for Segment 1-3 Color Laser MFPs, 2008–2015, explores how companies will continue to purchase new color laser MFP device options, how the color cost-per-page costs will continue to decrease, and how color will continue to grow in Segments 1-3.

Newton, Massachusetts (PRWEB) August 23, 2011

The color laser printer market has matured over the last several years. Vendors introduced new machines in almost all segments, providing end users with a wider range of device options and allowing companies to purchase devices that are tailored to their needs rather than settling for whatever devices may be available. A new report from Lyra Research’s Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service (IAS) (http://www.lyra.com/lh3m.nsf/AdvisoryServices/IAS), Worldwide Forecast for Segment 1-3 Color Laser MFPs, 2008–2015, explores how companies will continue to purchase these new device options, how the color cost-per-page costs will continue to decrease, and how color will continue to grow in all three segments.

Specifically, the Worldwide Forecast for Segment 1-3 Color Laser MFPs, 2008–2015 discusses:

• how the switch to Segment 1-3 color laser MFPs from monochrome printers and single-function color printers will continue and how the Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) and the North American markets will continue to drive the majority of sales, while Asia Pacific and Latin American businesses will be slower to adopt color due to the high cost of printing;
• how the average sales price in Segments 1-3 will continue to decline as a result of increasing competitive pressures and a shift to lower-priced A4 MFPs; and
• how the revenue for Segments 1-3 will continue to increase through 2015, rising by 6 percent, as a result of end users replacing their current color models with faster and slightly higher-priced color devices.

This new report provides shipment, revenue, and average sales price figures for Segments 1-3 (0-40 ppm) of the color laser MFP market. In addition, it delivers a breakdown of and representative models for each segment, as well as regional shipment breakouts for North America; Latin America; Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA); and Asia Pacific.

“Consistency is the word that sums up the growth taking place in Segments 1-3 of the color laser MFP market,” comments Larry Jamieson, director for Lyra’s Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service. “The steady growth is a result of the economic recovery, businesses deciding to spend the money and upgrade their devices, and color becoming a more attractive option as cost-per-page prices continue to decline.”

Insight into the Rebound of Segments 1-3 of the Color Laser MFP Market

The recession had a clear effect on Segments 1–3 of the color laser MFP market. Revenue dropped by $200 million in 2009 to just under $9.4 billion from approximately $9.6 billion in 2008. Revenue rebounded in 2010, increasing by 27 percent to $12 billion, primarily as a result of strong unit sales. Revenue will continue to grow in the long term. This increase is a result of end users upgrading their current color models with faster and slightly higher-priced color devices. (Please see attached figure.)

Ordering the Reports

Worldwide Forecast for Segment 1-3 Color Laser MFPs, 2008–2015 can be immediately purchased for $950. For more information about the report, please contact Sandy Tobin, client relations manager, at 617-454-2612 or stobin(at)lyra(dot)com, or visit Lyra’s online store at http://store.lyra.com/product_p/i1108b.htm.

Sign Up for Lyra’s Free Research Briefs

Sign up now for Lyra’s Hard Copy, Wide-Format, Marking Supplies, Media Supplies, Consumer Imaging, Europe, and China Research Briefs, which feature forecast information and primary research data. The research briefs are delivered via e-mail approximately every quarter. Special bulletins also are distributed that contain information regarding Webcasts and events related to each of the topics in the briefs. To update your profile and add your name to the mailing list, click here http://visitor.constantcontact.com/d.jsp?m=1101693414919&p=oi and enter your e-mail address. Instructions that explain how to join the appropriate list will be e-mailed to you.

About the Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service

Technological changes, shifting distribution channels, and new user requirements are reshaping the printer and digital copier industries. Lyra’s Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service provides expert analysis and coverage of digital output devices in the office-printing environment, the consumer market, and the small office/home office and SMB markets.

Lyra Research: The Digital Imaging Authority

Lyra Research collaborates with imaging industry decision makers worldwide, enabling clients to strengthen their market position and achieve profitable growth. Lyra’s expert analysts and editors help clients devise and implement creative solutions to business challenges, providing them with competitive intelligence, strategic and tactical advice, news and analysis, and market forecasts.

Since 1991, Lyra’s custom research and consulting, advisory services, award-winning journals, and innovative events have set the standard for analysis of imaging hardware, consumables, and digital photography markets.

Visit http://www.lyra.com to learn more about how Lyra can be your strategic business partner.

Bennett's, an independent distributor of Canon and HP copiers, printers and multifunction systems will immediately begin offering Xerox's full range of office printing products. The company, located in Jacksonville, Orlando and Tallahassee, will become part of Saxon Business Systems, Inc., a Global Imaging Systems company headquartered in Miami Lakes, Fla.

The acquisition furthers Global Imaging's strategy of creating a nationwide network of locally-based providers focused on improving document management and office efficiency for small and mid-size businesses. Last month, Global Imaging Systems acquired Miller Technology Solutions, Inc., of Chesapeake, Va., and Xerographic Solutions, Inc., of Rochester, N.Y., and previously announced acquisitions in Iowa, Illinois and Florida.

"This acquisition combines Bennett's strong customer relationships throughout Florida with Saxon's strengths as one of the largest providers of office technology in the state," said George Cavallaro, president of Saxon Business Systems.

About Global Imaging Systems

Global Imaging Systems, A Xerox Company, is made up of regional core companies in the United States that sell and service document management systems such as printers, copiers and multifunction devices; network integration services; and electronic presentation systems. As an office technology dealer, Global Imaging sells products from various suppliers including Xerox, Sharp and Konica Minolta. Xerox acquired Global Imaging Systems in 2007 and operates it as a wholly owned subsidiary within Xerox's North American operations.

About Xerox

Xerox Corporation is a $22 billion leading global enterprise for business process and document management. Through its broad portfolio of technology and services, Xerox provides the essential back-office support that clears the way for clients to focus on what they do best: their real business. Headquartered in Norwalk, Conn., Xerox provides leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size. Through ACS, A Xerox Company, which Xerox acquired in February 2010, Xerox also offers extensive business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing, HR benefits management, finance support, and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide. The 134,000 people of Xerox serve clients in more than 160 countries. For more information, visit http://www.xerox.com ,

The report provides eight-year projections (both volume and value) of inks used in such applications, with break outs by ink type, printer technology and world region.  Inks covered comprise aqueous, solvent, ultraviolet/electron beam (UV/EB), hot melt/phase-change and oil-based.  The break-out by printer technology covers continuous printing, piezoelectric, thermal and valve jet.

This report identifies both immediate opportunities for functional jetting inks and longer-term one and the strategies that are being used to capitalize on these opportunities.  Among the firms discussed in this report are Agilent, Bayer, Cambridge Display Technology, Cima NanoTech, Dai Nippon Printing, Dow Corning, DuPont, Fujifilm Dimatix, Hewlett-Packard, Kovio, Methode, Microfab, Mitsubishi, Objet Geometries, Samsung, Sartomer, Source Technologies, Sun Chemical, Teijin, Seiko Epson, VTT, Xaar, Xennia, Xenon and Z Corporation.

Additional details about this report, "Functional Inkjet Inks for Digital Fabrication" report are at http://www.nanomarkets.net/market_reports/report/functional_inkjet_inks_for_digital_fabrication_applications_-2011.

Key Findings:

NanoMarkets' analysis of the functional inkjet materials market suggests that there are significant opportunities to generate revenues from this sector in the next few years.  Of particular immediate importance will be a variety of applications in the areas of security printing, brand protection and smart packaging applications, which take on special importance in our troubled economy and when cybercrime is on the rise.  Another will be for jetted resists for PCBs.

The report also examines the types of functional jetting inks that will be needed in the future.  Solvent inks are expected to gradually increase their current 40 percent of the functional inkjet ink market. One reason for this is the effort by ink makers to use common industrial solvents for their fluids as a way of keeping cost low and making them user friendly to newer users.  Although aqueous inks are low-cost and perhaps the best road forward to the first off-the-shelf functional inks, they will lose market share because they are limited in the kinds of substrates they can be used on.

NanoMarkets sees the opportunities for functional ink makers as immediate, but also identifies high-volume opportunities of the future.  By the end of the forecast period in 2018, more than 20 percent of the revenues for functional inkjet inks is expected to come from "desktop manufacturing," a new kind of jetted fabrication technology that will have the same disruptive impact that desktop publishing did two decades ago.  But this will require off-the-shelf functional inks; a type of ink that does not exist yet.  This report also projects strong growth for bio-inks for arrays and biochips as these devices move out of the lab and into mainstream diagnostics.

About NanoMarkets:

NanoMarkets tracks and analyzes emerging market opportunities created by developments in advanced materials.  It provides regular and comprehensive industry analysis of printed electronics and provides ongoing coverage of many of the firms active in the inks space.  It is recognized worldwide as a leading source of expertise for functional printing and nanomaterials more generally.  

• Deliver professional-quality photos that are smudge, scratch, water, and fade resistant
• Offer Claria^® Ultra Hi-Definition ink that lasts up to four times longer than lab photos⁷
• Deliver vivid, true-to-life photos with Epson’s exclusive MicroPiezo^® print head with DX5^™ technology
• Offer built-in wireless and Ethernet networking⁶ to deliver up to 2.5 times the performance of the previous 802.11b
• Print, scan and share directly from your Apple^® iPhone^®, tablet and other mobile devices – no computer necessary
• Deliver fast print speeds of 9.6 ISO ppm black and 9.1 ISO ppm color single-sided; 4.9 ISO ppm black and 4.7 ISO ppm color two-sided⁸
• Save up to 50 percent of paper supply with automatic two-sided printing
• Create personalized greeting cards, coloring book pages, elegant stationery, and note paper
• Create professional-looking discs by printing images and text directly onto ink jet printable CDs/DVDs
• Feature built-in Auto Photo Correction to automatically evaluate and correct images and red eye
• Accommodate various printing needs with individual ink cartridges at affordable prices (standard and high-capacity sizes)⁹
• Offer a range of eco features and environmental qualifications including, ENERGY STAR^® and RoHS compliance, and is designed to be recycled¹⁰

The report provides eight-year projections (both volume and value) of inks used in such applications, with break outs by ink type, printer technology and world region.  Inks covered comprise aqueous, solvent, ultraviolet/electron beam (UV/EB), hot melt/phase-change and oil-based.  The break-out by printer technology covers continuous printing, piezoelectric, thermal and valve jet.

This report identifies both immediate opportunities for functional jetting inks and longer-term one and the strategies that are being used to capitalize on these opportunities.  Among the firms discussed in this report are Agilent, Bayer, Cambridge Display Technology, Cima NanoTech, Dai Nippon Printing, Dow Corning, DuPont, Fujifilm Dimatix, Hewlett-Packard, Kovio, Methode, Microfab, Mitsubishi, Objet Geometries, Samsung, Sartomer, Source Technologies, Sun Chemical, Teijin, Seiko Epson, VTT, Xaar, Xennia, Xenon and Z Corporation.

Additional details about this report, "Functional Inkjet Inks for Digital Fabrication" report are at http://www.nanomarkets.net/market_reports/report/functional_inkjet_inks_for_digital_fabrication_applications_-2011.

Key Findings:

NanoMarkets' analysis of the functional inkjet materials market suggests that there are significant opportunities to generate revenues from this sector in the next few years.  Of particular immediate importance will be a variety of applications in the areas of security printing, brand protection and smart packaging applications, which take on special importance in our troubled economy and when cybercrime is on the rise.  Another will be for jetted resists for PCBs.

The report also examines the types of functional jetting inks that will be needed in the future.  Solvent inks are expected to gradually increase their current 40 percent of the functional inkjet ink market. One reason for this is the effort by ink makers to use common industrial solvents for their fluids as a way of keeping cost low and making them user friendly to newer users.  Although aqueous inks are low-cost and perhaps the best road forward to the first off-the-shelf functional inks, they will lose market share because they are limited in the kinds of substrates they can be used on.

NanoMarkets sees the opportunities for functional ink makers as immediate, but also identifies high-volume opportunities of the future.  By the end of the forecast period in 2018, more than 20 percent of the revenues for functional inkjet inks is expected to come from "desktop manufacturing," a new kind of jetted fabrication technology that will have the same disruptive impact that desktop publishing did two decades ago.  But this will require off-the-shelf functional inks; a type of ink that does not exist yet.  This report also projects strong growth for bio-inks for arrays and biochips as these devices move out of the lab and into mainstream diagnostics.

About NanoMarkets:

NanoMarkets tracks and analyzes emerging market opportunities created by developments in advanced materials.  It provides regular and comprehensive industry analysis of printed electronics and provides ongoing coverage of many of the firms active in the inks space.  It is recognized worldwide as a leading source of expertise for functional printing and nanomaterials more generally.  Please visit http://www.nanomarkets.net for a full listing of NanoMarkets' reports and other services.

Industry analyst firm NanoMarkets has just released a new report on the ink-related opportunities stemming from the growth of functional jetting: the manufacturing of products using industrial inkjet.  The report quantifies the future revenues from the fluids used in jetting industrial prototypes and 3-D models, automotive components, printed circuit boards (PCBs), MEMS, security printing, smart textiles, electronic displays, smart packaging and RFID tags, ceramics, photovoltaics and biochips.

The report provides eight-year projections (both volume and value) of inks used in such applications, with break outs by ink type, printer technology and world region.  Inks covered comprise aqueous, solvent, ultraviolet/electron beam (UV/EB), hot melt/phase-change and oil-based.  The break-out by printer technology covers continuous printing, piezoelectric, thermal and valve jet.

This report identifies both immediate opportunities for functional jetting inks and longer-term one and the strategies that are being used to capitalize on these opportunities.  Among the firms discussed in this report are Agilent, Bayer, Cambridge Display Technology, Cima NanoTech, Dai Nippon Printing, Dow Corning, DuPont, Fujifilm Dimatix, Hewlett-Packard, Kovio, Methode, Microfab, Mitsubishi, Objet Geometries, Samsung, Sartomer, Source Technologies, Sun Chemical, Teijin, Seiko Epson, VTT, Xaar, Xennia, Xenon and Z Corporation.

Additional details about this report, "Functional Inkjet Inks for Digital Fabrication" report are at http://www.nanomarkets.net/market_reports/report/functional_inkjet_inks_for_digital_fabrication_applications_-2011.

Key Findings:

NanoMarkets' analysis of the functional inkjet materials market suggests that there are significant opportunities to generate revenues from this sector in the next few years.  Of particular immediate importance will be a variety of applications in the areas of security printing, brand protection and smart packaging applications, which take on special importance in our troubled economy and when cybercrime is on the rise.  Another will be for jetted resists for PCBs.

The report also examines the types of functional jetting inks that will be needed in the future.  Solvent inks are expected to gradually increase their current 40 percent of the functional inkjet ink market. One reason for this is the effort by ink makers to use common industrial solvents for their fluids as a way of keeping cost low and making them user friendly to newer users.  Although aqueous inks are low-cost and perhaps the best road forward to the first off-the-shelf functional inks, they will lose market share because they are limited in the kinds of substrates they can be used on.

NanoMarkets sees the opportunities for functional ink makers as immediate, but also identifies high-volume opportunities of the future.  By the end of the forecast period in 2018, more than 20 percent of the revenues for functional inkjet inks is expected to come from "desktop manufacturing," a new kind of jetted fabrication technology that will have the same disruptive impact that desktop publishing did two decades ago.  But this will require off-the-shelf functional inks; a type of ink that does not exist yet.  This report also projects strong growth for bio-inks for arrays and biochips as these devices move out of the lab and into mainstream diagnostics.

About NanoMarkets:

NanoMarkets tracks and analyzes emerging market opportunities created by developments in advanced materials.  It provides regular and comprehensive industry analysis of printed electronics and provides ongoing coverage of many of the firms active in the inks space.  It is recognized worldwide as a leading source of expertise for functional printing and nanomaterials more generally.  

The Worldwide Forecast for Ink Jet Printers and All-in-Ones, 2008–2015 report focuses on the signs indicating that the ink jet printer market is rebounding from the global recession. The delayed replacement of existing printers during the recession, the growth of the AIO market, and the mobile print drivers that ink jet printer vendors are offering on some of their new printers and AIOs will drive printer sales through 2015. The development of business ink jet products and vendors’ willingness to promote ink jet’s cost-per-page advantages over their own low-end laser products will help drive sales in office environments.

The report also explores the ways in which the ink jet market continues to show signs of maturity. Emerging markets such as Latin America are growing rapidly, while markets in industrial regions are growing at a much lower rate. The growth rate in North America will be the lowest through 2015 as a result of the adoption of WiFi networks in homes, SOHOs, and small and medium-size businesses, limiting replacement opportunities in environments where multiple PCs are more common.

“The ink jet printer market will rebound, but the growth will be limited,” said Larry Jamieson, director of Lyra’s Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service. “While the global recession greatly contributed to the decline in the ink jet market over the last couple of years, it also took the spotlight away from other changes that were occurring in the printer market, including the maturation of the market, decline in new PC and printer placement opportunities, and the increase in MPS engagements in corporate environments.”

Insight into the Role That SOHO Ink Jet AIOs Played in the Ink Jet Printer Market Rebound
The shipment of AIOs, particularly SOHO AIOs, will drive growth in the ink jet market. The SOHO ink jet AIO segment is a relatively new one, but shipments of these units have grown quickly over the last few years, increasing to 11.7 million in 2010 from 9.6 million in 2009. Shipment growth for these products is expected to continue through 2015, increasing to 21 million units in 2015 for a very strong compound annual growth rate of 12.4 percent. A major benefit of these devices is that they incorporate an automatic document feeder with a flatbed scanner, a feature previously found only on high-end units. The move among vendors toward lower-cost devices with small-capacity document feeders addresses the needs of SOHO users who have broad document-handling requirements and work in low-print volume environments.

Ordering the Report
The Worldwide Forecast for Ink Jet Printers and All-in-Ones, 2008–2015 report can be immediately purchased for $1,395. For more information about the report, please contact Sandy Tobin, client relations manager, at 617-454-2612 or stobin(at)lyra(dot)com, or visit Lyra’s online store at http://store.lyra.com/product_p/i1107a.htm.

Sign Up for Lyra’s Free Research Briefs
Sign up now for Lyra’s Hard Copy, Marking Supplies, Media Supplies, Wide-Format, Consumer Imaging, Europe, and China Research Briefs, which feature forecast information and primary research data. The research briefs are delivered via e-mail approximately every quarter. Special bulletins also are distributed that contain information regarding Webcasts and events related to each of the topics in the briefs. To update your profile and add your name to the mailing list, click here http://visitor.constantcontact.com/d.jsp?m=1101693414919&p=oi and enter your e-mail address. Instructions that explain how to join the appropriate list will be e-mailed to you.

About the Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service
Technological changes, shifting distribution channels, and new user requirements are reshaping the printer and digital copier industries. Lyra’s Hard Copy Industry Advisory Service provides expert analysis and coverage of digital output devices in the office-printing environment, the consumer market, and the SOHO and small-to-medium-size business markets.

Lyra Research: The Digital Imaging Authority
Lyra Research collaborates with imaging industry decision makers worldwide, enabling clients to strengthen their market position and achieve profitable growth. Lyra’s expert analysts and editors help clients devise and implement creative solutions to business challenges, providing them with competitive intelligence, strategic and tactical advice, news and analysis, and market forecasts.

Since 1991, Lyra’s custom research and consulting, advisory services, award-winning journals, and innovative events have set the standard for analysis of imaging hardware, consumables, and digital photography markets

"To be successful and thrive in today's imaging industry, dealers must transition their business to MPS," said Tom Callinan, Managing Principal of Strategy Development. "I know that many dealers are leery of changing their business model, but MPS, when done properly, can significantly impact your revenues. Our BTA MPS Sales Workshop will teach you how to set-up a profitable MPS business. And for those dealers who already sell MPS, our program can show you how to accelerate your MPS growth to achieve profit margins greater than 55%."

Katun customer attendees will receive a $300 Katun Account Credit (one per company) and a tour of Katun's world-class laboratory. In addition, dealers in attendance will have the opportunity to network during a special dinner hosted by Katun on August 9th.

"We are very excited to team up with Katun Corporation to bring this value-added opportunity to our August BTA MPS Sales Workshop attendees," stated Callinan.

The BTA MPS Sales Workshop, taught by Strategy Development consultants Ed Carroll and David Ramos, is designed to provide sales leaders with a systematic and proven methodology to establish and maintain a profitable MPS program. Participants will learn how to uncover new revenue streams, significantly increase the quantity of captured prints, lock in customers, enable differentiation from competitors, and, ultimately, sell more hardware.

Topics covered in this two-day workshop include: understanding the print space (the opportunity, IT's involvement, the sales approach and target markets); getting the appointment; presenting a value proposition; conducting an assessment; developing a strategy and tactics; building an MPS proposal that sells; pricing an MPS contract; expanding the opportunity after the sale; and preparing for quarterly business reviews.

The BTA MPS Sales workshop has been met with rave reviews:

Jackson Jordan of Advantage Business Systems said, “Great workshop! Straight forward, easy to understand approach to MPS. They give you the tools needed to implement a profitable MPS program. Thank you Strategy Development!”

Richard Detwiler of Digital Business Machines in Nashville commented, "The knowledge that I acquired from real-world experiences, as well as the documentation examples, have given me the confidence to launch a print management division in our company. You have broken the process down to a step-by-step building block approach that makes the target very visible and achievable. I look forward to implementing the program in our company."

A free utility enabling straightforward file storage on and retrieval from the "cloud," and unprecedented sharing capabilities, HP's new Designjet ePrint & Share has been honored by BLI with an award for "Outstanding Achievement in Innovation." HP offers this highly versatile utility at no cost to users who register on the company's Website, after which they have access to 5 GB of secure "cloud" storage. "We stored numerous files in the cloud library and were impressed that there are no restrictions on size or file type. In fact, we even stored and retrieved a file larger than a gigabyte in size without a problem," said Joe Tischner, BLI wide-format printer analyst. More significantly, HP's ePrint & Share can be used to readily share files. To share a file, the user enters the e-mail address in the utility for each intended recipient, upon which the recipients are immediately sent an e-mail alert containing a link to retrieve the shared file. "This unique tool is ideal for architects and engineers, whose print projects are constantly changing. Those changes can quickly be conveyed to teams around the world using ePrint & Share," stated Tischner. A two-way capability, ePrint and Share also enables users of HP's Designjet e-Series of Web-connected wide-format printers to access their cloud library directly from the control panel to print selected documents, "Since there are virtually no size restrictions, ePrint & Share will promote easier and better collaboration by reducing the need for more complicated or problematic file-transfer methods such as via FTP and e-mail," said Tischner. BLI evaluated ePrint & Share in conjunction with the HP Designjet T2300 PostScript eMFP, which was honored with a Summer 2011 "Pick" in the Color Inkjet Wide-Format MFP category.

"At HP, we spent a great deal of time listening to design professionals to determine how we could make the large-format print process easier and allow them to seamlessly collaborate with partners around the world," said Iolanda Montserrat, HP ePrint & Share product manager. "The result of these customer interactions was the HP ePrint & Share Web service, for which we are excited to be recognized by BLI with an 'Outstanding Achievement in Innovation' award."

Konica Minolta UPD Wins Accolades for Ease of Use and Innovation
Konica Minolta has been honored by BLI with an award for "Outstanding Achievement in Innovation" for its UPD, which allows users to easily find and print to a variety of Konica Minolta and third-party printers and MFPs on a network, while offering a consistent driver look and feel.

Because businesses often use a variety of printing devices from multiple manufacturers, it can be a strain on any IT department to keep users' PCs constantly updated with the latest print drivers. With Konica Minolta's universal PCL driver, organizations can deploy a single driver for every compatible printer on the network, saving time and streamlining workers' productivity.

"We've seen quite a few universal print drivers and while they all simplify driver deployment, Konica Minolta's UPD simplifies the process of finding a device to print to in a way we haven't seen before," said BLI Senior Test Technician Tony Maceri. "While many competitors' universal drivers can find network devices of other vendors, the Konica Minolta solution takes this discovery a step further. Not only does the UPD's device list provide each device's status, but it also lets users know whether or not a selected device is compatible with the UPD, saving users the trial and error of sending the job to a non-compatible device only to find out that the job either didn't print or printed incorrectly, ultimately wasting time and resources."

"Konica Minolta is proud to receive BLI's 'Outstanding Achievement' award for its Universal Print Driver (UPD), as this is a wonderful acknowledgement of our development efforts", said Minoru Fukushima, manager, application and platform group, international marketing division. "The UPD is unique in that it takes advantage of the identical printing technology in Konica Minolta's complete office range of multifunctional output devices and supports each product's full functionality, which provides great benefits for efficient output device management. There's no doubt that implementing Konica Minolta's Universal Print Driver helps IT experts significantly reduce administration time and costs -- which BLI has now impressively confirmed with one of its Pick of the Year awards."

Ludhiana, one of the major business hubs of India has emerged as a strong printer market too. All in one entry level printers are experiencing a good demand in Home segment. As far as laser printers are concerned HP and Canon are leading players. Brother and Epson are making a mark in photo printing.

Canon is receiving a good response in laser entry level from segments including SMB and SOHO. Home users prefer Inkjet printers all in one majorly of HP.

The demand for laser printers can be attributed to the fact that along with businesses, end consumers have also started utilizing the entry laser printers.

The printer market has received a major boost from SMB, Education, and Home Consumer segments as corporate segment mostly buys from Delhi market, informed partners in Ludhiana.

When it comes to consumables, consumers opt for refilled and recycled cartridges. The market for original consumables is still marginal.

Dubai , UAE - July 17, 2011:

Brother Gulf, a leader in home and business IT peripherals that focuses on the ‘Customer-First’ approach, has revealed its plans to grow by 22% by 2012 in the Middle East. The company’s confidence in driving growth over the next year complements recent industry reports showing that the region’s printer segment will reach USD 7.6 billion by 2012. According to Brother, the release of their latest lines of Digital Copier Printers (DCPs) and Multifunction Centres (MFCs) will act as key drivers in achieving the set growth target and are being packaged as perfect accompaniments for Small Office / Home Offices (SOHOs), Small & Medium Businesses (SMBs) and Small Workgroups of up to 25 users.

The increased demand for printing products and technologies in the Middle East has stirred in an influx of opportunities for local and international suppliers and printer vendors like Brother. This vibrancy in the printer segment has allowed industry experts to predict a USD 7.6 billion increase in revenues in 2012. Looking to take advantage of the expected growth, Brother aims at consolidating its regional market presence with the eight new models that were launched this year. All units are presented in a stylish and compact design, which is best suited for its SMEs and SOHO target markets. The three new Mono Laser Printers (MLPs), which include the HL-2130, HL-2240D and the HL-2270DW, offers a wide variety of user-friendly functions that enable users to choose from a range of print options with ease. Work space clutter can also be avoided with the wireless networking feature of the HL-2270DW for sharing with 25 users on the network. In fact, the HL-2270DW has been awarded the “Pick“ of the year for SOHO by Buyers Lab (BLI) for it’s ease of use, convenience of wireless connectivity and a host of other features backed with a 3 Year Warranty. The entire range of Brother’s Mono Laser, Colour Laser and Colour LED products are backed with a 3 Year Warranty.

The MFC-7360, MFC-7470D and the MFC-7860DW are the latest additions in Brother's Multifunction Centres. These three new models print at fast speeds, ranging from 24 to 26 pages per minute and are versatile “all in one” laser printer, scanner (color), copier, fax and PC Fax. Automatic double sided printing is available on the MFC 7470D and the MFC 7860 DW. Wired and wireless networking is available on the MFC 7860DW. The printers are easy to operate with a control panel and two-line LCD screen.

Meanwhile, the DCP-7055 and the DCP 7065DN are the newest Digital Copier Printers for Brother. These new units offer copying, printing and scanning functions that are standard on each of these models. The DCP 7065DN offers automatic duplex feature for automatic double sided printing, and hardwired network connectivity. These digital copier printers can print at 20 pages per minute at 2400 x 600 dpi print resolution, and have a two-line LCD display. All eight new models have been fitted with large paper trays that accommodate 250 sheets of paper, which is enough to meet the needs of any busy office. Remote management utilities such as the Web-Based Management or BR Admin Light, or BR Admin Professional 3 or Web BR Admin are bundled with the relevant models free of cost, allowing users to access the printers from any terminal and view usage and change settings conveniently.

“The Middle East region has demonstrated a strong demand for essential printing products and technologies, especially across SMEs and SOHOs. Today’s consumers prefer printers that can meet their daily operational requirements; help save costs and leave less of a carbon footprint on the environment. The continuing demand is expected to help drive in more growth for the region and also allow more opportunities for Printer vendors like Brother. We are confident that the release of our latest printer models will not only help us to meet our set growth target of 22 per cent by 2012 but will also help today’s businesses in increasing productivity and efficiency of their operations,” said Shinji Tada, Managing Director, Brother Gulf.

OSAKA, Japan and FOSTER CITY, Calif., July 18, 2011 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Kyocera Mita Corporation (www.kyoceramita.com), Osaka, Japan, a group company of Kyocera Corporation, and one of the world's largest manufacturers of office information equipment, together with EFI™ (Nasdaq:EFII), a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation, announced today that its new TASKalfa color multifunctional products (MFPs), available to customers worldwide, can now include an optional EFI Fiery® Printing System 11/12. These new Fiery controllers are the result of a year-long partnership with EFI and further enhance the already robust capability of the TASKalfa color MFPs.

"Fiery innovation has set the standard for digital color printing over the past 20 years. EFI is excited to work with Kyocera Mita and broaden the reach of Fiery technology and solutions through Kyocera Mita's extensive channels," said Toby Weiss, general manager of Fiery and senior vice president, EFI. "We are committed to a long and successful relationship with Kyocera Mita."

Introduced in May 2011, Kyocera's latest TASKalfa Color MFP lineup, including the TASKalfa 7550ci, 6550ci, 5550ci, 4550ci, 3550ci and 3050ci, is already transforming customers' document workflow and maximizing document efficiency through common technology, common design, easy-to-use features and compatibility with many business-critical software applications. Through Kyocera's partnership with EFI, the TASKalfa Color MFP lineup provides the option of a Fiery Printing System, extending the color MFPs' versatility by delivering enhanced color quality, productivity, performance and security benefits.

"Our commitment to color has given Kyocera Mita the opportunity to provide businesses globally with the very best combination of performance, ultra-reliability and superior document imaging solutions. Our partnership with EFI has enabled us to build upon our success," said Ryuzo Morita, executive officer and senior general manager, corporate strategy planning division at Kyocera Mita Corporation. "We see our collaboration with EFI, and the combination of our TASKalfa color product line with the Fiery Printing System as an exciting growth opportunity that will enable us to expand our presence in several new target segments globally, beginning today with the introduction in North America, and to other Kyocera Mita sales organizations in the next few months."

Kyocera's Color TASKalfa MFPs with embedded Fiery Printing System offer accurate color and image quality, improved usability and seamless integration across Windows® and Macintosh (MAC) business environments. Fiery Printing System 11/12 features include:

• Fiery ColorWise® — built-in color management technology
• Fiery Spot-On — a complete toolset to print PANTONE® and custom spot colors
• Fiery Image Enhance — automates color correction
• Fiery VUE — a visual print application with 3-D user interface for Microsoft® suite

For more information on EFI Fiery, visit www.efi.com.

ABOUT KYOCERA MITA CORPORATION

Kyocera Mita manufactures and markets black & white and color multifunctional products and laser printers as well as a range of wide-format imaging products. It also offers a portfolio of software and network solutions. Kyocera provides customers with print solutions that incorporate long-life components, which reduce the need to replace the drum and other image forming parts. This technology delivers a number of benefits: improved reliability, reduced environmental impact and the lowest TCO in the printer industry. Combining these hardware strengths with the latest digital and network technologies, Kyocera Mita assists businesses of all sizes to maximize value and improve their document management processes.

Kyocera Corporation's consolidated net revenues exceeded $15 billion for the fiscal year ending on March 31, 2011. Kyocera Mita is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Kyocera Corporation, the world's leading developer and manufacturer of advanced fine ceramics and associated products, including solar power generating systems, telecommunications equipment, semiconductor packages and electronic components.

ABOUT EFI

EFI (www.efi.com) is a world leader in customer-focused digital printing innovation. EFI's award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. The company's robust product portfolio includes Fiery® digital print controllers and solutions; VUTEk® superwide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks; Rastek™ UV wide-format inkjet printers; Jetrion® industrial inkjet printing systems; print production workflow and management information software; and corporate printing solutions.

The Electronics For Imaging, Inc. logo is available at http://www.globenewswire.com/newsroom/prs/?pkgid=7332

NOTE TO EDITORS: Electronics for Imaging, Fiery, VUTEk and Jetrion are registered trademarks of Electronics for Imaging, Inc. in the U.S. and/or certain other countries. EFI and Rastek are trademarks of Electronics for Imaging, Inc. in the U.S. and/or certain other countries. All other terms and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are hereby acknowledged.

Nothing herein should be construed as a warranty in addition to the express warranty statements provided with EFI products and services.

This news release contains forward-looking statements, that are statements other than statements of historical fact including words such as "anticipate", "believe", "estimate", "expect", "consider", "plan" and  similar, any statements related to strategies or objectives of management for future operations, products, development, performance, any statements of assumptions or underlying any of the foregoing and any statements in the future tense.  Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual or future results to differ materially.  For further information regarding risks and uncertainties associated with EFI's businesses, please refer to the risk factors section in the Company's SEC filings, including, but not limited to, its annual report on Form 10-K and its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. EFI undertakes no obligation to update information contained herein, including forward-looking statements.

The white paper focuses on MGI’s newest digital press, the Meteor DP8700 XL, which launched in June. MGI’s Meteor series of digital presses offers the versatility to handle paper, plastic and envelopes, the longest sheet size among production cut-sheet digital presses (up to 13 x 40 inches in production, up to 13 x 47 inches via manual bypass), along with laser-safe prints, no click charge, and “offset-comparable” output. The Meteor DP8700 XL offers 3,600-dpi / 270-lpi print resolution (including stochastic), increased print speeds up to 4,260 A4/letter sph, a new auto-adjusting offset feeder table (ensuring registration of ±0.2mm left-right, ±0.5 mm top-bottom, front-back), along with many other new features.

In addition to highlighting the Meteor DP8700 XL, the analysis looks at MGI’s production inkjet solutions: the JETvarnish digital inkjet spot UV coater; and the JETcard, which integrates 4-6 UV inkjet color printing (with full variable data), spot/flood UV coating, security (black light visible) coating, data encoding and verification (magnetic stripes) into just one unit, designed for high volume plastic card production. Also hinted at are future developments in MGI’s production inkjet technologies for the commercial printing market.

Rounding out the white paper are MGI’s finishing technologies, including the DF360 multifunction finishing unit and the PressCard Pro and PunchCard Pro, lamination and diecutting solutions for the plastic card manufacturing segment.

“The announcement of the Meteor DP8700 XL is significant not only because it extends the Meteor product line to new levels of productivity and format, but also because it puts the industry on notice that MGI is expanding its product line and distribution capabilities in a way that puts them into direct competition with much larger companies,” says Hamilton.

Core to the DocuColor 8080 are three features that offer printers a competitive edge: productivity apps, low gloss dry ink and the Automated Color Quality Suite (ACQS).

-- Productivity apps simplify the most common print jobs with ready-to-use templates. Apps range from job ticketing and personalization to prepress operations, allowing printers to significantly increase the number of jobs completed daily. Each app comes with software from the FreeFlow(R) Digital Workflow Collection and on-site support to help users reach maximum productivity fast.

-- Low gloss dry ink, ideal for various marketing applications, offers a smooth, matte-like finish that accents color images, including shadows and highlights. The ink creates the look and feel of offset -- highly sought after by marketers and graphic designers -- with the speed and simplicity of digital technology.

-- Color accuracy is accomplished with the ACQS, a set of tools driven by an Inline Spectrophotometer, which reads color data inside the printer. ACQS automates color management tasks with minimal operator involvement -- allowing for more high-value, profitable applications to move quickly through the shop.

"Our focus is to help customers produce more jobs, reduce costs and grow their business. The DocuColor 8080 was built with this in mind," said Eric Armour, president, Graphic Communications Business Group, Xerox Corporation. "Technology like the DocuColor 8080 gives printers the power to expand capabilities, meet production demands, strengthen relationships with customers and capture more revenue."

Options customized for any print environment

Printing paper weights up to 300 gsm at 80 pages per minute, the DocuColor 8080 features three different print servers -- users can select the one that best matches their production environment. The networked servers, offered by Xerox, EFI Fiery(R) and CREO, allow operators to produce consistent color quality easily.

Print providers can boost business by producing booklets, calendars, custom covers and flip presentations with various finishing options available from Xerox, GBC and Standard Horizon.

Customers who purchase the DocuColor 8080 have access to Xerox's Profit Accelerator(R) Business Development Portfolio to help promote and expand their digital printing businesses.

Availability and pricing

The DocuColor 8080 Digital Press is available worldwide for immediate order taking, with installations starting in August. The U.S. list price is $260,000.

About Xerox

Xerox Corporation is a $22 billion leading global enterprise for business process and document management. Through its broad portfolio of technology and services, Xerox provides the essential back-office support that clears the way for clients to focus on what they do best: their real business. Headquartered in Norwalk, Conn., Xerox provides leading-edge document technology, services, software and genuine Xerox supplies for graphic communication and office printing environments of any size. Through ACS, A Xerox Company, which Xerox acquired in February 2010, Xerox also offers extensive business process outsourcing and IT outsourcing services, including data processing, HR benefits management, finance support, and customer relationship management services for commercial and government organizations worldwide. The 134,000 people of Xerox serve clients in more than 160 countries. For more information, visit http://www.xerox.com , http://news.xerox.com , http://www.realbusiness.com or http://www.acs-inc.com . For investor information, visit http://www.xerox.com/investor .

• Print from any email device to any new ePrint-enabled printer from anywhere in the world through the new HP ePrint platform;⁽¹⁾
• Store documents or files in the cloud and print direct when needed;
• Transform their printers into publishing platforms from which they can customize print apps and schedule timed delivery of content – such as news from msnbc.com and Yahoo! and creative after-school activities from Disney – directly to their home or business printers;⁽²⁾
• Manage and customize their full printing experience through the new HP ePrintCenter to enjoy relevant, fun and interesting content that is formatted for efficient printing.

To showcase these new solutions, HP announced a full suite of web-empowered e-All-in-One printers for home and business that start at $99.⁽³⁾ These will be the first printers able to “talk” to the “Google Cloud” without requiring a local proxy PC or web appliance, which means people will be able to access Google Docs, Photos and Calendar directly from their printers. A selection of new print apps from partners such as Yahoo!, msnbc.com, Facebook®, Live Nation, Crayola, Reuters, DocStoc and Picasa Web Albums™ also will be available.

“We are once again revolutionizing printing to make web-empowered, cloud-enabled printing the new industry standard,” said Vyomesh Joshi, executive vice president, Imaging and Printing Group, HP. “We know that our customers want an easy way to print their content, anywhere, anytime. We’re making that a reality today by giving people the power to print from any web-connected device – smartphones, iPads, netbooks and more – to any printer in our portfolio above $99. The world has changed.”

HP web-connected products and services are supported by a digital print advertising platform that can be leveraged by print app partners. Customers can get premium content at no additional cost and brands can add value to their audience by populating select print content with customized messages, promotions and information like coupons or local services.

HP ePrint: if you can email it, you can print it

The HP ePrint platform harnesses the cloud to break down the barriers of distance and connectivity and allow people to send the files they want to print from their mobile devices.⁽¹⁾ From a mom and son printing drawings from an iPad, to an executive on a train sending a presentation from a Palm Pre or BlackBerry® smartphone to print and pick up at a FedEx Office store, HP ePrint allows people to print anytime, anywhere.

Every HP ePrint printer will have a unique simple email address that allows the sender to deliver a print the same way they would send an email message. Customers also can send documents to print through an HP ePrint mobile app on their smartphone device to a home, office or public print location such as a hotel or FedEx Office store. Customers will be able to send Microsoft® Office documents, Adobe® PDFs and JPEG image files, among others.

HP ePrintCenter: a home for all things printing

The HP ePrintCenter is an online hub for all HP customers to explore new services and customize their printing experience. For example, people can register their products and receive updates according to their preferences, configure their devices, track ePrint jobs, and browse and suggest new print apps.

Scheduled delivery available through HP e-All-in-One printers

Following a successful pilot study in two major cities, HP has announced a new service called Scheduled Delivery, which allows customers to choose content to be pushed to a printer at a designated time each day or week.⁽²⁾ For example, they might choose a customized news feed from msnbc.com to arrive at 7 a.m. for picking up on their way out of the door, or they might choose fun kids activities from Disney to be ready when the children get home from school.

Users simply register for the news or content feeds of their choice through the HP ePrintCenter and schedule the day, time and frequency of delivery so items will be printed and waiting when they want them.

The Scheduled Delivery service also opens up a new era of digital print advertising for HP and content partners. HP and Yahoo! plan to launch the service as a pilot program to help marketers consider ways to provide added value to their audiences by populating select print content from partners with customized messages, promotions and information like coupons or local services.

New HP Photosmart printers at every price

The new line of web-connected HP Photosmart printers allows consumers the freedom to access content and print from anywhere without a PC. This can be achieved through HP ePrint from any mobile device or by touching a variety of customizable apps and printing options on the printer’s intuitive HP TouchSmart screen.⁽²⁾

• The HP Photosmart Premium e-All-in-One – This top-of-the-line printer provides wireless access to the web and can be customized by selecting from the full line of advanced print apps such as Fandango and Coupons.com.⁽²⁾ It features a 4.3-inch HP TouchSmart screen with enhanced touch technology and can save paper by up to 50 percent using automatic two-sided printing. Expected to be available worldwide in September for $199.⁽³⁾
• The HP Photosmart Plus e-All-in-One – Produce lab-quality photos, everyday documents and creative projects using this printer’s 3.5-inch HP TouchSmart screen. Quickly print web content such as coupons, recipes, quick forms, greeting cards, HP Games, crafts and news without a PC.^{(1, 2)} Expected to be available worldwide in August for $149.⁽³⁾
• HP Photosmart e-All-in-One – Quickly print web content using the 2.4-inch HP TouchSmart screen. Create impressive photo projects affordably using individual inks and photo printing features such as the auto-engaging photo tray and direct access to Snapfish, the No. 1 online photo service. Expected to be available in North America later this month for $99.⁽³⁾
• HP Photosmart Premium Fax e-All-in-One – Easily fax, scan and copy using the automatic document feeder; plus, print photos and web content easily through the touchscreen interface. Incorporates a host of connectivity options including wired and wireless networking.^{(1, 4)} Expected to be available worldwide in September for $299.⁽³⁾

New free HP Photo Creations software ships with all the new printers and allows people to create photo books, calendars and other fun projects. All of the printers announced today reduce packaging waste by using an innovative, reusable bag and are ENERGY STAR® qualified.

New for these printers is HP Everyday Photo Paper, an affordable, glossy photo paper designed for value-conscious customers. Constructed from Forest Stewardship Council-certified paper fiber, this recyclable photo paper makes it easy to print colorful, everyday snapshots and photo projects on any inkjet printer. HP recommends ColorLok® papers for best printing results.

New print app partners for consumers and businesses

Newly available print apps include: Yahoo! and msnbc.com for daily news; Crayola and KoL.com for coloring pages and fun family ideas; Picasa Web Albums for printing photos from a user’s personal account; PBS KIDS literacy, math and science activities featuring popular characters such as Curious George; Facebook for printing from a user’s photo album or listed events; MapQuest for maps and directions; Artsonia for images from the world’s largest kids art museum; Arrival Guides – travel guides for hundreds of destinations around the world; and Live Nation for access to concert tickets and promotions.

Later this year, business customers can enjoy print apps from services such as: Marketsplash by HP for a shortcut to print customized marketing materials such as brochures and flyers; Google Docs for easy document scanning to the web for printing at a later time; Box.net to scan, share, manage and access business content online; Portfolio.com and Reuters for the latest news articles; Daily Brief for business essentials in one place including calendar, to-do list and news from American City Business Journals; and DocStoc and Biztree for immediate access to business forms such as invoices, contracts, receipts, legal agreements and checklists

HP is working with a select group of developers to refine its beta software developers kit and to add hundreds of print apps by the end of the year. Developers can request the kit from the developers tab of the HP ePrintCenter.

HP iPrint Photo for Android

Now available for Android smartphones, HP iPrint Photo is a free photo printing application for quick and easy direct wireless printing to HP inkjet printers connected to a local Wi-Fi network. The Android version joins HP iPrint Photo for Symbian, Windows® Mobile, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch. The Snapfish by HP mobile app for Android is expected to launch this summer.

HP at Internet Week New York

All of HP’s new products, solutions and features will be on display June 7-10 at Internet Week New York headquarters at the Metropolitan Pavilion.

HP executives will speak at the Federated Media Conversational Marketing Summit June 7-8 at the Hudson Theater and Millennium Broadway Hotel:

• Tariq Hassan, vice president, Worldwide Marketing and Communications, Imaging and Printing Group, will speak on the “Marketing to Businesses in Real Time” panel. June 7 at 12:05 p.m. ET.
• Tuan Tran, vice president and general manager, Inkjet Consumer Solutions, will present a case study on marketing opportunities made possible through web-empowered printing. June 8 at 11:50 a.m. ET.

HP also will support the Mashable Media Summit on June 8, will power the blogger lounge and have its newest web-connected printing lineup available at The TimesCenter.

About HP

HP creates new possibilities for technology to have a meaningful impact on people, businesses, governments and society. The world’s largest technology company, HP brings together a portfolio that spans printing, personal computing, software, services and IT infrastructure to solve customer problems. More information about HP (NYSE: HPQ) is available at http://www.hp.com/.

The project, which features Europe’s first ever wind and solar powered roadside electronic billboard, is expected to spur an increase in this kind of advertising in a bid to work towards Government’s carbon reduction targets.

The billboard, which is made up of 96 solar panels and five propellers, is expected to generate 5,178Wh a year. The system is also is equipped with an indicator showing how much electricity is remaining in the battery. The lighting method is changed depending upon the amount of the electricity remaining in the battery.

Guess what is the reality check by the Hindiu Business Line, the environment conscious to print less and the e-route to save paper has not hindered the # pages being printed in India.

“Tech major HP estimates that India will throw up a 120 billion page-opportunity in 2014. That's a 50 per cent growth from the 80 billion pages printed now.”

“We are seeing a tremendous growth in India, even outpacing the growth rate in many other regions,” said Mr John Solomon, Senior Vice-President, Imaging and Printing Group, Asia Pacific and Japan, HP.

The optimism is based on multiple drivers: the low printer-to-PC ratio to increase, explosive content creation growth (from 40,000 petabytes to 2.3 million petabytes between 2010 and 2020), the largely increased usage in mobility and Website in India, and analogue-to-digital transformation. Currently, printing is primarily favored in analogue or offset printing.

It means that HP would inject more investments into tech innovation, expand its reach in smaller cities, and also scale up its managed print services offering by reaching out to more enterprises. HP will also march into education segment with more appealing printer apps. That work will be carried out at its Bangalore R&D centre, said Mr Solomon.

The India R&D centre has previously been involved in key technology innovation including development of ePrint centre and cloud services. It has also worked on software layers that are a part of the company's Managed Print Services offering.

HP expects its growth to be spread among household consumers (where printer penetration is low), small and medium businesses, and enterprises. “People are buying smartphones…Our ‘ePrint' technology allows users to mail PDF and office documents to the printer, in order to take print outs,” he said.

Reported by the Hindustan Times that Hewlett-Packard (HP) Company, the global leader in printers, is looking to a new era in Internet-linked "cloud"  services.  HP sees an emerging opportunity in India where an estimated 120 billion pages will be printed by 2014, using e-mail addresses enabled printer.

Both "managed print services" in which HP bills corporate clients on the basis of work done rather than printers bought and retail publishing that helps small print runs, photo prints for individuals and magazine production are key growth areas for HP.

Vyomesh Joshi, the Indian born executive vice-president who runs HP's $26-billion annual revenue unit, the imaging and printing group (IPG), told a news conference that the global services market is estimated to be worth $62 billion by 2013.

While improving efficiency and cutting using MPS, it also helps firms reduce carbon footprints by using fewer energy-guzzling machines, Joshi said.

This also ties in with new innovations under which any Internet-linked printer with an e-mail ID that enables printing from remote locations. "This year, we will ship 20 million printers that are e-enabled - cloud aware and connected t the Web," Joshi said.

But printer sales, estimated to be a $175-billion global market by 2013, remain key for HP, which has a global market share of 44% ahead of rivals such as Canon. In India, HP has a market share of 55%, company officials said.

The company sees more printing opportunities as old photographs and papers get scanned for digitised use, even as devices such as mobile phones and tablet PCs drive demand for more printouts.

“And these statistics are not even including consumption by businesses!”

Today’s strong emphasis in the Green sector has not only led to an effect on the sustainability and environmental friendliness of a product but, now directly translates into the marketability of the products. The end consumer is becoming more educated and conscientious of the effects the products they purchase have on the environment. In the last year, 2 cartridges where sold for every man, woman, and child in North America. This amounts to six hundred million cartridges sold in North America. “And these statistics are not even including consumption by businesses!” adds Noble.

According to Lyra Research, nearly 70% of all cartridges are thrown away when empty, which adds up to over 350 million cartridges sent to landfills every year in the USA alone. Recycling or refilling of cartridges can significantly reduce landfill waste originating from cartridges and their components, such as steel, aluminum, plastic and oil. About a gallon of oil is consumed for every cartridge made by OEM’s. This is a major cause of environmental concern. Moreover, the refilling of a cartridge leads to significant cost savings for the printer user, undoubtedly a growing concern for all consumers in this trying economic time. Greene Concepts’ CEO, Lenny Greene states, “Oil consumption can be significantly reduced if consumers learn to refill their cartridges using our product. We help people reduce their carbon footprint by showing them how to go green by refilling, reusing and recycling their inkjet and toner cartridges. This is what we at Greene Concepts are all about. We want to help people save money while saving the earth at the same time.”

INKWAY USA is proving to be unmatchable as the only program of its kind. “We are offering our distributors the competitive edge in the Green revolution. We are giving them an opportunity to generate extra income and get an unbeatable cost savings. Our marketing plan has explosive potential and the simplicity of built in marketability, which will bring significant rewards to the distributors who join the upcoming launch of INKWAY USA,” adds Greene.

AccuBrite, Inc. creator of FreeInk4Life(TM), Refills4You(TM) and INKWAY USA(TM) has developed a family of 25 "Do It Yourself Ink Cartridge Refilling Systems." All refilling tools, accessories, filling stations, interactive CD-Rom instruction manual including bonus software, 24/7 customer service / tech support and unlimited ink refills are available. Consumers can now save thousands of dollars annually without replacing their inkjet cartridges using ABI's top of the line refill kits.

Greene Concepts, Inc. is an ink technology Manufacturing and Distribution Company headquartered in Fresno, CA. Chairman and Founder Lenny Greene has spent the past 30 years serving the printing needs of businesses and consumers. Greene Concepts intends to be the catalyst for the introduction of a number of innovative products and marketing strategies and to bring the world the best inks at the lowest prices so consumers and business can save time, save money, print more and print better.

Safe Harbor: This release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements contained in this release that are not historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned that forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain. Actual performance and results may differ materially from that projected or suggested herein due to certain risks and uncertainties including, without limitation, ability to obtain financing and regulatory and shareholder approvals for anticipated actions.

"Kodak is committed to make printing easy and more accessible in today's mobile and connected world," said Susan Tousi, General Manager, Inkjet Systems, and Vice President, Eastman Kodak Company. "We will continue to deliver smart printing solutions that provide exceptional ink value and high quality output for the home and home office."

The KODAK Pic Flick App also enables mobile printing of photos from an iPhone, iPod touch, iPad or BLACKBERRY Device(2).  In addition, pictures can be sent to wireless KODAK Digital Picture Frames(3).

About Kodak

As the world's foremost imaging innovator, Kodak helps consumers, businesses, and creative professionals unleash the power of pictures and printing to enrich their lives.

To learn more, visit www.kodak.com and follow our blogs and more at www.kodak.com/go/followus.

More than 75 million people worldwide manage, share and create photo gifts online at KODAK Gallery--join today at www.kodakgallery.com.

Choose from the widest selection of KODAK Digital Cameras, All-in-One Inkjet Printers, Pocket Video Cameras and more at http://store.kodak.com.

© Kodak, 2011. KODAK is a trademark of Eastman Kodak Company.

(1) The KODAK Pic Flick App is compatible with the KODAK ESP 9200, 7200, 5200, C300 Series and ESP Office 6100 and 2100 Series All-in-One Printers.

(2) Compatible with iPhone (iOS 3.0 or later), iPad and iPod touch (2nd generation or later) and Wi-Fi-enabled BLACKBERRY Devices with OS 4.5 or later and ANDROID OS v2.2 or later. Printer and device must be connected to the same local area network.

(3) The KODAK Pic Flick App is compatible with any KODAK PULSE or KODAK EASYSHARE W820 / W1020 Digital Picture Frames.

BEIJING, June 29, 2011

HP today announced a series of new initiatives designed to accelerate growth and investment in China and to deliver seamless, secure, context-aware experiences for a connected world.

HP investments in cloud computing, systems research and development, technology infrastructure transformation projects and social media platforms will expand the company’s presence in China’s largest cities and accelerate its growth in the Chinese market. The programs align with China’s priorities and HP’s growth plans announced earlier this year.

Signaling an increased focus on this important market, HP President and Chief Executive Officer Léo Apotheker and HP’s senior management team were in China this week for meetings with customers, employees and government officials. Apotheker visited Shanghai, Chongqing, Tianjin and Beijing and met with China’s Vice Premier, Li Keqiang, to reaffirm HP’s commitment to the country.

“China’s vibrant economy, explosive growth in social and mobile connectivity, and strong commitment to innovation present tremendous opportunities for HP,” said Apotheker. “We see huge potential in China to deliver on our vision for the connected world spanning cloud and connectivity, from the consumer through to the enterprise. We are more committed than ever to helping our Chinese customers, partners and employees fuel the next wave of innovation that will drive mutual growth and prosperity not only in China, for China, but also for the rest of the world.”

China has the world’s largest internet population, and its need for rapid infrastructure growth requires flexible, fast and seamless technology to support bandwidth-hungry applications and an increased appetite for mobility, security and manageability. China’s recently released five-year plan signifies a new phase of growth through the expansion of domestic consumption, driving a low-carbon economy, fostering innovation and achieving balanced social and economic growth.

At a gathering of Chinese journalists and industry analysts in Beijing, Apotheker discussed the role technology can play in meeting China’s goals and made a series of announcements that underpin HP’s commitment to China:

• HP opened the doors to its first HP Cloud Executive Briefing Center in Tianjin yesterday to provide customers in China and the region with hands-on experience in building, enabling and operating HP-led cloud environments. The center gives customers an opportunity to create a blueprint for a seamless, secure, context-aware cloud environment, whether it is private, public or hybrid, that makes most economic, operational and business sense.
• To tap into the strong engineering talent in Beijing, HP will open a new center dedicated to driving system innovation. The Enterprise Servers Storage and Networking Research and Development Center will serve as a global hub for networking and information analytics research. The center, which is actively recruiting engineers and will open by the end of the year, expands HP’s R&D presence in China, which includes HP Labs Beijing and H3C’s R&D team.
• HP will expand its presence and investments in Shanghai with additional manufacturing facilities, the consolidation of its existing employee sites into one multipurpose, state-of-the-art campus and the establishment of a China regional headquarters for the Personal Systems Group in Shanghai.
• In support of China’s 12th five-year plan, HP will collaborate with major cities, including Shanghai, Tianjin and Chongqing, to tackle complex infrastructure, energy and healthcare issues. HP will use its broad portfolio of solutions and services to transform China’s technology infrastructure into sustainable, energy-efficient, cloud-based systems that are equipped to accommodate the country’s rapid growth.
• In Chongqing, HP announced it would donate 1,000 HP PCs in support of the city’s rural development efforts. The company also committed to donating an additional 10,000 PCs nationwide to rural community projects to help bridge the digital divide. HP PCs will go to schools, hospitals and communities in need of basic technology to communicate, teach, learn and treat.
• As communicated in March, one of HP’s key priorities will be to deliver innovative market-specific solutions to customers in key markets such as China. To achieve this, HP announced in mid-June that Todd Bradley, executive vice president, Personal Systems Group, will lead cross-business initiatives focused on expanding HP’s market share in China. Additionally,Steve Gill was appointed managing director and vice president of Global Sales for HP China on June 20.
• To drive more effective and open, two-way communication with its customers and the media in China, HP launched the HP China Official Blog and a number of HP branded online channels. With more than 450 million people online, 64 percent of whom participate in blogging, China has one of the world’s most vibrant social media communities. The HP China blog and online channels give HP an important platform for engaging in dialogue with people about topics that matter to them. The HP China blog also will be a source of updates on local HP news and activities.

Long history of supporting China’s growth, prosperity and sustainability

HP opened its operation in China in 1985, one of the first international technology companies to do so. Twenty-six years on, HP China now operates nine regional offices, does business in more than 600 cities and has 10,000 channel partners. More than 7,000 retail stores across 689 cities and 2,000 counties carry HP products. Serving the needs of local and global customers, HP has seven global facilities in China and a strong R&D footprint with more than 3,000 pending and granted Chinese patents.

HP continues to invest in its PC customer service in China. The company opened four new “HP Total Care Centers” over the last 12 months in Beijing, Shanghai, Chongqing and Guangzhou. Over the next year, HP plans to open more customer service centers for both its printer and PC customers.

HP is committed to ensuring its operations are sustainable and responsible. HP products are, on average, more than 50 percent more energy efficient than they were five years ago. HP, which operates one of the world’s most extensive IT supply chains, was the first IT company to implement a supplier code of conduct and the first to report the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions of its suppliers.

HP is taking additional steps in China to meet the government’s goal of reducing carbon dioxide emissions 17 percent over the next five years by collaborating with Business for Social Responsibility to reduce energy use, GHG emissions and costs. Eight of HP’s suppliers with 12 facilities in China have joined the initiative, which aims to develop energy improvement plans, share best practices and learn from energy-efficiency experts.

HP has a longstanding commitment to expand rural China’s access to technology and encourage its next generation of entrepreneurs. The company recently introduced programs such as Rural Harvest, which has broadened access to technology for an estimated 2 million people across 31 rural provinces, and HP LIFE, a learning initiative that has benefited 13,000 Chinese students.

About HP

HP creates new possibilities for technology to have a meaningful impact on people, businesses, governments and society. The world’s largest technology company, HP brings together a portfolio that spans printing, personal computing, software, services and IT infrastructure at the convergence of the cloud and connectivity, creating seamless, secure, context-aware experiences for a connected world. More information about HP (NYSE: HPQ) is available at http://www.hp.com.

This news release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. If such risks or uncertainties materialize or such assumptions prove incorrect, the results of HP and its consolidated subsidiaries could differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including but not limited to statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning expected development, performance or market share relating to products and services; any statements regarding anticipated operational and financial results; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; the competitive pressures faced by HP’s businesses; the development and transition of new products and services (and the enhancement of existing products and services) to meet customer needs and respond to emerging technological trends; the execution and performance of contracts by HP and its customers, suppliers and partners; the achievement of expected operational and financial results; and other risks that are described in HP’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2011 and HP’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to HP’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010. HP assumes no obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

© 2011 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.

The following Canon products will be on display at the show:

-- imageFORMULA P-150 "Scan-tini" Personal Document Scanner

The Canon P-150 scanner compact size and ease-of-use is ideal for use by "road warriors," educators, and administrators in general-purpose distributed document scanning applications, as well as check scanning in remote deposit capture applications. Measuring 11-inches long, 3.7-inches wide, 1.6-inches high and weighing just over two pounds, the P-150 redefines the minimum dimensions of a document scanner with automatic document feeder.

-- imageFORMULA DR-6030C Departmental Scanner

The Canon imageFORMULA DR-6030C scanner is an ideal solution for decentralized scanning of large numbers of documents in capture and archival applications. Delivering color and black-and-white scan speeds at a constant rate of 80 pages-per-minute (ppm)(1)/160 images-per-minute (ipm)(2), the imageFORMULA DR-6030C scanner can handle a wide variety of document types and features user-selectable paper paths for scanning items such as thick documents, plastic ID cards, driver licenses and long documents up to 39.4-inches in length.

-- imageFORMULA ScanFront 300P Network Scanner

The Canon imageFORMULA ScanFront 300P network scanner is a full-featured, easy-to-use and manage device developed to capture, convert and share documents across a network such as educational institutions. Featuring a fingerprint reader to improve security, the ScanFront 300P is an ideal solution for capturing documents in educational environments, and improves collaboration by allowing educators, administrators, and students to share information seamlessly in central and field locations.

-- Canon PowerShot cameras

Whether capturing a school musical or class field trip, Canon PowerShot cameras shoot high-quality digital photos and HD video, using Canon's optics, DIGIC image processor and stunning design that make PowerShot digital cameras the best choice for photographers at any level. With Canon's Smart AUTO mode and other special scene modes, students as well as teachers can easily take perfect photos in a wide range of shooting situations. This combination of style, performance and image quality is an ideal complement for students looking to heighten their educational experience and teachers looking to spark the interests of their class.

-- Canon EOS Digital SLR cameras and EF Lenses

A powerful combination of technology and performance, the EOS system of DSLR cameras and EF lenses deliver phenomenal still and moving images. Proprietary Canon sensors and image processors work in concert with proven camera and lens designs for incomparable photographic and EOS Full HD Video performance. From the entry-level, easy-to-use EOS Rebel series, to the high-end professional EOS-1D series, Canon DSLR cameras and lenses offer the cutting-edge technology and features that allow students to advance with their studies in this constantly evolving artistic medium. And with Canon Full HD Video capture and powerful CMOS sensors available on the affordable EOS Rebel series DSLR camera, photography students will enjoy learning and mastering the cutting edge of digital imaging with Canon.

-- Canon VIXIA High Definition Flash Memory camcorders

Canon VIXIA camcorders offers education professionals and students the ability to easily capture stunning High Definition video for use in educational programs or classroom documentation. Canon's compact, easy-to-use, VIXIA HF R-series feature Canon's Smart AUTO mode that intelligently optimizes settings automatically as each scene is captured, and a microphone and headphone terminals for complete manual audio control. All VIXIA camcorders utilize flash memory allowing users to record video and capture photos to an internal flash memory drive or directly to affordable and universally available SD memory cards. For added flexibility, these camcorders also offer HD-to-SD Downconversion for easy sharing and editing on standard definition systems, while preserving the original HD video.

-- Canon LV-8320 portable multimedia LCD projector

Providing advanced user-friendly features and lightweight mobility, the projector features WXGA-resolution (1280 x 800) and is designed for value-conscious users in education, traveling sales and small business markets. New features include a 1.6x manual zoom lens for easy projector placement, extended lamp and filter life and an HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) digital input for projection of 1080p video from Blu-ray players and other HD sources.

-- Canon SELPHY CP800 and PIMXA iP4820 Photo Printers

For the educator looking for a desktop printer which produces high quality while maintaining its overall ease of use, look no further than the PIXMA iP4820 Inkjet Photo Printer. Incorporating five individual ink tanks that help to produce beautiful borderless prints(3) , the PIXMA iP4820 Photo Printer features Full HD Movie Print software, which helps users turn their favorite HD movie clips captured with their select Canon EOS Digital SLR or Powershot cameras into memorable prints.(4) The Canon SELPHY CP800 compact photo printer is ideal for the educator on the go who does not always have a computer to work with. This easy-to-use portable printer produces exceptional quality and allows users to print creatively with features such as the Shuffle layout option which arranges multiple images in an enjoyable and creative format.

For more information visit www.usa.canon.com .

About Canon U.S.A., Inc.

Canon U.S.A., Inc., is a leading provider of consumer, business-to-business, and industrial digital imaging solutions. Its parent company, Canon Inc. CAJ 0.00% , a top patent holder of technology, ranked fourth overall in the U.S. in 2010+, with global revenues of more than US $45 billion and is listed as number five in the computer industry on Fortune Magazine's World's Most Admired Companies 2011 list. Canon U.S.A. is committed to the highest levels of customer satisfaction and loyalty, providing 100 percent U.S.-based consumer service and support for all of the products it distributes. At Canon, we care because caring is essential to living together in harmony. Founded upon a corporate philosophy of Kyosei -- "all people, regardless of race, religion or culture, harmoniously living and working together into the future" -- Canon U.S.A. supports a number of social, youth, educational and other programs, including environmental and recycling initiatives. Additional information about these programs can be found at www.usa.canon.com/kyosei . To keep apprised of the latest news from Canon U.S.A., sign up for the Company's RSS news feed by visiting www.usa.canon.com/rss .

+Based on weekly patent counts issued by United States Patent and Trademark Office.

All referenced product names, and other marks, are trademarks of their respective owners.

(1) Examples based on typical settings, rated in pages-per-minute with letter-sized documents, portrait feeding direction, up to 200 dpi. Actual processing speeds may vary based on PC performance and application software.

(2) Examples based on typical settings, rated in images-per-minute with letter-sized documents, portrait feeding direction, up to 200 dpi. Actual processing speeds may vary based on PC performance and application software.

(3) Supported paper types for borderless printing are as follows: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II, Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, Photo Paper Glossy and Matte Photo Paper.

(4) Full HD Movie Print allows printing from HD or Full HD 'MOV' movie files created by Canon EOS Digital SLR or PowerShot digital cameras. From PC, or Mac with Intel(R) processor. Print quality is determined by video resolution. Function does not upscale video resolution. Requires Canon ZoomBrowser EX 6.5 or later, or Canon ImageBrowser 6.5 or later.

BOULDER, CO--(Marketwire - Jun 23, 2011) - InfoPrint Solutions, a Ricoh company, today announced enhancements that further improve productivity for companies using the InfoPrint 5000 inkjet system for a variety of color and monochrome applications. With today's announcement of the InfoPrint Ink Suite, the company is taking the next step to integrate existing stand-alone ink management tools into its InfoPrint ProcessDirector workflow solution, in addition to adding complementary new functions. Integrating these already proven tools and functions with InfoPrint ProcessDirector enables more automated job preparation and management, increasing efficiency.

Customers can choose to implement any of the following Ink Suite tools that are initially being integrated with InfoPrint ProcessDirector:

• Enfocus PitStop Connect - Automates the preparation of PDF files for print, increasing accuracy and repeatability by eliminating manual steps.
• Ink Savvy - Optimizes InfoPrint 5000 color files to enhance output quality and reduce ink usage, while maintaining the overall "look and feel" of the document.
• Ink Estimation - Enables ink job cost estimates to be quickly generated for PDF or AFP files, customized based on the InfoPrint 5000 settings
• Preview Print - Allows customers to print sample pages of a job on the InfoPrint 5000 with key print setting information on a banner page, for review, before printing the entire job, and for tracking purposes.

In addition, to provide flexibility to customers with different workflows, the existing versions of Enfocus PitStop Connect, Ink Estimation, and Ink Savvy will be offered as stand-alone tools, as well as the InfoPrint 5000 Ink Monitor feature which tracks actual ink consumption during print.

Since the initial launch of the InfoPrint 5000, numerous tools and enhancements have been delivered to help customers leverage their InfoPrint 5000 investment to improve their business operations. With this announcement, customers can now achieve even more process automation by using the InfoPrint ProcessDirector integrated Ink Suite tools to streamline their operations. For example, a single automated workflow can be created that will identify multiple color quality options for a job, estimate the price for each color option, create custom banner pages documenting the color options and ink costs, print a subset of the job multiple times with different settings applied, choose and approve the appropriate color option, and then print in high speed production mode.

The benefits to customers of using Ink Suite of tools include:

• Automation to reduce labor and process step costs - With the integration of the tools with InfoPrint ProcessDirector, customers can reduce the risk of errors and delays
• Achieving optimum document appearance with minimal ink consumption - These ink tools can improve the overall document appearance, while reducing ink cost
• Optimization of cost estimates for improved ROI - This empowers customer to make faster and easier decisions to improve business results.

"Printers today need more options to manage processes and costs -- plain and simple. The new InfoPrint ProcessDirector features in Ink Suite provide that to printers, along with the added bonus of increased flexibility and productivity," said Gary Borgese, Director, Software Product Management, InfoPrint Solutions. "Based on our customers' needs, we've developed this integration of InfoPrint 5000 ink tools with InfoPrint ProcessDirector with their business requirements in mind. This offering is a natural choice for anyone running the InfoPrint 5000."

InfoPrint ProcessDirector is the industry's leading workflow automation and print management software that manages end-to-end output processes from a single point of control. Customers across an array of industries such as healthcare, utilities, outsourcing and many more have selected this solution to support their workflow and output demands. InfoPrint ProcessDirector is the core platform of InfoPrint Solutions' Automated Document Factory (ADF) offerings which have received top accolades from leading analyst firms IDC and Gartner. Most notable, a 2010 IDC survey found that 68 percent of respondents receive their ADF solutions from InfoPrint Solutions*.

For more information, please visit: http://bit.ly/InfoPrintInkSuite.

About InfoPrint Solutions
InfoPrint Solutions, a Ricoh company, is a leading provider of digital output solutions for high volume, complex printing operations. The company's market-leading solutions are a key part of the Ricoh Production Printing Business Group's expansive product portfolio. InfoPrint Solutions is built on IBM's 50+ years in the production print space and Ricoh's office solutions leadership and global reach. Go to http://www.infoprint.com or the following sites to learn more: Twitter, Facebook, InfoPrint Insights blog, LinkedIn, YouTube, ADFSavings blog, ADFSavings Twitter.

• Identify and quantify key growth services and print applications

• Understand the impact of industry consolidation in terms of downsizing, merger & acquisition, profit margins, access to capital, outsourcing, etc.

• Profile growth and success factors by print service provider segment

• Profile the installed hardware and software products used in commercial, quick, digital, and in-plant printing environments

• Identify product purchasing plans and how these relate to growth strategy

• Measure the impact of digital print hardware as well as software tools for Web job submission, variable data, and other functions

• Compare how trends are impacting print-for-pay and print-for-cost environments differently

Full results of this study are now available. For more information or to purchase, contact Jennifer Skerrett at (781) 616 2111 or e-mail Jennifer_skerrett@infotrends.com.

About InfoTrends
InfoTrends, a Questex company, is the leading worldwide market research and strategic consulting firm for the digital imaging and document solutions industry. We provide research, analysis, forecasts, and advice to help clients understand market trends, identify opportunities, and develop strategies to grow their businesses. Additional information about InfoTrends is available on the Web at www.infotrends.com.

IDC expects the earthquake and tsunami in Japan will have little to no impact on the global imaging market and that the negative impact will be felt more strongly for laser devices than for inkjet. "So far, we have had no reports of stock shortages for hardware. We anticipate the laser forecast for Japan will return to positive growth by early 2012," saidPhuong Hang, program manager, Worldwide Hardcopy Peripheral Trackers.

Technology Highlights

• Losing share to laser technology, inkjet registered at 63% of overall shipments in 1Q11, down 4 points from a year ago, while laser devices grew 3 points to 33% share over the same period in 1Q10. All regions except Japan saw year-over-year growth in laser shipments with Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan) and Latin America (LA) seeing the highest growth at 29% each.
• 1Q11 marked the fourth consecutive quarter where monochrome laser surpassed color laser in terms of year-over-year growth, with close to 8.5 million units shipped producing a 22% gain. Monochrome laser printers remain the dominant type of laser in the office, accounting for 62% share of all monochrome devices.

Vendor Highlights

• HP remains the undisputed leader in the global HCP market with 42.4% market share. The vendor grew 10.5% year over year, the second highest year-over-year trend among the top 5, With the exception of Japan, the vendor posted positive year-over-year growth across all regions.
• Canon continues to be a distant second-ranked vendor with 17.4% market share and over 5.3 million units shipped. Canon enjoyed an 11.3% year over year gain, the highest among the top 5, due to double-digit growth in emerging markets, including Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan), Central Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA), and Latin America.
• Epson continues to hold the third place ranking with 14.1% share and close to 4.4 million units shipped. With the exception of Latin America and Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan), Epson saw year-over-year declines in unit shipments across all regions. Latin America was Epson's best performing region with 27% year-over-year growth, followed by Asia/Pacific (excluding Japan) with 2% growth.
• Samsung and Brother ended the quarter in a statistical tie for the fourth position with shipments of roughly 1.8 million units and year-over-year growth of 1.1% and 4.2%, respectively.

Worldwide Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year Growth, First Quarter 2011

Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, June 2011

U.S. Hardcopy Peripherals Market Share and Year-Over-Year Growth, First Quarter 2010

Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, June 2011

Notes:

• IDC tracks A2-A4 devices in the Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals
• Hardcopy Peripherals include single-function printers, printer-based multifunctional systems (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Data for all vendors are reported for calendar periods.

The IDC Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripheral Tracker provides total market size and vendor share for single-function printers, multifunctional printers (MFPs), and single-function digital copiers (SF DC). Regional views are also available for 8 regions, including United States, Canada, Latin America, Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa, Japan, Asia/Pacific, and the rest of the world (ROW). Country-level data is available for 72 countries.

For more information about IDC's Worldwide Quarterly Hardcopy Peripherals Tracker, please contact Phuong Hang (Phang@idc.com).

About IDC

International Data Corporation (IDC) is the premier global provider of market intelligence, advisory services, and events for the information technology, telecommunications, and consumer technology markets. IDC helps IT professionals, business executives, and the investment community to make fact-based decisions on technology purchases and business strategy. More than 1,000 IDC analysts provide global, regional, and local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and trends in over 110 countries. For more than 47 years, IDC has provided strategic insights to help our clients achieve their key business objectives. IDC is a subsidiary of IDG, the world's leading technology media, research, and events company. You can learn more about IDC by visiting www.idc.com.

All product and company names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

Published Jun. 14, 2011 
Copyright © 2011 SYS-CON Media, Inc. — All Rights Reserved. 
Syndicated stories and blog feeds, all rights reserved by the author.

• Assess the current state of the print/mobile-optimized marketing campaigns in the market today and its future direction.
• Understand marketing executives' and agencies' needs, perceptions, and challenges in implementing blended mobile and print campaigns for both B2B and B2C clients.
• Understand requirements for successful implementation of optimized print and mobile marketing strategies and campaigns that effectively address the engagement, education, acquisition, retention, and loyalty of target customers.
• Provide profiles of key vendor solutions that enable optimized mobile and print marketing campaigns.
• Summarize key success factors in combining print with mobile marketing and recommend appropriate strategies for technology vendors and service providers moving forward.

The study will:

• Segment and profile consumer utilization of mobile technology combined with print.
• Explore marketer and agency perspectives on blending print and mobile technologies through survey activity and in-depth interviews.
• Evaluate the current state of mobile technology adoption through service offerings with print service providers.
• Include in-depth interviews with infrastructure providers to define the tools and techniques for blending mobile and print.

RechargExpo Southeast Asia 2011 is back for another successful year in Jakarta, Indonesia. With show dates set for September 14-16, 2011, the expo will be venued at the Jakarta International Event and Exhibition Center (JITEC).

Let the numbers speak for themselves.

According to the Huffington Post, a recent report published by the World Bank shows that "six emerging economies could account for half of all economic growth by 2025, matching the output of the "euro area". One of the countries listed is Indonesia. (source)

As the 4th largest country in Asia, Indonesia is still a relatively untapped source of business potential in the printing and imaging consumables industry. However, OEM's are quickly identifying the rapid growth that is taking shape in this country, especially within the megacity of Jakarta.

Many have expanded their operations in Indonesia as well as the surrounding Southeast Asia region. Indonesian Finance Today, a local Indonesian paper, reported last week that Fuji Xerox projects a 30% growth in laser printer sales "due to the improvement of national economy and the rapid business growth in the information technology (IT) sector." (source)

The same paper also reported back in February 2011 that "printer sales, of either inkjet or laserjet, in Indonesia averagely increase by 5-15 percent during the last 3 years. In 2008, printer sales reached 1.9 million units. Increasing to 2 million units in 2009, 2.2 million units in 2010 and in 2011 estimated to reach 2.6 million units." (source)

What does this mean to you?

If you are serious in tapping into Indonesia's fast growing economy within the printing and imaging sector, you need to be at RechargExpo Southeast Asia 2011.

TOUR THESE EXHIBITS

Digital Printing & Imaging, Ink Jet, Toner, Cartridges, Remanufacturing Products, Parts and Supplies, Aftermarket Office Supplies, Paper & Other Consumables, Copiers & Multi-Function Device

Don't miss the opportunity to expand your business in this upcoming region. Register for Exhibit Hall admission today, priced at just US$25!

Exhibit Booths are still available! Just US$250/sqm. Contact us for more information or register online.

Organized by:

Recharge Asia Corporation

Asia Contact Tel +86-10-5126-5580

US Contact Tel 1-626-309-0858

Email: info@rechargeasia.com

WEST CALDWELL, N.J., June 2, 2011 /PRNewswire/ -- Ricoh Americas Corporation, a leading provider of digital office equipment and advanced document management solutions and services, today announced a multi-city U.S. tour designed to show companies how to improve their bottom line through effective information and document management. The events will discuss the challenges companies face in meeting their cost reduction, productivity and sustainability goals as well as showcase Ricoh's Managed Document Services (MDS) approach, a collaborative journey to help companies meet their specific business objectives. A current Ricoh MDS customer will be present at each event to discuss how Ricoh's MDS solutions have impacted their business.

As part of its recently announced $300 million investment in its MDS infrastructure, these events will showcase Ricoh's cutting-edge technologies and strategies. Industry experts, including leading industry analysts from Gartner, IDC and Photizo, will join Ricoh executive management to discuss how information workflow is evolving, and how solutions like Ricoh's MDS can help improve productivity, implement best practices and transform the way companies manage document-related information.